United States                     EPA-600/9-85-Oil
            Environment^ Protection
            A9encv	                April 1985
>EPA     Research and
            Development
            THIRD U.S./U.S.S.R.

            SYMPOSIUM ON

            PARTICULATE CONTROL
            Prepared for
            U. S. /U. S. S.R. Bilateral Agreement
            Prepared by
            Air and Energy Engineering Research
            Laboratory
            Research Triangle Park NC 27711
      EPA LIBRARY SERVICES RTP NC

      EPA-600/9-85-011

      TECHNICAL DOCUMENT COLLECTION

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application  of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination of traditional  grquping, was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum Interface in related  fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic  Environmental Studies

    6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

    8. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports


This report has been assigned to the MISCELLANEOUS REPORTS series. This
series is reserved for reports whose content does not fit into one of the other specific
series. Conference proceedings, annual reports, and bibliographies are examples
of miscellaneous  reports.
                        EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and
approved for publication. Approval does not signify that the contents necessarily
reflect the views and policy of the Agency, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Information
Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                        EPA-600/9-85-011
                                        April 1985
      THIRD IT.,5./ILSJ3.R.  SYMPOSIUM

        ON PARTICIPATE CONTROL
     EPA Project Officer:  Jaroslaw Pekar

Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
                Prepared for:


     U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
      Office of Research and Development
            Washington, DC 20460

-------
                                ABSTRACT
The Third U.S./U.S.S.R. Symposium on Particulate Control was sponsored by the Particulate
Control Technology Project Group of the U.S./U.S.S.R. Stationary Source Air Pollution
Control Technology Working Group under the U.S./U.S.S.R. Environmental Agreement. Papers
were presented by Soviet specialists from scientific research and design institutes
and by representatives of the United States Environmental Protection Agency  and
representatives of the private sector. The topics  included:  prediction of back
corona formation, fly ash. resistivity prediction, improved ESP mathematical model,
calculation of effects of back corona in wire-duct electrostatic precipitators, study of
chemical conditioning of flue gas  before an ESP on a 500 MW power unit, sodium
conditioning test with EPA mobile ESP, fly ash dielectric properties and critical current
density, improved design for general industrial application of precipitating electrodes
for ESP's, performance analysis of a hot-side ESP, dynamics and strength of corona
electrodes in industrial ESP's, progress on electrostatic precipitators for use at high
temperatures and high pressures, cleaning of hot aspirated air from sinter machines and
clinker coolers, ESP model for the TI-59 calculator, problems of fly ash removal at
electric power stations, particle collection by granular bed filters and dry scrubbers,
filter materials for cleaning gases and possible areas of their application, high
temperature ceramic filters,  methods and instruments for measuring size of finely
dispersed particles less than 0.3 micron  for process gases, particle measurement in
the U.S.A., current trends in aerosol dispersion analysis, instruments for automatic
monitoring of particle-size distributions, methods and instruments for measuring the dew
point of process emissions, and design of an improved  impactor.
                                        ii

-------
                            Table of Contents

                                                                       Page
Abstract                                                                ii
Foreword                                                               vi

Forcasting the Occurrence of Back Corona
  in Electrostatic Precipitators, (USSR) 	 1

  I.K. Reshidov
  V.M. Tkachenko
  A.Ya.  Rachek
  A.T. Lyapin
  V.A. Rodionov

A Technique for Predicting Fly Ash Resistivity, (USA)  	   13
  Roy E. Bickelhaupt
  Leslie E. Sparks

An Advanced Mathematical Model for Electrostatic
  Precipitator Calculating 	   23
  (USSR)
  I.V. Ermilov
  T.I. Dmitrieva
  Yu.M.  Morozov

Calculations of Effects of Back Corona in
  Wire-Duct Electrostatic Precipitators, (USA) 	   41
  Phil A. Lawless
  Leslie E. Sparks

Study of Chemical Conditioning of Stack Gases before
  Electrostatic Precipitation at 500 MW Power Station  (USSR)  ....   69
  I.A. Kizim
  B.V. Zolotaryov
  A.A. Troitsky
  M.A. Golosov

Sodium Conditioning Test with EPA Mobile ESP, (USA)	   80
  Steven P. Schliesser

Improving Electrical Feeding System for
  Electrostatic Precipitators, (USSR)  	  114
  V.I. Sikorskiy
  V.V. Kutlyashov

Fly Ash  Dielectric Properties and Critical  Current Density, (USA) . . . 125
  John P. Gooch
  Jack R. McDonald
  Leslie E. Sparks
                                    111

-------
                        Table of Contents (cont'd)

                                                                      Page
Research, Development and Introduction of Advanced
  Precipitating Electrode Designs of Industrial Purpose
  Electrostatic Precipitators (USSR) ................ 140
  A.I. Zavyalov
  V.B. Mescheryakov

  Performance        of a Hot-Side Electrostatic
  Precipitator, (USA)  ....................... 145
  G.H. Marchant
  John P. Gooch
  Leslie E. Sparks

Study of the Dynamics and Strength of Coronal
  Electrodes in Electrostatic Precipitators, (USSR)  ........ 155
  E.N. Kurbatskiy
  V.B. Meshcheryakov
  E.N. Rudometov

Progress on Electrostatic Precipitators for
  Use at High Temperature and High Pressure, (USA)
  George Rinard
  Donald Rugg
  Robert Gyepes
  James Armstrong
  Dennis Drehmel
Purification of Hot Aspirated Air from Sintering
  Machines and Clinker Coolers, (USSR) ............... 172
  V.M. Tkachenko
  V.A. Rodionov
  A.D. Mai gin

A Model of Electrostatic Precipitation for
  TI-59 Calculator, (USA)  ..................... 178
  Leslie E. Sparks

Urgent Problems of Ash Trapping at Thermal
  Power Stations, (USSR) ...................... 186
  L.I. Kropp
  G.S. Chekanov

Particle Collection by Granular Bed Filters and
  Dry Scrubbers, (USA) ....................... 19g
  Dennis Drehmel
  R. Parker
  S. Calvert

-------
                        Table of Contents (cont'd)

                                                                   Page
Filtering Material for Gas Cleaning and
  Possible Areas for Its Use, (USSR)	212
  I.K. Goryachev
  Yu.V. Abrosimov

High Temperature Ceramic Filters, (USA)  	  218
  Dennis Drehmel
  R. Parker
  S. Calvert

Methods and Equipment for Measuring of Finely
  Dispersed Particle-Size Less Than 0.3 Micron                      228
  for Industrial Gases, (USSR) 	
  N.G. Bulgakova
  D.L. Zelikson

Particle Measurement in the USA, (USA)	239
  W.B. Smith
  K.M. Gushing
  D.B. Harris

Present-Day Tendencies of Aerosol Disperson Analysis, (USSR) .  .  .  268
  D.L. Zelikson
  N.G. Bulgakova

Instruments for Automatically Monitoring Particle-
  Size Distribution, (USA) 	  275
  W.M. Farthing
  W.B. Smith
  W.B. Kuykendal

Methods and Devices for Measuring Industrial
  Gases' Dew Point (USSR)  	  303
  A.I. Manyurov
  N.G. Bulgakova
  E.I. Akopov

Design of an Improved Impactor, (USA)  	
  W.B. Smith
  K.M. Cushing
  D.B. Harris

-------
                                     FOREWORD

   The primary objective of the Third U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Symposium on Participate Control, held
September 10-12, 1979, in Suzdal, U.S.S.R., was to discuss work done by American and
Soviet Specialists on particulate control and measurement technology.

   The two symposium co-chairmen were: (U.S. side) A.  B.  Craig, Deputy Director of
the Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory * U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
North Carolina; and (Soviet side) I.  K.  Reshidov,  Director of the Scientific Research
Institute of Industrial and Sanitary Gas Cleaning  (NIIOGAZ),  Moscow, U.S.S.R.

   The following organizations participated:
       U.S.A. - Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory,*U.S. Environmental
                Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711

     U.S.S.R. - Scientific Research Institute of Industrial and Sanitary Gas Cleaning
                (NIIOGAZ), Moscow
              - Semibratovo Branch of NIIOGAZ
              - Zapozozhye Branch of NIIOGAZ
              - Special Dasign Office for Gas Cleaning and Dust Eliminating Equipment
                (SKBGPO), Semibratovo
              - State Institute for Gas  Cleaning Equipment Desing (GIPROGAZOOCHISTKA),
                Moscow
              - All-Union Heat Engineering Institute imeni Dzerzhinskiy (VTI), Moscow
              - State Research and Design Institute for Environmental Protection in the
                Building Materials Industry (NIPIOSTROM), Novorossiysk
              - Moscow Energy Institute  (MEI), Moscow
              - Moscow Transport Engineering Institute  (MIIT), Moscow
              - All-Union Electrotechnical Institute imeni Krzhyzhanovskiy  (VEI),
                Moscow
(*) Now, Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory.
                                           vi

-------
       I.K. Reshidov, V.M. Tkachenko, A.Y. Rachek, A.G.  Lyapin,
             E.N. Andrusenko, G.I. Vyalkova, V.A.  Rodionov

       FORECASTING THE OCCURENCE OF BACK  CORONA  IN ELECTROSTATIC

                       PRECIPITATORS



       For efficient removal of high-resistance dusts  from gases  in electro-

 static precipitators, it is important  to know under  what gas-cleaning

 parameters that back corona may arise  in the equipment.

       Predicting 'back corona by the magnitude of  resistivity in the

 dust layer is not always justifiable,  since the resistivity magnitude

 depends not only on properties of the  dust and  gas,  but also on dust

 layer forming methods and dust resistence measurements. Furthermore,

 back corona is caused not only by dust resistivity,  but also by cur-

 rent density in the precipitator. Therefore, it is most advisable to

 directly record back corona and establish the parameters under which it

 may occur.
          •
       A method for detecting back corona and for  determining the criti-
              X*
 cal parameters of its occurence has been developed by NIIOGAZ, This

 method is based on various effects of  the dust layer in the precipitating electrodes

 upon ;the voltampere characteristics of the corona in relation to the

 dust's resistance.

      It is known that, in the case of  non-high-resistance dust and absence

d>f back corona, the voltampere characteristics of  dust-lac.en electrodes

have less slope than clean precipitating  electrodes.  This is caused by a

a drop in voltage in the dust layer and by blocking of coronal discharge
         t.
by volumetric charging of dust.

      In the case of high-resistance dust, various effects of the dust

layer in the precipitating electrodes on  the  corona voltampere charac-

teristics may occur. Figvl shows the voltampere coronal characteristics in a "conductor-

-------
plane" electrode  system in the  presence  of  a  high-resistance
fly-ash layer  from ekibastuz  coal  on  the plane's surface as well as
during its absence. Discharge distances  are.the same in all cases.and
comprised 125mm.  For needle   coronal   electrodes (fig.la), the current
magnitude of the  corona characteristic at the beginning section in the
presence of a  layer is somewhat less  than corresponding current values
in the absence of a dust layer.  This  is  caused by blocking action of the
layer's potential, with   further  voltage increase,  the  slope
of the characteristic increases and intersects the characteristic in
clean electrodes. This is  related to the manifestation of back corona. As
seen from fig.lb, £t is obvious that  by  using bar wire  electrode, back
corona manifests  itself practically simultaneously with the base corona,
despite the fact  that under these  circumstances the  average value of the
specific current  of the corona  per unit  of length is less than that for
a needle-type  electrode. This occurence  is caused by considerable change
in the bar wire  corona current with respect to  tijne and the maxural current density
value for the  bar wire electrode is significantly higher,  than for a
needle electrode  (1).
        The dependence of corona current differences for clean and dusty-laden
electrodes on  voltage  (fig.2) is plotted on the basis of the considered
voltampere characteristics. In  the case  of needle electrodes, it has variable
character both according to its magnitude,  and to its sign. Corona
current  difference for bar wire electrodes increases with the rise of
voltaoe. but has  a negative sign.  These  represent typical_relationships
for high-resistance dust.
        73ie correct approach for determining voltage in the dust layer on
jbrecioitatina  electrodes befpre the onset of back corona according to
corona voltampere characteristics  for clean and dust-laden electrodes  (2)
has been established by probe measurement. It is shown  that back

-------
 corona formation corresponds to the maximum of the dependence of
 Voltage difference, for dust-laden and clean electrodes on corona current.
 This  is confirmed by the occurence of glow on the precipitating electrode
 and also because the probe measurement begins to trap opposite-sign
 ions.
       Consequently,  the maximum of corona current difference dependence
 for.clean and dust-laden electrodes on voltaqe corresponds to the  start
 of back corona occurence. It is obvious from fig.2 that the largest va-
 lue of corona current difference for needle electrodes is reached  at
 the critical voltage ^critical= 30 kil°v°lts. At this voltage, corona
 current in the discharge intervals with dust-laden electrodes (fig.la) is  equal to
 the critical value J  'tical~ ^06 milliamperes/m.
                                                                  •
       A knowledge of critical values for corona current density /jv-i+i-ai
 in the precipitating electrode and voltage in  a  dust layer U
 of determined thickness 0 allows the resistivity critical value of the
 dust  layer to be found:
                    Critical = Uc -critical
                     --.j^..' -,i •  —«.
                     critical      .Jcritical
       Use of the stated method gives the opportunity to determine  not
only  critical electrical parameters for back corona occurence, but also
critical  values such as, for example, temperature and gas humidity.  In
order to do this, it is necessary to change the parameter of interest until that time
when the back corona occurs  or disappears.in this manner it is possible to
                                                              ft*//A .-»••»•»*•
establish an area of implementation of back corona during the tsapping of
high-resistance dusts in the precipitator.
       The developed method may be realized in principle  in  a multi-field
precipitator/  if the last field is going to have clean electrodes.
       A special complex of equipment was created at NIIOGAZ,  which allows
the determination of critical parameters of back corona occurence in labo-
ratory as well as in industrial conditions by means of direct dust and gar
                                       3

-------
 sampling from the gas-duct in a model precipitator. Electric  heaters
 for gas and a steam generator installed at the inlet of the model,
 which has both clean and dust-laden electrodes make it possible to  vary
 the temperature and moisture content of the studied gas.
       Aspirated dust, sampled from the hopper of a DVPNI-4x20 precipi-
 tator in a center plant at a metalurgical works, was studied in the  lab-
 oratory uder .various air temperature with the aid of this equipment complex. Aspirated
 air,  entering the unit at a temperature of about 110°C from various  sec-
 tions of the sintering machine, is cleaned in this precipitator.
       It has beeen established as a result of research that the proba-
 bility of a back corona occurence during trapping of the indicated
 dust will appear at air temperatures of more than 70°C, moisture con-
 tent of 9-10g/m  (of moist gas), and during an exceeding of average
 current density of 1.3-2.5 milliamperes/m . At lower current  densities,
 the back corona does not occur during an increase of air temperature to
 150'C.
       At NIIOGAZ's Zaporozhe branch, another method has been developed
 which also makes it possible to determine several quantitative characteristics of
 back  corona. The impulse characteristics of discharge from the  surface
 of thivfe±gh-resistance dust layer serve as the basis of this  method.
 A differential sensor, which gives basic corona signals and constant
 interference source signals and separates only the back corona  ioni-
 zation process impulses, is proposed for the measurement of back corona
 impulses (3,4). The initial back corona voltage can be determined bv
 the manifestation of the first pulses while back corona intensity can
 be determined bv the repetition freauencv of these pulses.
                                                            •£*•'•' t,
       By placing the differential sensor together  with the qesoRjLzinq
 electrode directly  in  the  gas-duct or in a separate chamber, it  is  possi-
ble to eredict the  conditions of back corona  occurence prior to  con-
struction of industrial precipitators.
                                      4

-------
      A general view of the  unit with coronizina intervals is shown
in fig.3. The  unit's discharge interval consists of a coronizinq elec-
trode  (1) and  a back corona    sensor     (2).  Part  of  the  gas  from  the
duct  (9-)  enters the chamber  (3)  through the connecting (5).  In
the corona discharge field,  a  dust  layer is  formed on the working  sur-
face of the    sensor    (2).  The  amount of gas and  its temperature  is
controlled in  the  unit.   According  to  sensor  signals,  the begin-
ning back corona occurence conditions are determined  (current density,
averaged  electrical field intensity)  and its intensity.
      A back corona measuring device was  used fbr study of  back corona occurence
conditions in  a gas-dust  stream  from  the casting-bed  of a high-capacity
blast furnace  in a  metallurgical works,  from electric-arc ovens  for
synthetic corundum smelting  in an abrasive mill and from  electric-arc
ovens for silicon  smelting in  aluminum plants. In  all cases,  the gas-
dust stream  passed through the coronizing interval. The test results have
shown that the sensor works  satisfactorily.
      The measurement results  taken are introduced in fig.4-6.  At a
humidity more  than lOg/nm ,  the  back corona is not present until breakdown
voltages in  the gage on dust from blast-furnace cast-houses  (fig. 4)
In this case,  there are no back  corona impulses. On high-resistance
synthetic corundum dust,  the back corona occurs at a voltage of  9.3
kv in the coronizing electrode and with a 9.7 microampere current
through the  discharge interval (fig.5). Under the  increase of voltage
back corona  impulse frequency  grows and reaches 10kHz.
       The measuring device allows monitoring  of corona  parameters  durinq
introduction into  the dust-gas stream of moisture,necessary for its
removal. The temperature  of  gases from from silicon smelting furnaces
decreases in relation to  the amount of directlv introduced moisture,
and the intensity  of back corona drops  simultaneously. At 200°C, the
                                     5

-------
    fig.l. -Volt ampere -Character I^ta-ds of the corona for a "wire-plane"
electrode system:
    1. during the presence of a dust layer on the plane surface.
    2. for clean electrodes
    a. neddle electrode
    b. bar wire

-------
-002
     fig.2. Relationship of corona current variability, for
clean and  dust-laden electrodes:
     1. needle electrode
     2. bar wire.

-------
                                                                           4
00
                Fig.3. Bac* corona measurement device, 1. coronal electroae,  2. differential  sensor,
      3. wooing chamber,  ,.5. „. duct outlet and inlet, 6. porthoie, 7,„.connecting pipe,
      fronor.cess.   10.-collector, Hr ejector  connecting pipe,  12,13.14.  baffles, 15.thern,o-
     meter connecting pipe, 16, porthole,  ".  quartz window.

-------
                          8      12      16       20  2/kw
          fig.4. Corona  voltampere  characteristics  in the
measurement device  for aspirated air from a blast-furnace  cast-house.

-------
                                              8.0
                                              2.0
                                                                 /
                                                 0      16   ^3248
fig.5. The dependence of impulse repetition frequency of back corona on:



a. discharqe voltaae: b. discharge current.



Gas-dust flow feom electric-arc synthetic corundum smelting furnaces.

-------
  kHz
1250
ODD
750
500
 250
   0
200 t'C
      fig.6. Effect of temperature of a gas-dust stream
   from  silicon smelting furnaces on the frequency of
   back  corona impulse repetition.
                       11

-------
back corona repetition frequency comprised 1500kHz. At temperatures
less than 124°C, discharges from the high-resistance layer are not
observed  (fig.6}.
      Thus, the developed methods and equipment permitpredicting  the
electrical and technological parameters under which back corona may
occur in  the electrostatic precipitator.
                          .BIBLIOGRAPHY

 1. Reshidov,  I.K.,  "Back Corona Occurences in Electrostatic  Precipitators",
 collection  of reports of an inter-regional seminar on gas-cleaning,
 Yaroslavl,  1972.
 2. Levitov, V.I., Reshidov, I.K.,  "On the.Use of  an Automated Method of
   Probe Characteristics in Several Electrostatic Gas-Cleaning Problems",
 in the  collection Strong Electrice' Fields in Technological  Processes,
 Moscow,  "Energy", pp.145-158, 1969.
 3. Rachek,  A.Y.,"A  Sensor for Detection of Back Corona  in Electrostatic
 Precipitators", in  "Industrial and Sanitary Gas-Cleaning", no.4,  p.  54,
 1976.
 4. Rachek,  A.Y., Reshidov, I.K.,"Compensations of Current Shift
 During  Impulse Electrical Discharge" in "Electronic Materials Treatment",
 no.2, p.36-39, 1977.
                                  12

-------
    A TECHNIQUE FOR PREDICTING FLY ASH  RESISTIVITY
                  Roy E.  Bickelhaupt
             Southern Research Institute
               2000 Ninth Avenue South
              Birmingham, Alabama 35205

                   Leslie E.  Sparks
     Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
           Environmental Protection Agency
          Research Triangle Park,  N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved for
 publication by the U. S.  EPA.)
                         13

-------
INTRODUCTION



     A research objective that has been pursued for several years is to predict fly




ash resistivity as a function of temperature based'on coal ash chemical analysis and




a flue gas composition stoichiometrically calculated from the as-received, ultimate




coal analysis.  This goal has been difficult to attain because one must be reasonably




certain that the laboratory resistivity data utilized in developing a predictive tech-




nique agrees with the resistivity values that the precipitator will experience.  This




is a difficult problem that is magnified when the sulfur oxides are introduced into




the experimental environment.




EXPERIMENTAL SCOPE AND APPROACH



     A large number of commercially produced fly ashes was chemically and physically




characterized for this work. ' By having a large data base, many ranks of coal were




represented, and one can assume that the effect of factors such as specific surface




and ash layer porosity were minimized.




     Resistivity as a function of temperature for a given set of electrical and en-




vironmental conditions was determined using all the available fly ashes.  From these




data, one can relate fly ash 'resistivity to fly ash chemical composition for one set




of experimental conditions and selected temperatures.  From the original group, 16




ashes were selected to investigate the effect of the variation in environmental water




concentration and applied voltage gradient on resistivity.  Six of these ashes were




further utilized in experiments to determine the effect of sulfur trioxide on resis-




tivity.  From these experiments, expressions were developed for predicting resistivity




for a given temperature,  water concentration, sulfur trioxide concentration and ap-




plied electrical stress.




EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES




     The equipment and experimental technique have been previously illustrated and




discussed1 in detail and  will be'only briefly mentioned here.  When the effect of




sulfur  trioxide  was not under consideration, ASME, PTC-28 test cells2 were used in






                                            14

-------
a stainless steel environmental chamber.  Resistivity was determined under an applied



voltage gradient of 2 kV/cm from 460°C to 85°C in an environment of nitrogen, 5% oxy-



gen, 13% carbon dioxide, 500 ppm sulfur dioxide and 9% water by volume.  In other



similar experiments the water concentrations were 5% and 14%.  When the effect of



applied voltage gradient was of interest, the test temperature was maintained at



162°C.



     A special test cell and environmental chamber were developed with which the ef-



fect of sulfur trioxide on resistivity was evaluated.  The tests were conducted iso-



thermally at several temperatures using sulfur trioxide concentrations of 2, 5 and



10 ppm in an environment of air and water vapor.  A radial-flow, concentric-electrode



test cell allowed the determination of resistivity for an ash layer one mm thick.



This thin layer of ash can be equilibrated with the environment containing sulfuric

                             >


acid vapor in a reasonable length of time.



EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS



Effect of Ash Composition



     Figure 1 shows the relationship between the measured resistivity and the combined



atomic concentrations of lithium and sodium for 33 fly ashes.  .These data were taken



from resistivity versus reciprocal absolute temperature plots for the individual ashes
                                                                    f


at  1000/T(°K) = 2.4  (144°C, 291°F).  Prevailing test conditions included the previously



described simulated flue gas containing 9% water, applied electrical stress of 2 kV/cm,



and no sulfur trioxide added.



     The expressions defining the curve produced by linear regression analysis are



shown.  One can either calculate the resistivity for the specific set of experimental



conditions prevailing using these equations or read the resistivity value from the



figure.  A coefficient of correlation of -0.97 was determined.  This coefficient de-



fines the degree of fit between the data.and the linear regression curve, and a value



of  1.00 would define perfect correlation between the two factors.  Since  it  has been
                                             15

-------
shown3 that lithium and sodium are principal charge carriers when experimental environ-


ments excluding sulfuric acid vapor are used, the relationship shown in Figure 1 was


expected.


Effect of Water Concentration


     Figure 2 illustrates the effect of changes in water concentration for one of


the ashes evaluated.  The water concentrations used were selected based on the data


sheets completed by the ash-supplying power stations which showed a range of 6 to


13 volume percent.  These curves were generated using the previously defined base-


line test conditions with of course the exception of water concentration and are


similar to those found by other investigators."  The attenuation of resistivity due


to increased water concentration is observable at about 230°C and becomes very signi-


ficant at the lower temperatures.


     One way of displaying these data in a form suitable for use in the prediction


of resistivity is shown in Figure 3.  In this interpretation, the resistivity data


of the previous figure have been plotted as a function of water concentration for


several isotherms.  Expressions developed from data such as these can be used to


correct the resistivity value' predicted for a given set of baseline conditions to


a value for some other set of conditions.  For example, the average slope of the


resistivity-water concentration curve at a temperature of 144°C was -0.085.  This


is based on the data accumulated from the selected 16 ashes used to evaluate the


effect of water concentration.  A simple algebraic expression can be used to convert


the resistivity value for 9% water shown in Figure 1 to the value for some other water


concentration.


                   log p    = log p  + 
-------
 logp :   logarithm of resistivity for a specific lithium plus sodium concentration,



         c,  and a water  concentration of 9 volume percent.  Value obtained from


         Figurte 1.



     W :  volume percent  water  concentration to which the resistivity is to be


         corrected.



     W :  water concentration used in establishing Figure 1, nine volume percent.
      c

     S :  A log p/A% HzO;  -0.085 for 144°C and water concentrations between 5% and
      w


         15%.


Effect of Applied Electrical Stress


     Increasing the electrical stress on an ash layer causes a decrease in the mea-


sured resistivity.  A variation in the magnitude of the effect of applied voltage



gradient on resistivity  has been observed during in situ testing as well as in labora-



tory tests by other investigators. 5  ASME PTC-28 suggests determining resistivity


just prior to dielectric breakdown.  A research program involving dozens of ashes


and a multiplicity of test conditions cannot afford to do this.  Therefore tests are


conducted on a few ashes to establish a relationship between resistivity and applied


voltage gradient.  Data  for other conditions and ashes are then calculated from this



relationship using an expression such as:



                   log p      = log p    +  (E  - E )S                               (2)
                    ^* Mc,w,e     * Kc,w     e    c  e
logp     :  logarithm of resistivity for a specific lithium plus sodium concentra-
    Cf w, e


            tion, c, a water concentration W , and an applied voltage gradient E  .
                                            Yf                                   6


  logp   :  previously defined.
      CfW


       E :  applied voltage gradient to which log p    is to be corrected.
        6                                          G f W


       E :  applied voltage gradient used in establishing Figure 1, 2 kV/cm.
        C


       S :  A log p/AE;  -0.030 for 144°C and an applied voltage gradient  range of



            2 to 10 kV/cm.
                                             17

-------
Effect of Sulfur Trioxide



     The effect of sulfur trioxide on resistivity in an environment of water and air




was examined using a limited number of ashes and tests.  The procedures and results




for individual tests are detailed in reference 1.  Figure 4 shows the results for




six tests conducted on one ash to demonstrate the combined effect of sulfur traoxide




concentration and temperature on resistivity.



     All data thus far obtained af\, 147°C using 2 kV/cm voltage gradient and a base-




line environment of air containing 9 volume percent water are shown in Figure 5.




Six ashes were used in conjunction with sulfur trioxide concentrations of nominally




2, 5 and 10 ppm.  At this time, it is believed that the data base is too small to




make other than guarded statements regarding the quantitative effect of sulfur trioxide




on resistivity.  It is obvious that the effect can be dramatic in that the presence




of 10 ppm of sulfuric acid can reduce the resistivity two or more orders of magnitude.




     The initial evidence suggests that the presence of sulfuric acid in the environ-




ment provides an alternate conduction mechanism.   Therefore, other than the fact that




specific ashes have different affinities for sulfuric acid vapor, there would seem




to be no relationship between the acid and the ash composition with respect to conduc-




tion.  Presently it is suggested that the effect of sulfuric acid can be combined




with the other factors that influence resistivity by considering them as two conduc-




tion mechanisms and determining a resultant resistivity from the equation for parallel




resistances.


                        p  x p
                        *s    c,w,e


                   Pr  = r^P	                                                (3)
                        Ks    c,w,e




    Pr:   resultant resistivity combining the effects of composition, water concentra-




         tion,  applied  voltage gradient,  and sulfuric acid concentration.




    Pg:   resistivity resulting from the effect of environmental sulfuric acid con-




         centration taken from Figure- 5.
                                         18

-------
p     :   previously defined,  equation (2).
 c,w,e




ILLUSTRATION OF RESISTIVITY PREDICTION



     The information required to predict resistivity in the described manner is the



as-received, ultimate coal analysis and the chemical composition of the coal ash.



A stoichiometric calculation of the combustion products is made using 30% excess air



to determine the concentration of sulfur trioxide and water.  The sulfur trioxide



value is taken as 0.3% of the calculated sulfur dioxide value.  The coal ash is pre-



pared by first igniting the coal at 750°C in air, passing the ash through a 100-mesh



screen, and then igniting the ash a second time at 1050°C ± 10°C in air for a period



of 16 hours.  Good agreement in chemical analysis has been obtained between coal ashes



produced in this manner and their respective fly ashes.  The usual chemical analysis



of the coal ash in weight percent expressed as oxides is performed.  The analysis



is converted from weight percent as oxides to molecular percent as oxides.  The atomic



percentage of the lithium and sodium is taken as 66.6% of the molecular percentage



of the oxides.



     The sum of the atomic percentages of lithium and sodium is used to determine



the resistivity value, p , graphically from Figure 1 or by computation.  Using the



concentration of water determined from the combustion products calculation and equa-



tion  (1), the predicted resistivity in terms of ash composition and water concentra-



tion, p   , is determined.  For the 5 mm ash layer thickness used, it was found that
       C t W


dielectric breakdown generally occurred at applied voltage gradients of 8 to 12 kV/cm.



Therefore, it was arbitrarily decided to use 10 kV/cm as the electrical stress at



which the resistivity is predicted.  Using equation  (2) and E  = 10 kV/cm, the pre-



dicted resistivity is put in terms of ash composition, water concentration and di-



electric breakdown stress, p     .  This value then  is the predicted resistivity ex-
                            c,w,e


elusive of the effect of sulfuric acid.
                                            19

-------
     Eastern ashes are generally defined as those containing low concentrations of


alkaline earth elements  k
-------
             1013
          U
          E
          o

          •*
          CM
          II
          X
          O
             1012
             10"
GO
UJ
ec
Q
ui
CC
          UJ
          5
   1010
              109
                     1      [
                                         In v *  • + b In x
                                          y •  e«-xl>
                                    INTERCEPT-  1-25.435
                                       SLOPE -  b - -2.129
                                  COEFFICIENT -  R - 0.97
                                      OF
                                 CORRELATION
                          • EASTERN ASH
                          O WESTERN ASH
                                                                   1000/T(°K> 2.8
                                                                        °C  84
                                                                        OF  183
                                                                        2.4     2.0    1.6    1.2
                                                                        144    227    352    560
                                                                        291    440    666    1040
                                                                          TEMPERATURE
                                                                  Figure 2.   Typical resistivity-temperature data
                                                                              showing the influence  of environmental
                                                                              water concentration.
                                                               o
                                                               5
                                                                  1012
IQll
                                                               w
                                                               w
                                                               UJ
                                                               cc
                                                                  109
                                                              J	I
                0.1                 1.0

                     ATOMIC PERCENT • LITHIUM + SODIUM
                                             10.0
Figure 1.
  Resistivity as a function  of  combined lithium  and
  sodium concentrations for  a specific set of  test
  conditions.
    0             5            10            15
                     v/o H2O

Figure  3.   Resistivity as a  function of environmental
            water concentration  for various test
            temperatures.

-------
                             OAIR+ 9v/o WATER              ...^vinc
                             D AIR + 9v/o WATER +*5 ppm SULFUR TRIOX DE
                             A AIR + 9v/o WATER +»9 ppm SULFUR TRIOXIDE
                   ID"
                   10"
                9

                o
 Figure 4.
   1000/T(°K)  3.2  3.0  2.8  2.6  2.4  2.2  2.0  1.8  1.6  1.4
        °C   40  60   84   112  144  182  227  283  352  441
        °F   103  141  183  233  291  359  441  541  666  826

                        TEMPERATURE

Typical  resistivity versus reciprocal absolute  temperature
data showing the  effect of injected sulfur  trioxide.
                         OPEN - EASTERN
                         CLOSED - WESTERN
                                                            10
                                 PPM SULFUR TRIOXIDE
Figure  5.  Resistivity  as a function  of environmental  sulfur  trioxide
            concentration for six fly  ashes.
                              22

-------
             I.V. XRMILOV,  T.I.  DMITRIEVA, Y.M.  MOROZOV

      AN ADVANCED  MATHEMATICAL  MODEL FOR ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
                             CALCULATING

      At the  present time,  a  mathematical model  has been developed
 n the USSR  for  calculating the  efficiency of dry, plate-type electrostatic pre-
 ipitators trapping non-high-resistance dusts under known initial data
 .bout the electrical  conditions, gas-dust stream parameters, and the
 quipment's  geometrical  characteristics (1,2,3).  The model was deve-
 .oped on the  basis of research  on basic dust precipitation processes in
 :he ESP: kinetic charge and  particle drift velocity (4,5), distri-
 sution of dust concentration profiles (6) , and dust entrainment during
 electrode rapping  (7).  Latest achievements in the area of calculating
 fields with  a volume charge  (8),  were used in the model. The cor-
 rectness of  this usage  is  asserted by field intensity measurements
 taken by the  probe  characteristic method (9). Calculated values for
 efficiency satisfactorily  agree with experimental figures taken in
 industrial equipment (3).
      However, calculating efficiencies according to this model is
 is somewhat  time-consuming and  in large-scale computations, use of
 a computer is required.  This makes analysis of  several factors
 of dust-trapping and -selection  of the optimal variant of the gas-
 cleaning set-up difficult. In connection with this, it is necessary
 to create  a  simplified, engineering method of  calculation that
 has acceptable accuracy and  exactitude in its computations. Moreover,
 in developement, computation of re-entrainment  is needed, which was
 considered in preceding works as being dependent only on rapping
 conditions of the  electrodes (1,2). Developement of methodoloqies for
dieting the level  of working voltages and corona ignition voltages
in industrial precipitators  is  also necessary.   This data  is  used  in
                                      23

-------
 the model during calculation of field intensity in the  unit and in-
•fluence the accuracy of determining particle drift speed.
       Solving these problems permits  creating a finished  mathemati-
 cal  model for calculating precipitators, where only the eauipment's geome-
 trical characteristics and the gas-dust stream's parameters are used
 as  starting data. Prognosing the gas-dust stream's parameters in re-
 lation to production technology is a problem of more  removed perspec-
 tive.
       Therefore, the problem of developement of of an improved mathe-
 matecal model of calculating precipitators occurs, in which  the problems
 listed above are reflected. Such a model for calculating precipitators of
 thermal electric power stations is introduced in this work. One may
 hope that the approach used will turn out to be acceptable even for
 calculating precipitators of other industries.
       Tn no. 10 of the bibliography,  a simplified methodology for calculating
 precipitator efficiency has been introduced, that was developed with
 use  of the moment method.. However, calculations according to this methodology
 do not always satisfactorily  agree with experimental data. This is
 connected with the fact that in the simplified Tnethodology, active factors
 are considered less than they are in the methodology from no.l  fiseebibl.).
       It is therefore advisable to develop a. simplified calculation methodo-
 logy on the basis of the methodology from no.l  (see bibl.). For this
 it is necessary to to analize the significance of numerous factors en-
 tering into the calculation, in order to choose the main ones.
       Calculation of the factors'  significances were conducted to  fit to
 the two most widely used types of precipitators: 1) those with coronal
 electrode'.frame design  (UG) ; and 2)  those with free-hanging coronal
 electrodes (UGT).  In UG-type units,  the relative area of the unit's active
 zone,  SA  (eoual to  the  ratio of coronal  electrode   height   to
                                     24

-------
the height of the  precipitating electrodes) is 0.91  and in UGT-type units,

    Table 1 introduces results of significance calculations considered in
the exact methodology of factors:  non-uniformity of dust concentration profiles,
particle charges at the coronal electrodes, particle passage through "semi-active"
precipitator zones, non-linearity of resistance of the particle movement medium,
kinetics of charge and particle entrainment during electrode rapping.  The
calculations were  carried out  to fit the electrostatic precipitators at the
Ladyzhin State Regional Electric Power Station and the Slantsevskit cement
plant.
Table  1
Factors
s:
y- 1
/- >L<
                                              0 QT         T 0?_T  H£
  non-unifprmity of concentration          ¥•£          A*?t»»e*UD
    i  uuii + yj.aij..i.y uj. concentration           T A            T  oc
    profiles-,-                               I.O            1.25
  "Particle1 charge at the                  0,91
    coronal electrodes                       I.O             1.6
    Particle  charge                          0.91           0.995
    kinetics                                I.O            0.87
    Kon-linearity of  resistance            0,91         0.98-0.99
    .of the medium                           I.O            0.97
  "Particle   passage                        0,91           0.2
  ""through  "semi-active"  zones           T^Q            1,0
  "Dust entrainment during                 0.91         O.T-0.2
    rapping      '                           1,0          0,01-0.05
                7'/l
    The values, -— ,  introduced in table 1, represent the ratio of the
values for dust re-entrainment,  calculated with and without taking into
consideration one of the  factors.  As seen from the table, the most
                                         25

-------
significant factors  are  the  particle  passage  through  "semi-active"  zones  and
entrainment during electrode rapping.   It  is  necessary to  consider  particle
charge at the coronal  electrodes and  concentration non-uniformity profiles
only for electrodes  with S*  i£1.0.  This is connected with the fact that  during
Sa V 0.91, dust entrainment  through the precipitator  is basically determined
by the "semi-active  zone,  in which the  influence of charge at the coronal
electrodes and of the  non-uniformity  of profile concentration is relatively low.
The remaining factors  may  be disregarded during development of the  simplified
method.
     During these simplifications, exact formulas from 1 (in bibliography)
may be taken thus:
                         Liku.

where       t\JJo   ~  particle  drift speed at the precipitating electrode

         '*  L
           T.	  overall relative  length of precipitator fields
            He
           <~ho   -  spacing between precipitating electrodes

             U,    -  average gas  velocity
                     coefficient  of  non-uniformity of the field's gas
                     velocities   (  £ c   =  /V*    K3
                     coefficient,  considering  field weakening  in  the
                     "semi-active"  zone   (7^*0,5)
                                           26

-------
 Drift velocity of particles of diameter d are calculated according to the
 formula:
                                                                      (2)
 where             - the dielectric constant
                  • field intensity at the preci pita tor electrode

                  - gas pressure in mm hG

             U   - dynamic viscosity of the gas

£c and % - Cunningham correction, computed according to the formulas
                                    /   *•     I         .
  *$5/5- 0,56 ^ Iff t ^5 V~p~  /' ^^7« "' C'>8 '
                                          27
                                                                         (4)
(SI

-------
where      /     - distance between coronal  elements
         U    - precipitator's working voltage



         Uo    - corona ignition voltage



         ^9     - effective radius of coronal  electrode



     Calculation of the overall degree of gas-cleaning during the absence entrainment

of precipitated dust is done according to the  expression;
                                                                 (7)
     For density of particle distribution by size j (d),  the log-normal law
was taken:


                 •!- m
where       o  - average standard deviation
          dgQ   - average median diameter
     Trapping efficiency with regard to entrainment  during electrode rapping
is found according to the expression:
where K  -  generalized coefficient of re-entrainment.
                                          28

-------
     The expression  (1) may take the form:

                                                    d. •£-
                                                            'so           ( 12
     The parameter^  is  analagous according to its structure by the index
of the exponent to Deutsch's  formula and it may be called the parameter of
precipitation of poli-dispersed dust.
     The parameter ft considers the effect on dust precipitation of diffusion
particle charging and Cunningham's correction.  This is equal to the ratio  of
the components of drift speed, conditioned by these factors, to the basic
components of drift speed,  caused by impact charging of particles when
d - d5Q.
     In relation to the formulas (7-10) introduced above, the degree of
gas-cleaning depends only on  three dimension!ess parameters -j3 tft and 0
     Result analysis on a computer of the numerical calculation of the degree
of gas-cleaning according to  formulas 7-10 has shown that the degree of gas-
cleaning may be approximated  by the following formula:
                                 a    /        I")
                                w'
                                           29

-------
    The value of the parameter A, dependent on 0 and /t ,  is determined from
the  graphs in fig. 1  and 2.  The relationship^0.42 in introduced in the same
graph for convenience in calculation.
    In calculating the degree of gas  cleaning, it is possible to use the
following approximation formulas for parameter A:
     ft 4 -.S-±-2i2§j___-iii__      for        - 0.91
                            (-9.23,4 )+0.r        0<£* 0.5
   ft *  2*§_iJk96 __ - itn k_         for
            -I) O.Wiep(-i?;s*.>,a.T~   0^^0.05
                                             £or
                                             '
     The generalized re-entrainment coefficient K is calculated according to
the formulas:
   A =  1-0.275 K
-------
where
— .=   nj
     //*   //
     H c -V7-  '- relative height of precipitating electrodes
           no
     «     u
   u.   s 77*"  - relative gas velocity
                - relative dust mass on electrodes.
     The basic parameters are equal to the following measures: Ho = 8 m.,
Uo = 1 m/sec., Mo - 1 kg/m.
     The values of the coefficients KJ, K2, K3 are introduced in table 2.
Formulas 17 and 18 were obtained by means of generalization by method of
regression analysis of experimental data according to re-entrainment coefficients,
taken from industrial equipment in the USSR.
       Table  2
HeJige. of parame-
ter measurement t
H t U. . /IT
0 - 0,1
0,1*0.5
0,5*1*0
1,0*1.5
1,5*2.0
V/ (//'*>
0 - 0.3
0,3-0.7
0,7-1.0
1,0-1,2
1,2-1.1
We**)
0 - 0.1
0,1-0,8
0,8-1.0
1,0-1.15
1.15-1,3
>IV ./
I - 0.0
0.8-0.1
0.1-0,2
0,2-0.1
0.1-0.01
      Comparison  of  the  calculations  according  to  the  simplified  (11-13) and
 exact methodologies has shown  that the  maximum error  of calculations at Sa = 0.91
                                            31

-------
does not exceed +_ by effective drift velocity and about 50% by re-entrainment.
At Sa = 1.0, the maximum errors may be higher and may measure in separate
instances +. 15% from the effective drift velocity.
     Table 3 introduces comparison results of calculation and experimental
values for cleanly efficiency in industrial  precipitators in the USSR and USA.
The calculation was done by exact and simplified methodologies.  The experimental
values, necessary for calculation, and the cleaning efficiency of American
precipitators were taken from no. 12 (bibliography), as well as during joint
research at the Allen Steam Plant in the USA by a group of Soviet and American
specialists (bibl. no. 13).
     Comparison of calculated values according to the exact and simplified methodo-
logies and experimental values for efficiency attests to their satisfactory agreement.
The average error in calculating entrainment according to the exact methodology
doe? not exceed 10% and according to the simplified methodology, no more than 20%
of the experimental particle entrainment in industrial precipitators.
     It is worth mentioning that the agreement occurs both in experiments when
the electrode rappers are shut off (k=l), and during rapping.  This attests to
the fact that, in the model, basic physical  processes, occuring in industrial
precipitators, both during electrode rapping and without electrode rapping, are
apparently reflected correctly.  The circumstance is especially reassuring that
the agreement between the calculated and experimental values occurs in industrial
precipitators in the USA, which are essentially different from Soviet precipitators
according to their design (Sa=l) and data according to which the advanced model
was not used during the development.
     Experimental data were generalized by the regression analysis method, in
order to predict the working voltages and coronal ignition voltages of industrial
electrostatic precipitators where these voltages are necessary for calculating
                                          32

-------
drift velocity.   These data were obtained for 10 industrial  electrostatic
precipitators of thermal  electric power stations using  the principal  grades
of coal  utilized in the USSR.
     A type of the regression  equation was selected  on  the basis  of the
experimental relationship obtained during research on  laboratory  and  pilot
plant electrostatic precipitators.  This is relative in part to the dependence
of the working voltage on the  distance between electrodes  and on  dust
resistivity, etc.  Six influencing factors were originally considered in the
regression equation.  However, after testing factor  significance, it turned out
to be possible to ignore the influence of incomplete combustion,  sulfur content,
and also the relative gas density in the equation determining working voltage,
whose final form is:
                                                                 2/l/(
where: F - area of the precipitating field of the precipitator,  fed by one unit,
m2, F«f= 1000m2,
     8  -  gas moisture content, %, B( - 6%,
     P  -  dust resistivity, Ohmmeters,Dtf = 5-10  Ohmmeters,
     h0 -  distance between coronal and precipitating electrodes,  m;
hS = 0.1375 m.
These same computations were carried out for determining the  voltage of corona
discharge ignition.  However, in this case, the relative gas  density turned
out to be a significant factor.   The resulting equation for calculating
ignition voltage has the following form:
                                          33

-------
Where: o  -  relative gas density,
-------
                                  BIBLIOGRAPHY

1.  Ermilov, I.V., "Calculating the Degree of Gas Cleaning in Plate-type
Electrostatic Precipitators", in "Industrial  and Sanitary Gas Cleaning",
No. 1, 1977.
2.  Ermilov, I.V., "Calculating the Efficiency of Thermal Power Station
Electrostatic Precipitators", in "Reports - Symposium on Controlling Particle
Emissions Into the Atmosphere and Other Related Problems, 26-28 May, 1976,
Kishinev".
3.  Ermilov, I.V., Dmitrieva, T.I., "Mathematical Modelling of Electrostatic
Precipitators and Its Use For Industrial Units in the USSR", in "Reports of the
Second Soviet-American Symposium on Technology of Solid Particle Removal, 26-29
September, 1977", vol. 1, Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Par1, USA.
4.  Ermilov, I.V., "Calculating the Degree of Gas Cleaning in Electrostatic
Precipitators", in "Electricity", no.  3, 1976.
5.  Ermilov, I.V., "Experimental Research in Microparticle Charge In the
Corona Discharge Field", in "Electricity", no. 2, 1974.
6.  Ermilov, I.V., "The Distribution of Dust Concentration In the Precipitator
Corona Discharge Field", in "Electricity", no. 7, 1974.
7.  Sanaev, Y.I., Ermilov, I.V., "Experimental Research of the Processes of
Dust Entrainment From the Precipitating Electrodes in Electrostatic Precipitators"
in "Industrial and Sanitary Gas-Cleaning", no. 1, 1976.
8.  Vasyaev, V.I., Vereshchagin, I.P., "Toward Calculating Characteristics
of Unipolar Corona Discharge In An Electrode System, 'Wire Rows Between Plates'",
in Electricity", no.  5, 1972.
                                         35

-------
9.  Vereshchagin,  I.P.  et al,  Bases of Dispersion-Systems Electrical  and
Gas Dynamics, Moscow,  Energy,  1974.
10.  Mirzabekyan,  G.Z., Udalova,  V.I., "Calculating Precipitator Work Efficiency
During the Dispersion  Phase's  High Concentrations", in  "Electricity", 1976, no.  6.
11.  Idelchik, I.E., The Aerodynamics  of Industrial Equipment,  Moscow, Energy,
1974.
12.  Particulate Collection Efficiency:  Measurements on Three Electrostatic
Precipitators. Environmental  Protection  Technology Series,  EPA-600/2-75-056,
October 1975.
13.  MacDonald, J.R.,  Mathematical Modelling  of Electrostatic Precipitators
in the USA, Reports From the Second Soviet-American Symposium on the  Technology
of Solid Particle Removal, 26-29  September, 1977,  vol.  1, Environmental  Protection
Agency, Research Triangle Park, USA.
                                          36

-------
                                    60




fig.l.  Relationship of the coefficient A to  b when  Sa = 1,



                                 37

-------
                                                          10
      o        20        ^o        eo        jo       joo
                                                       *
fig.2.  The relationship of the coefficient A to b when Sa = 0.91,


  = l-exp(-KA c°-
                                  38

-------
      Table 3
<£>
NO.
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
II.
pltator
«*.«!»
uu-4-S) '
m-S-2-55
t>|*Tlm-ntjl
ua-f-*j
PCD-J-50
UCZH-265
Expcrlnu-ntal



P"
35.5
42.4
3«%2
40.0
52.0
45.8
36.3
3Z.9
32.5
33.4
29.6
I
19.2
21.7
20.0
22.0
28.6
22.4
«
^3.0
12.0
12.0
16.0
i
12
10
6.6
5.0
10,0
7.56
16.0
10.0
10.97
12.2
10.97
!
0.1375
0,1375
0.1625
0.1325
0.1375
0.1625
8.D75
0.1375
O.II43
O.II43
O.II43
1 4- i s: !
J 1 «J4 !
! i '
0.18 0.915
0.18 0.89
0.18 0.86
0.18 0.9
0.18 0.89
0.19 0.88
0.18 0.915
0,18 0.915
0.175 1.0
0.175 1.0
0.229 1.0
k
i.i
i.*
1.55
1,05
1.4
I.*
I.I
I.I
1.15
1,15
1.15
j^«<|,
I.M5 386.5
Z.I 415
l.«f 422
1.5 403
l.fll 418
I. Ill, 427
1.3* 400
1.11 393.5
|.« 427
l.tt 575
l.ifc "602 ":
! wa* Masurad In laboratory conditions
      at the ga«'a working  tcraperatura.
              3) Data from  noa. 9-11 waa taken  from procipltatori  at
      thb Gorga», San Juan, and Allen  Thermal Electric  Statl6na in th«
      USA.

-------
Table 4
Typo of preclpl-
tator
ECtrJ-177_
Fxporirental
UG2-4-SJ
UGZ=4-53
PCOS-3-50
Fxpcrlrental
Experimental
_p. PCDS-4-42
0
DGPS-2-42
PCOS-3-SO -
Experimental
f.-f
3046
20
1123
Tnr>
1255
1247
1247
934
1380
1255
20
i S
i
0.743
0.724
0,701
D.693
0,842
0,706
0,697
0.685
0.622
0.686
0.693
j-4; \
j
-------
          CALCULATIONS OF EFFECTS. OF BACK CORONA

         IN WIRE-DUCT ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS
                            by
                      Phil A. Lawless

                Research Triangle Institute
           Research Triangle Park, N.C.    27709
                            and
                     Leslie E. Sparks

           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, N.C.    27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved for
 publication by the U. S. EPA.)
                            41

-------
                               ABSTRACT
     A model  is used to calculate the  effects  of back corona on the
voltage-current characteristic,  current density distribution at the
collector plate, and particle collection for five simple mechanisms
describing the generation of back corona.   Each mechanism is capable
of simulating the V-I curves characteristic of precipitators operating
in back corona, but one in particular  is identified  as a potential
back corona mechanism on the basis of  generating hysteresis  in  the
V-I curve, in accord with limited experimental  evidence.
                                    42

-------
                            ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     This work was supported by the Industrial Environmental  Research
Laboratory (Research Triangle Park, N.C.), Environmental  Protection
Agency under Grant No. R80-58-9701.  0. H. Turner is grant adminis-
trator.
                                    43

-------
                CALCULATIONS OF EFFECTS OF BACK CORONA
               IN WIRE-DUCT ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS
     Back corona in an electrostatic precipitator is a condition in which
electrical breakdown in a high resistivity dust layer creates positive
ions which enter the normally negative ion cloud in the duct of the pre-
cipitator. 1>2  The formation of the positive ion current leads to a
characteristic increase in the slope of the voltage-current characteris-
tic. '   This increase is due to the increased numbers of positive and
negative ions and can be so large as to give near-vertical  or even
                     /
negative slopes to the V-I curves.   This voltage-current characteristic
is the most common indication of the presence of back corona because
direct detection of free ions ;0f both polarities is very difficult.  In
this paper, we relate mechanisms for back corona formation to the cal-
culated V-I curves produced and examine the implications for particle
charging and collection.
     The approach used in the calculation is a numerical solution of
Maxwell's equations for the electric field.  The overall approach is
similar to that of McDonald, et al..  and a detailed description is to
be published.
     The equations describing the distribution of electric fields and
flow of current are Maxwell's equations and the current continuity equa-
tion.  In this formalism, it is more convenient to work with flux and
line integrals of the electric field and the current density.  These
are, for the static case:
                                    44

-------
                            /E • ds =  /-£- dv                        (1)
                                      V  °
                            E •  dA = 0                               (2)
                          L
                          y j • ds = 0
(3)
     In these equations, s is a surface or flux integral  evaluated over
the surface of a grid/cell, which encloses the volume V.   The line
integral is the term that couples adjacent grid cells and leads to a
solution for the entire region.
     The relationship between the current density and electric field is
given by

                               j = pbt ,                              (4)

where p is the ion density and b is the ion mobility.  For the present,
we assume that positive and negative ions have the same mobility and that
any particulate space charge has a zero mobility.  It is further assumed
that ion recombination or neutralization effects are negligible, so that
separate current continuity equations can be written for both types of
i ons.
     The equations are solved by an iteration procedure involving an
underrelaxation of error terms.  The starting values for the electric
field are derived from Peek's semi-empirical relation for the electric
                                    45

-------
field at the surface of the corona wire at the onset of corona,  and the
                                                 Q
electrostatic potential distribution of Cooperman  for the wire-duct
geometry.  The potential expression is differentiated either numerically
or analytically to give initial values to all the components of E  and E
                                                                 A      y
as a function of position.  For a given negative ion current at the plate,
an appropriate space charge density is calculated at the corona wire and
propagated to the plate.  If the local current density at the plate
exceeds a threshold value, a certain density of positive ions is liberated
and propagated back to the corona wire.  Equation 1 is then solved to
obtain new values for E ; Equation 2 is used to calculate an error term
                       J\
for E ; and a portion^of the error is then used to obtain a new value for
E .  When the error terms for all E  are adequately reduced, the equations
 j                                 y
have been solved, and the corona wire voltage can be obtained by integrat-
ing the fields from the plate to the wire.
     The electric field model predicts standard clean-plate V-I curves
quite well and gives excellent agreement with experimental values of the
space potentials measured by Penney and Matick.9"

-------
BACK CORONA MECHANISMS
     Although recent experimental work has begun to delineate the nature
of back corona mechanisms,  '   revealing streamer and glow modes of
propagation, the mechanisms of generating positive ions in the particu-
late layer are still uncertain.  Electrical breakdown of the particles
                                                               1 2
or the interstitial gases in the particle layer are postulated, '  but
detailed descriptions are lacking.  The approach taken in the present
work is to assume several simple model mechanisms for the generation of
positive ions and to explore the consequences of each.  All of these
mechanisms are described in terms of a critical current density, since
experimental evidence   indicates the sudden onset of back corona as the
                     i
current density is increased.  All the proposed mechanisms are assumed
to be local, with back corona onset in a given location having no direct
effect on adjacent locations.  Finally, all the mechanisms assume a con-
tinuous generation of ions as opposed to the pulsing effects observed
experimentally.    The five mechanisms chosen are described below.
     I.  Positive ions are generated in proportion to the amount
         that the total current density exceeds the critical
         current density.  This can be written:
                             'e(JY-Jr)/Exb, j >j
                                x  c   x    x  c                     (5)
                             0           , j  jx JG >
         where e is an adjustable dimensionless parameter and jc
         is the critical current density.  Since the generation of
         positive ions occurs in the dust layer near the plate,
         only the x-component of field is significant.  For values
         of 6 near 1, this mechanism tends to keep the electric
         field at the layer constant by reducing the net space
         charge as the current density increases.

-------
 II.   Positive  ions  are  generated in proportion to the critical
      current density once  the total current density exceeds
      the  critical level:
     (YJC/

>+ =  lo
                                    jx
-------
     V.   The positive ions are generated in proportion  to the  nega-
         tive ion current density squared:
                                                                     (9)
         where j_ is the x-component of the negative ion current
         density~and < is an adjustable dimensionless parameter.
         This mechanism describes a situation in which the  positive
         ion current does not directly contribute to the heating
         effect, as would be the case if generation occurred at the
         surface of the layer.
     In all the mechanisms except II, the adjustable parameter affects
the ratio of the positive ion current to the negative ion current,  and,
                     /
in general, values can be found for which the ratio is nearly 1 over an
extended range of currents.  Mechanism II is different in that the
adjustable parameter affects only the size of a step increase in posi-
tive ion density, and the positive and negative current densities will
be equal at a single current only.
     The effects of the resistivity of the dust layer are not considered
here.  The dust is assumed to have zero thickness, and effects of posi-
tive ion generation on the dust surface or within the dust layer are not
considered.

EFFECTS OF BIPOLAR CHARGING
     Where ions of opposite polarity impinge upon a particle of radius  a,
a charging equation of the following form results:
                 || = 3rt2[j.(l-q/qs)2 - j+(l+q/qs)2] ,              (10)
                                   49

-------
where the sign convention chosen assumes that qg is negative and is
given by
                            qs = 12Trae0E ,                          (11)
where E is the electric field magnitude far from the disturbing effects
of the particle.  The charge q stops changing at an equilibrium value
given by
                                                   1/2
                                                                    (12)
     The factor multiplying q  we call Q for convenience and is less
than 1 (even negative) for all non-zero values of j+.   Recalling that
qs does not depend on current density, the factor Q represents the
degradation in particle charge that can be expected under bipolar charg-
                                  2
ing conditions, and the quantity E Q is proportional to the particle
drift velocity, under bipolar charging conditions.
     After choosing a fairly standard precipitator configuration and
operating conditions (wire radius = 1.34 mm, wire-wire spacing =
114.3 mm, plate-plate spacing = 228.6 mm, T = 615 K),  each back corona
mechanism was used to generate V-I curves.  The critical current density
                 -5    2
was set at 4 x 10   A/m , and the particulate space charge, q, was
                                   -5    3
chosen to be either zero or -1 x 10   C/m .
     The average current density was initially set to zero and then
incremented upward in steps to a maximum value, calculating the corona
wire voltage at each step.  The electrical conditions used as the
                                      50

-------
starting values for a given step were the final solution values of the
proceeding step, to mimic a real measurement of a voltage-current curve.
After the maximum was reached, the current density was decremented to
observe hysteresis effects, but many mechanisms showed no hysteresis
effects at all.  Some calculations could not be carried to completion
because of numeric instabilities which were encountered, generally in
cases with extreme back corona.  Particular attention was paid to
achieving a near-vertical V-I characteristic and to checking for hystere-
sis effects, since these are observed characteristics in back corona
situations.
     Figures 1 through 5 present the voltage-current density curves
calculated for the five mechanisms.  In most instances, near-vertical
curves could be obtained, and in some cases hysteresis was observed.
Note that hysteresis was expected in mechanisms II and III (and was
calculated), but it also appeared in mechanism IV in an unusual fashion.
     The particulate space charge tends to suppress the spread of back
corona laterally between the wires.  In Figures 2 and 3, the steps in
the curve are due to the cell structure of the calculation, with each
step corresponding to the formation of positive ions in one or two cells
as the local current density exceeds the threshold.  With q = 0, the
transitions occur in all the cells over a narrow range of total current
densities.

CONSEQUENCES OF BACK CORONA
                                                               1 p
     In the Deutsch-Andersen theory of precipitator collection,    the
drift velocity of the charged particles appears as a multiplier in the
argument of an exponential term in an expression for the collection
                                    51

-------
efficiency and is, therefore, especially significant.   Recalling that the
                                           2
drift velocity is roughly proportional  to E Q, we have plotted this quan-
tity for the five mechanisms in Figures 6 through 10.   The terms were
evaluated at the place, because collection occurs at the plate, and a
simple linear average over all the cells was used.
     The figures illustrate that the presence of back  corona has a strong
effect by whatever mechanism it occurs  and whether or  not a particulate
space charge is present.   Two mechanisms are worthy of note:  in mecha-
                                                              2
nism II on the descending legs of the hysteresis curves, the E Q product
average actually becomes  negative; and  in mechanism III, for y = 0.5,
     2
the E Q product approaches zero rapidly as the current density increases.
                     i
Both of these conditions  are disastrous for particle collection.  The
other mechanisms, particularly in the presence of space charge, exhibit
       2
local E Q products which  are zero or negative but for  which the overall
average is positive.
     In terms of operating strategy in a precipitator suffering back
             2
corona, the E Q product is generally a maximum at current densities which
avoid initiating back corona, i.e., low current densities.
          2
     The E Q curves also point out the enhanced drift velocity in the
presence of a particulate space charge.  Even though back corona degrades
     2
the E Q produi
higher level.
     2
the E Q product,  adding  space  charge  can  boost it to a significantly
COMPARISON WITH EXPERIMENT
     An actual  V-I curve (Figure 11)  of a precipitator in back corona
was obtained on an X-Y recorder, measuring the corona wire voltage and
collector plate current as the voltage was slowly increased to a
                                    52

-------
maximum and then decreased to zero.  The participate space charge was
zero (no participate feed).
     The ascending leg of the curve exhibits both increases and decreases
in the voltage as the current rises.  More importantly, the X-Y recorder
reveals small variations in voltages that would likely be missed in a
point-to-point type of measurement.  The descending leg of the curve is
more regular but still has the small step-like character that the ascend-
ing leg has.
     Of the five mechanisms, only mechanism II has the potential of such
a pronounced hysteresis, with step-like increases and decreases in voltage.
Mechanism II is incomplete, however, in that it postulates only a single
                     /
threshold.  In order to produce a characteristic similar to Figure 11,
multiple closely spaced thresholds would be required.
     A composite voltage-current characteristic consisting of the sum of
five voltage-current curves from Figure 4, which were offset from each
other by 100 volts, is shown in Figure 12.  These offset voltages corre-
spond to diameter variations of less than one percent, which are within
                                                       2
the realm of feasibility for dirty corona wires.  The E Q curves for the
composite mechanism would be similar to those of Figure 7, with the more
rapid variations smoothed out by an averaging process.
     Other mechanisms can produce V-I characteristics similar to the
ascending leg of Figure 11 with proper choice of the threshold current
density and the adjustable parameters, particularly mechanism IV.  The
difficulty is in giving physical meaning to the parameters, which in
these calculations are arbitrary.  In mechanism II, the adjustable
parameter controls only the size of the increase in current and can
potentially be related to the properties of the dust layer.  It is the
                                       53

-------
superposition of many small  steps, near the same threshold, which can
produce the steep increase in current; and it is the sum of the increases
which leads to the hysteresis of the descending leg.

CONCLUSIONS
     In spite of the simplicity of the proposed back corona mechanisms,
a reasonable approximation to the V-I characteristic of a precipitator
operating in back corona has been obtained.  Although refinements in
experiment will lead to more complex models, the general effect of back
corona on degrading collection efficiency in these mechanisms suggests
that operation at reduced current densities will be beneficial, although
                     i
not extremely so, and that an enhanced particulate space charge in the
precipitator would be advantageous.   Operation of a precipitator on the
descending leg of a voltage hysteresis curve should be strictly avoided.
The electric field model has proven to be a versatile calculational tool
for diagnosing the relatively inaccessible conditions in the electro-
static precipitator and will continue to be of value as the phenomenon
of back carona is investigated further.
                                     54

-------
                               REFERENCES
 1.   S.  Oglesby,  Jr.,  and 6.  B.  Nichols.   Electrostatic  Precipitation
     (Marcel  Dekker, New York,  1978).
 2.   H.  J.  White.   Industrial  Electrostatic Precipitation  (Addison-Wesley,
     Reading, Mass.,  1963).
 3.   H.  W.  Spencer, III.  "Electrostatic  Precipitators:  Relationship
     between  Resistivity, Particle Size,  and Sparkover," EPA-600/2-76-
     144 (1976),  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.
 4.   H.  J.  White.   J.  Air Poll.  Cont.  Ass.  24, 314  (1974).
 5.   J.  R.  McDonald,  W.  B. Smith, H.  W. Spencer,  III,  and  L.  E.  Sparks,
     J.  Appl. Phys. 48,  2231  (1977).
 6.   P.  A.  Lawless and L. E.  Sparks,  to be published.
 7.   F.  W.  Peek,  Jr.   Dielectric Phenomena in High  Voltage Engineering
     (McGraw-Hill, New York,  1929)
 8.   P.  Copperman.  Unpublished.  See Reference 5.
 9.   G.  W.  Penney and  R. E.  Matick.  Trans. Am. Inst.  Electr. Engr.  1 79,
     91  (1960).
10.   S.  Masuda.  Inst. Phys.  Conf.' Ser. No. 27, Ch. 3  (1975).
11.   S.  Masuda and A.  Miguno.  Proc. 4th  Int. Clean  Air Conference,
     Paper No. V-47 (Tokyo,  May 1977).
                                      55

-------
                             FIGURE CAPTIONS
 1.   Voltage-current density curves  for Mechanism I.

 2.   Voltage-current density curves  for Mechanism II.   Hysteresis is
     indicated by the dashed curves.

 3.   Voltage-current density curves  for Mechanism III.   Hysteresis is
     indicated by the dashed curves.

 4.   Voltage-current density curves  for Mechanism IV.   Hysteresis is
     indicated by the dashed curves.

 5.   Voltage-current desntiy curves  for Mechanism V.
      2
 6.   E Q as a  function of current  density  for Mechanism I  (6=0.5).
     -—(B-0).
      2
 7-   E Q as a  function of current  density  for Mechanism II  (y=1.0).
     	(Y=0);  •-•-•(turrent decreasing).
      2
 8.   E Q as a  function of current  density  for Mechanism III  (6=0.5,  I;
     6=0.4, •; 6=0.5, A).  	 (6=0);  	-(current decreasing).
      2
 9.   E Q as a  function of current  density  for Mechanism IV  (£=0.020).
     	(e=0);  •-•-•(current decreasing).
      2
10.   E Q as a  function of current  density  for Mechanism V  (<=0.10).
     —-U-0).

11.   Voltage-current curve of a precipitator section  in back corona.

12.   Voltage-current density curves with hysteresis for a composite
     Mechanism II.
                                     56

-------
                                               Mechanism  I
6
  *o
   v.
   <
   "3  3
i5  c
^  0)
   Q
   5  2

   a
   U
                  q«0 C/ms
0.5
                                                     q--lO"'C/m*
                                                                0.6
                                                                          0.5
                                                                                 0.4
           16
        18
                                     20
22
                                              Voltage  tKV)

                                              Figure 1
24
26

-------
                  q «0  C/m3
                                                 I       I

                                             Mechanism  H
                                           q»-Kf*  C/m3
   o
    x
   S  3
00
    (A
    e
    0)
    3
   O
                     y =0,0
           16
18
20
22
24
26
                                            Voltage (kV)

                                           Figure 2

-------
                 q « 0 C/ms
                                                    I        I        T


                                                Mechanism  HI
                                               q»-lo"5 C/m*
   o
   x
   •S  3
Ui  C
vo  4>

   O
   •a
   O
                         0.4
                                             0.5
                                                                                     0.3
           16
18
20
22
24
                                               Voltage  (kV)


                                               Figure 3
26

-------
g
 X

««   .,
 e 4
•   3

«>
O
s
                                               Mechanism  IZ
                q *0  C/m3
                            0.023
                                                 q.-IO"5 C/m3

                                                         .0.023
                                                                                       0.020
                                                                 0.018
         16
18
20
22
                                              Voltage  (kV)

                                               Figure 4
24
26

-------
                                             Mechanism  3t
6
O
x
(0
c
Q>
o
               q « 0  C/ms
                        .0.10
                                  0.05
                                               q--IO"5 C/m3
                                              ,0.10
                                                                                   0.05
                                                                          I	I
        16
18
                                      20
22
                                            Voltage (kV)

                                             Figure 5
24
26

-------
                        Mechanism I
1000
              I          2         3



               Current Density  (A/m*) jc I04







                        Figure 6
                          62

-------
                      Mechanism E
1000
             1234
             Current  Density (A/m2)  x  !04
                      Figure 7
                       63

-------
                   Mechanism HI
1000
              Current  Density  (A/ma)x!04
                     Figure 8
                        64

-------
                      Mechanism JZ
 1000
  100
•>
a:
   |0
               Current  Density (A/m*)xl04
                         Figure 9
                           65

-------
                     Mechanism  3C
 1000
  100
o
a:
   10
              Current  Density  (A/m*) xlO4
                       Figure 10
                         66

-------
   6.O
   5.0
   4.0
£.  3.0
   2.0
    1.0
    0.0
                   10
     20           30
Voltage (kV)
40
                              Figure 11
                                 67

-------
      o

      X
      6  4
oo
to
c
0)

Q
      flJ O
      t_ c
     O
                                        Mechanism 31  Composite
                              q « 0  C/ms
                                                                      -KfsC/ml
                                                                                  /I
                                                                             I


                                                                           /
                                                                                I
                 16
                            18
20
24
26
                                              Voltage   (kV)
                                               Figure 12

-------
      I.A. Kizim, B.V. Zolotarev, A.A. Troitskii,  M.A.  Golosov

        REPORT: STUDY OP  CHEMICAL CONDITIONING OF STACK GASES
BEFORE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION AT A 500-MEGAWATT POWER GENERATOR

      In accordance with basic directions for developement drawn UD
for the national economy of the USSR for 1976-1980 and long term
prognoses for the coming decade, the nation's energy output will be
increased chiefly through -construction of large-scale thermal elec-
tric power stations and and central heating and power plants working
mainly on low-grade hard fuel, primarily low-sulfur (SP<1%) and low
moisture coals from the Ekibastuz and Kuznets basins.
      Combustion products of these coals includes many aluminum sili-
cates (up to 93-94%) while the share of alkaline metals (sodium, li-
thium, potassium) is insignificantly small. Therefore with   exhaust
gas temperatures of 130-150°C, this ash has a high resistivity, com-
prising 10^^-10^-2 ohm-meters.
      As practice shows, deep cleaning of combustion product  fly-ash
of given coals in electrostatic precipitators reaching 99-99.5% is
difficult, in as much as the high resistivity in these units causes
intense back corona, sharply lowering ash-trapping efficiency.
      Efficient ways for solving the problems of trapping high-resis-
tivity fly-ash are:
     - precipitator installation in a gas temperature zone of  350-
      400CC, due to which the volume resistivity of the ash deter-
      mining its resistivity sharply decreases;
     - lowering exhaust gas temperature according to comparison
      with projected values when the ash resistivity is determined
      by increased surface conductiveness;
     - addition to the stack aases of various chemical  conditioning
                             ' 69

-------
      substances and water steam, providing the required value
      of surface conductivity for the ash layer.
      Each of the listed methods has its own advantages anc  insuffi-
ciencies. For deciding the advisability of using one   of  these me-
thods, it is necessary to conduct investigation into working condi-
tions at full-scale electrostatic precipitators.
      Chemical conditioning is one of the promising directions for
increasing the degree of gas-cleaning during trapping  of high-
resistance fly-ash.
      Conditioning gas by humidifying is usable in those situations
where the exhaust gases have a high temperature and lowered  moisture
content. Under these conditions, it has been established that the introduction of
moisture has a favorable effect on increasing electrical strength and lo-
wering gas viscosity. Water adsorption on ash particle surfaces
grows proportionately to the content of moisture in the gases and
inversely proportional to temperature.
      With humidifying stack gases, besides lowering the  ash resi-
stance , gas cooling occurs, which in its turn, lowers the resisti-
vity. However, introducing humidity conditioning to thermal power
stations gives rise to great difficulties in as much as  for these
purposes, considerable input of water and steam is  required. Other
than this, in power station conditions, it is impossible during
sufficiently low exhaust gas temperatures to produce  full water
evaporation because it leads to condensation in gas conduits,  pre-
cipitators and exhaust fans and their surfaces become  sticky,  which
guarantees corrosion.
      803 and ammonia are other conditioning reaCcnT«f  for  stack  gas
conditioning.
                               70

-------
     The relationship of the degree of gas  cleaning  to  sulfur content
is known.  If follows from this relationship  that, upon lowering  sul-
fur content, efficiency of ash trapping is  sharply lowered.  Therefore
during lower-sulfur coal fly-ash trapping,  SCU  is added to  stack
gases to compensate for the lack of it and  to raise  ash-trapping
efficiency. Sulfur trioxide, reacting with  the  ash,  forms sulfates
capable of raising surface conductivity of  the  ash particles.
     Introducing ammonia to the stack gases gives a  positive effect
with low sulfur content, just as with high  sulfur content.  At  the
same time, ammonia may be introduced to the gas tract both  after
the air pre-heater and before it.
     Sulfur dioxide is three times more expensive than  ammonia  under
the same quantities of reagent and approximately the same efficiency.
Therefore, ammonia was used in ekibastuz coal fly-ash trapping  in
industrial experimenting with chemical conditioning  at the  Troitskaya
State Regional Power Station.
     Industrial tests were conducted in 1977 on the  500 mW  capacity
power unit no. 8 with a flow-through boiler with a  steam-production of
1650 tons/hr.
     Ekibastuz coal, type SS, was the fuel  used, and has the following
characteristics.
                      p
     ash content  -  A  = 36.5S
     moisture     -  WP = 5.7%
     content of combustibles in exhaust s| - 1.5%
     heat of fuel combustion QJJ = 17.6  *ilobules Heat
                            71

-------
     Four regenerative air pre-heaters were  installed  at  the boiler's
outlet into the exhaust tract.   Fly-ash  trapping  is done  by two four-
                                               2
field precipitators with active  sections of  265m   each.   The precipitators
are placed after the air-preheaters.
     The precipitator's active zone consists of a system  of C-shaped
precipitating electrodes and  needle-strip  coronal  electrodes.   Rapping
is done by hammers.
     The precipitator fields  are supplied  with rectified  high-voltage
by ATF-1600-type step-up rectifiers.  Each field  consists of two
electrically isolated parts (semi-fields).   The high-voltage current
supply circuit is the "unit-semifield".
     A 14% ammonia water solution, which was fed  into  the gases after
the air pre-heater, was used  during testing.
     The lay-out for ammonia  conditioning  consisted of an intermediate
space of 5m  volume, equipped with a  level indicator,,  two pumps mounted
parallel to each other on one fra-e,  distribution collectors for acqueous
ammonia solution and compressed  air and  shut-off  armature.
     Ammonia enters the intermediate  space from the reagent stock station.
From the intermediate space,  the ammonia is  fed into the  distribution
collector, which is a pipe with  branches having calibrated apertures.
The compressed air system is  analogously arranged.  Compressed air
atomizes the ammonia water solution.
     During the test period,  the boiler  agregate  worked with nominal
parameters, namely:
     unit's electrical load - 511 megawatts
     superheated steam pressure  - 23.53  -  23.73 megapaschals
     boiler's steam yield - 1655-1665 tons/hr
                                  72

-------
     superheated steam temperature -  540-543°C
     The precipitator test results are introduced in table 1.
                                                     Table 1
•
•
Precipitator parameters. '
•
•
Ammonia content (parts per million)
Gas temperature at inlet, °C
Gas temperature at outlet, °C
Gas rarification, kilopaschals
m3
Gas volume at inlet, thousands j~
without ! with
•
conditioning conditioning
•
•
-
165
158
3.3
1520
3D
164
157
3.3
1535 .
40
JG4
157
3.3
1545
Gas  dustiness,  g/mj
                   at inlet
                   at outlet
Gas  speed into  precipitator,  m/s
Effective particle drift  velocity,  cm/s
Degree of gas cleaning,%
Average precipitator
52.8
0.99
1. 71
4.93
97.5
30.9
0.95
54,7
0.3D
1.74
6.85
99.35
36.6
0.37
54.7
0.20
1.75
f-3
S9.56
36.9
0.33
Average precipitator corona current,  amps  0,95
      Industrial precipitator test results have shown that with a
 velocity of 1.74m/s,  the introduction of 30 parts per million of ammonia
 resulted in an increase of cleaning of from 97.5 to 99.35*  and in a
 decrease of exhaust dust by 3.2 times.
                                 73

-------
     The addition of 40 parts/million  of  ammonia,  under  other equal
conditions makes it possible  to  increase  ash  precipitation  efficiency
up to 99.56% and decrease outlet dust  content from 0.99g/m   to
0.20g/m  (i.e.  by 5 times).
     The increase in the degree  of gas cleaning  was due  to  lowering
the intensity of back corona.  This is supported by increasing  the
working voltage an average of 10-25% and  lowering  the magnitude of
corona current along the precipitator  fields  by  1.7-4.6  times.
     Voltampere characteristics  were taken  both  with stack-gas  conditioning
and without it.  With the introduction of ammonia  conditioning, voltampere
characteristics shift to the  right, during  which corona  current is lessened
and the loop, characterizing  back corona  intensity, narrows.
     Measurement results of ekibastuz  coal-ash resistivity  give indirect
confirmation of the lessening of back  corona  intensity during ammonia
introduction.  The resistivity measurement  was taken both with  and without
                                                    •
ammonia stack-gas conditioning.   According  to measurement data, the
resistivity of fly-ash at the precipitator  inlet, _1.2-10   ohmmeters,
taken during gas conditioning by a 14% ammonia water solution,  was lowered
                                   e
by a factor of 3 and comprised £-10 ohmmeters.
     The fly-ash resistivity  at  the precipitator inlet was  determined
by use of a unit for measuring dust resistance (DRM).
     The DRM unit's active principle lies in  measuring dust resistance
of a layer of a given thickness, formed in  the corona discharge field.
     Constancy of the layer's thickness is  assured by dust  precipitation on the
comb-type precipitating electrode.  Two such  electrodes, arranged strictly
on one plane, form the comb gap.

-------
     0 tn
        er "uiati 1.1113
                              were mdae or cue  i eia i
 ekibastuz and kuznets TR-type coal -ash resistivity  to  temperature
 in a range up to 350°C, when resistivity is determined  by volume
 conductivity (fig. 1.).  The ash's chemical composition strongly
 effects its resitivity magnitude (table 2).  Silicon and aluminum
 dioxide with a few admixtures of iron, calcium,  etc.   Oxides are the
 basic components of fly-ash.  Ekibastuz coal  fly-ash contains  64% Si02
 and 22% AlgOg, which determines its infusibility and abrasiveness.
       Table 2                   •
components
                          ft 3E2 4, & Q /fr 0  3%
             calci-
            nation loss
 content,
 %  of mass
              I  64.4  22  4.6   J,5.  0.4-  '  0.6'    I.I
U.w
     Ash dispersion composition (table 3) is determined in  industrial
 conditions by the rotational separation method.   Ash sampling  was  done
 at *he  precipitator inlet without ammonia conditioning, and at the outlet,
 both with and without the conditioning.
     Tobfe 3
r**T"tic2^ <3 i r*i Htur
d, m fflj/'-f TjiniP
content of parti-
cles of diameter
less than d,
% of mass
terfainal velocity
in air, orv/second

2,5

94

O.C4 '

4,0
•

'84

O.C9

6,3

82

0.24

JO

70

C.C2

16

55

1. 53

25 40

37 20

4.0 9.0

d^ A— 21 micro]
,
standard de-
viation,
b = 3.2


     It has been established experimentally, that for ash samples
containing less than 10% FegO-j,  the magnitude of resistivity at  a
temperature of 356°C depends on  the ^0  content (fig. 2).
                                      "TS

-------
     Ash resistivity, measured  in industrial  conditions,  practically
coincides with the value,  determined  by chemical  composition with help
of the given relationship.   The average resistivity  value at 350°C,
determined by the relationship  in fig.  2,  comprises  7-10   ohmmeters
(0.35; Na20) for ekibastuz  coal  and 2.3-107 ohmmeters (0.65%  Na20) for
kuznets coal.  Therefore,  as a  result of studies,  the relationship of
resistivity to temperature was  derived.  It has  been shown that with a
gas temperature increase to 350°C, the  resistivity decreases by three
orders of magnitude, and its value in these conditions may be approximately
determined according to its content of  alkaline. oxide metals.
     The effect of small quantities of  ammonia introduced into stack gases
is connected with particle surface conductivity  in the ash precipitating
layer.  With the addition  of ammonia, its  reaction with water steam and
SO,, contained in the stack gases, occurs.
          NH3+ S03 + H20 -» (NH42 S04
     Ammonia sul fates formed during reaction  increases  the surface
conductivity of fly-ash particles.
     One of the basic characteristics  of preci pita tors  is particle
drift velocity.  As a result of conditioning,  the effective drift
velocity grew 1.44 times and measured  7.34cm/sec. under reagent consumption
at 40 parts per million.  In this case,  the degree  of gas cleaning
measured 99.5%.  Increasing the precipitator  size 1.5 times was required
to get such a degree of efficiency without gas  conditioning.
                                   76

-------
     Thus, industrial condition studies of ammonia  stack gas  conditioning-
during trapping of high-resistance ekibastuz coal-ash has shown that this
method is an efficient means for increasing the degree of cleaning.
                                   77

-------
   v, ohm-
iheters
        fO
        8
                           c
                                   \
     \
                                                           w
                      1CO
200
SCO
C'C
         Fig.l« DfrpcAct&»\c-Y   of kuznets and ekibastuz coal ash resisti-
         vity crx temperature.
                  •—•    kuznets coal
                            ekibastuz coal
                                   78

-------
.meters
Fig. 2.
         under  35Q°C  (L-0   %
          (Fe-O, content< 10%)

         1.  Ekibastuz  coal

         2.  Kuznets coal
                    of ash resistivity
                                                   Na20 content
                                          79

-------
                       SODIUM CONDITIONING TEST

                         WITH EPA MOBILE ESP
                         Steven P»  Schllesser
                          Acurex Corporation


    (Although the information in this document has been funded
     by the U.S. EPA,  it does not  necessarily reflect the views
     of the Agency, and no official endorsement should be inferred.
     The paper is  as delivered at the meeting; Tables 2 and 4B are
     missing.)

                   ,  1.0  SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     The objective of this pilot program was to  determine the  condition-
ing effects of adding anhydrous sodium  carbonate into a "cold-side"
slipstream with respect to the collection performance of an electrostatic
precipitator (ESP).  A power plant  combusting low  sulfur,.low  sodium'
western coal generated the high resistivity ash  (2.5  x 10   OHM-CM
@270*F) for conditioning evaluation.

     A performance evaluation was conducted on a pilot scale precipitator
which treated the base and sodium-conditioned flyash.  The program,
conducted over several weeks, consisted of twenty  days of operating  and
testing.  For each ash species,  the pilot precipitator treated 28.3
m /min (1,000 acfm) of flue gas at  an average of 110*C,  maintaining  a
specific collection area equal to 57 m  /nr/sec.  (290 ft /Kefm).

     In situ resistivity measurements,  precipitator operating  conditions,
and particulate concentration and sire  distribution measurements  con-
stitute the data assembled for the  comparative demonstration.

     The following results reflect  the  effects of  conditioning the
base ash with a 1.0-1.51 concentration  of sodium carbonate as  Na.Ot

          1L  A sixfold reduction in specific resistivity,
              suppressing.the base  ash  from 2.1  x  10   OHM-CM
              to 3.7 x 1011 OHM-CM.
                                   80

-------
          2.  Relative Improvements in achievable current
              densities ranging from a factor of two to six.
              Under steady state conditions, maximum current
              densities were 1-8 nA/cm  for the base ash,
              •nd 10-24 nA/cm  for the conditioned ash.

         . 3*. Enhancement of particulate collection levels,
              resulting in an improvement in collection
              efficiency from 98.19 to 99.46 percent,
              associated with a reduction in outlet loading
              from 140 to 40 mg/DSm.

          4.  Improvement in fractional efficiency character-
              istics, particularly in the fine particle range,
              as demonstrated by the following results:

                          FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY?

                    0.3u	0.5u	l.Ou	3.0u
Base Ash           69.4     81.2     93.9     98.9
Conditioned Ash    91.fr     93.7     97.4     99.7
                   Oh this pilot scale basis the difference
                   in collection efficiency between the base
                   ash and the sodium-conditioned ash was
                   significant enough to move performance
                   from noncompliance (0.122 lb/10  Btu) to
                   compliance (0.0361 lb/10° Btu).
Assimilation of the test results prompt the following conclusionst

               1.  Conditioning by the admixture of conductive
                   material to reduce specific resistivity of
                   the process effluent, in quantities small
                   enough to be potentially economical, has
                   been demonstrated.

               2.  A material for such conditioning, which has
                   the potential to be economical, commercially
                   available, and environmentally acceptable has
                   been identified.

               3.  This material can be utilized fpr flyash treatment
                   without special equipment or extensive mainte-
                   nance requirements by simply Injecting it into
                   • pilot scale process stream.
                                     81

-------
               4.  The effects of using sodium carbonate as a
                   conditioning agent coincide with alternative
                   •ethodst

                       a.  An Increase In the operating
                           corona points for each preci-
                           pltator field.

                       b.  An Increase in collection perfor-
                           •ance, primarily In the fine particle
                           alee range.
Mote:

     Federal new source performance standards for coal-fired steam
electric plants of,250 x 10  Btu or greater heat Input for particulate
natter -0.1 lb/10  Btu. 2 hour average.

                             2.0  INTRODUCTION

     The program objective was to determine the effects on preclpltator
operation and collection performance of adding sodium carbonate into
the exhaust of a boiler burning low sulfur low sodium western coal.
The specific effects of interest were:

               1.  particulate resistivity level

               2.  precipitator operating conditions

               3.  particulate removal characteristics

     The feasibility of utilizing conditioning agents at the test
site (Montana Power Station, Colstrip, Mont.) is documented by
another power facility (Montana Power/Corrette Station, Billings,
Mont.) using coal from the same strip mine.  Injection of proprietary
conditioning material into the flue gas before it entered the preci-
pitator dramatically affected operating corona points and Improved
particulate collection performance so that compliance limits were met.
In situ resistivity measurements at 135*C at.the test site determined
the flyash resistivity to.be in the lower 10   OHM-CM range, outside
the preferred range of 10  to 10   OHM-CM.  Compositional analyses
of the coal and flyash provide the basis of this excessive resistivity.
I.e., low sulfur (1.01 percent) and low sodium (0.31 percent) content.
                                                  \
     The experimental conditioning agent was anhydrous sodium carbonate
(Na2 CO.), a dry, powdery material with size distribution comparable to
flyash {mean site * 15 y).  Charging was achieved by metering the
•aterlal with a calibrated screwfeeder, and entraining it with a cc
                                        82

-------
 pressed air supply through  an injector.  Identical test methodology
 employing a pilot-scale  preclpitator vas implemented for a two phase
 prograa:

           1.  Operation  with  sodium carbonate addition
               and  a A -  5 percent rate relative to flyash
               concentration.

           2.  Operation  without conditioning additives.
                                         f
      The pilot scale ESP is one of three mobile field units owned by
 the Utilities  and  Industrial  Power Division, Industrial Environmental
 Research Laboratory-U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),
 Research Triangle  Park,  North Carolina.  A pilot scale scrubber and
 baghouse complement a fleet of conventional collection systems designed
 to offert
                  Comparative evaluation of removal and economic
                  performance factors among the three conventional
                  control systems on either traditional sources
                  or process streams, or inadequately documented
                  particulate-laden process streams.

                  A parametric evaluation characterizing a given
                  control device/emission source in search for
                  optimum design criteria.

                  Feasibility/demonstration programs on novel or
                  •odlfied processes.

                  Specific problem-solving programs in control
                  technology.
                 3.0  DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES AND INSTALLATION
Power Plant
     The test program was conducted at the Montana Power Company
Station at Colstrip, Montana.  The recently constructed facility
represents current design and operating methodology for coal-fired
electric-power-generating stations.  Modular venturi scrubbers
provide emission control for two 350 megawatt (MW) boilers.
More pertinent information is available via a performance evaluation
program conducted by Southern Research Institute.

     Design operating data from the test facility is listed in Table  1,
along vlth power production data for several days during the test
prograa.  Table 2 presents coal and flyash analyses, as well as gas
composition data.
                                   83

-------
                              Table 1.  COLSTRIP POWER PLANT DESIGN AND OPERATING  DATA
          Unit 11 Operating Data As Designed
  358
  330
  282
212
          1)  Coal Feed Rate, tons/hr. (appr.)
   220
   185
   165
 120
          2)  Steam Production. Ib/hr. (design)        2.464.261       2.228.286       1,871.761      1.403.821
          3)  Output Steam Pressure, PSI (design)
2,520
2.400
2.400          2.400
CD
          4)  Output Steam Temperture, *F (design)         1.000
                1.000
                1.000          1.000
          3)   Generation Rate. MW
  358
  330
  282
212
          6)  Gas Volume. Kcfm
1.208
1.114
  952
 716
          7)  Temperature at Cold-side
                Air Prcheater, *F
  300 to 250'F   (290*F Normal)

-------
PILOT ESP FACILITY

 General Description

     The mobile ESP facility consists of  two separate units Mounted on
 freight trailers 40 feet in length.   Figure 1  is a floor plan of the
 two units.   The first unit is the process trailer which houses a five-
 section ESP and all auxiliary equipment.   This equipment consists of:

                •  Heat-traced, insulated  10" duct.

                —  Flow rectification equipment containing
                   vaned turning elbows and dlffuser sections.

                -  An I. D. fan with  a cooling  system.

                -  A screw conveyor and gate valve for the
                   removal of the collected material.

                -  .Electromagnetic vibrators for rapping the
                   collection plates.
                      /
                -  Five transformer-rectifiers, with rated
                   capacity of 50 KV  and 10 MA. DC.

 The system is designed to operate up to 1,000*F over a flow range of
 28-35  m /min (1,000-3,000 acfm).  Figure  2 shows an isometric of the
 high voltage field design.

     The second unit is a control/laboratory trailer containing all
 process controls, monitors and recorders  plus  provisions for an
 analytical  laboratory and spare equipment storage.

     Pilot  ESP design specifications are  compared with the specifi-
 cations typical of full scale precipitators in Table 3.  Comparison
 of  each design parameter between the pilot and full scale units
 •hows  thatt

                a.  Fixed design parameters on  the pilot unit lie
                    midway in the normal range  for full scale installa-
                    tions.

                b.  Operational parameters contain the flexibility
                    to cover the spectrum  typical of commercial
                    units.

                c.  The single exception to conformity with
                    commercial installations is the plate area,
                    the inherent concession of  pilot-scale
                    methodology.
                                  85

-------
CO
                    STORAGE^
       /WORK TOP
                          \
         T	1	%
         T5T1
CONTROL ARFJl _^/ CONTROL PANEL
                                      WORK TOP
          LABORATORY
             AREA
         '   \           7
         ORf  \    ITRANSFOI
TRANSFORMER    MOTOR CONTROL
               CENTER
              UMBILICAL  __
            CONNECTIONS
TRANSFORMERS
                                                RS

                                                 t
                                        I.D. FAN
'• v '  i  u. •   • ,u  i  i   iu
 l__J  I	1 C	I I	1  I	1
                                         •cr
                          f-4
           \
                        HIDE      INLET
                       ANGLE    SAMPLING
                       VANED    SECTION
                      DIFFUSER
   \      \
               HTSH VOLTAGE FIELDS (5)
                                OUTLET
                               SAMPLING
                                SECTION
                                    Figure 1.  Plan view of mobile ESP facility

-------
                                                        TROLLEY
                                                       •VIBRATOR
                                                        THERMAL
                                                        INSULATION
                                                        BAFFLE

                                                        SUPPORT
                                                         RACKET AND
                                                        INSULATORS

                                                        PLATE
                                                        COLLECTION
                                                        ELECTRODE
                                                        HIGH
                                                        VOLTAGE
                                                        CORONA
                                                        FRAME
                                                        WIRE
                                                        DISCHARGE
                                                        ELECTRODE
                                                         SPACER
                                                         RODS
Figure 2.  Removable high voltage field
                87

-------
       Table 3.  FULL SCALE AND PILOT ESP DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
                                 Full Scale"

Discharge Wire Diameter, en       0.25

Wire-Wire Spacing, cm            10-30

Wire-Plate Spacing, cm           10-15

Specific-Collection Area,        20-150
      (in /mVsec)

Collection Area/T-R Set, m2      50-750

Aspect Ratio                     0.5-1.5

Specific Corona Power            100-1,000
      (vatts/m /sec)

Current Density, nA/cm           5-70

Gas Velocity, m/sec              1-5

No. of Fields in Series          2-8
Pilot ESP

 0.25

   18

   13

20-100


     9

 0.67

100-1.000


5-100

0.5-2

2-5
                               88

-------
SITE  INSTALLATION

     A slipstream was withdrawn at a location downstream from the
combustion-air preheater and upstream from the pollution control
equipment.  A 10" pipe located across the midpoint of the process
stream served as the means of sample extraction.  Sixty feet of
heat-traced, insulated 10" pipe transported the slipstream to the
pilot precipitator.  Ambient air quality standards dictated the
need  for returning the particulate-abated stream to the access
locations for subsequent sulfur dioxide (SO*) removal.  An access
door  (2V x 4*) was fitted to the stack to accommodate the extraction
and return connections, along with a 4" coupling for in situ resis-
tivity measurements.  Figure 3 illustrates the positioning of the
access, ducting, process unit, and sampling and Injection locations.

                           4.0  PROGRAM METHODOLOGY
PILOT PRECIPITATOR OPERATION

     To ensure that the test program was conducted on a sound basis
with specific guidelines, protocol for installation, preparation,
operation and data acquisition was established and is discussed below.

Installation

     Considerations for locating the slipstream access point required
that:
               1.  The conditions of the process stream be
                   typical for those of full-scale control
                   unit installation.

               2.  A representative stream could be withdrawn
                   from the process effluent, i.e., flow dis-
                   turbances are relatively absent.

               3.  The location and routing be appropriate for
                   the transport and maintenance of a representa-
                   tive stream.
Operation
     The normal operating schedule allowed for one- week test increments,
starting at noon Monday and continuing until Friday evening.  Operating
on a continuous rather than daily start-up/shutdown basis enhanced
data credibility and reliability for the following reasonst

               1.  Steady state conditions would be maintained
                   rather than approached.
                                  89

-------
          PRIMARY STREAM
LOCATION LEGEND
(1)  RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENT,
(2)  SODIUM INJECTION
(3)  INLET PARTICIPATE SAMPLING
(4)  RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENT, PILOT STREAM
(5)  OUTLET PARTICULATE SAMPLING
                                                         PRIMARY
                                                         STREAM
          PILOT ESP
Figure 3.  Pilot ESP site  installation

-------
           2.   Extended operating time would permit clearer
               Illustration of  time-related characteristics,
               e.g.,  flyash accumulation on corona vires and
               collection platea.

           3.   Corrosive conditions  due to condensation
               accompanying startup  and shutdown periods
               would  be minimized.

           4.   A uniform daily  testing program could be
               •ore reliably established and maintained.

      Because  the reliability of  the high voltage cables was limited,
approximately half of  the test was  conducted on an Interrupted rather
than continuous schedule.  Prior to weekly start-up, the precipltator's
internal parts were  cleaned in order to restore initial conditions.
This process  consisted of removing  flyash from discharge wires and
collection plates.  Removal of the  precipitated flyash between the
base ash and  sodium  test Increments was necessary to isolate the
causal  relationships of the flyash  species.  Since it has been shown
that, due to  reentralnment, rapping factors such as frequency and
intensity have significant effects  on effluent loading, the rapping
cycles  were terminated during  the partlculate measurement periods.

Data Acquisition

      The following operating data were recorded on a semi-hourly basis:

      •   inlet gas temperature
      •   outlet gas temperature
      •   Individual voltage levels
      •   individual current levels

      Additionally, MV-IH data  (corona discharge curves) were generated
before  and after the daily sampling periods, and following the weekly
Internal cleaning.  Sampling activities were conducted during normal
working hours,  with  operating  data  acquisition and analytical activities
being performed during the remainder of the day.

PARTICULATE MEASUREMENTS

      Partlculate measurements  were  taken using a sample train, as
depicted schematically in Figure 4.  Stainless steel filter holders
were  used with  47mm  glassRfiber  filters to provide mass concentration
data.   Seven  stage Brinks  and U of W Mark III  Impactors containing
greased  substrates were employed to measure the inlet and outlet size
distributions,  respectively.   A  common grease mixture (20 percent
Apiezon  "H" with benzene)  was  applied to the metallic substrates used
with  each  Impactor.  Quality assurance measures and procedures for
conditioning, greasing,  and weighing substrates were conducted in
                                    91

-------
                         DRVING
                         COLUMN
SAMPLE
  (•AS
                                        VACUUH
                                         PUMP
                                        METERING ORIFICE
              CONDENSER
CONTROL
 VALVE
                                                 HEAT
                                                EXCHANGER
                                                 COIL
 DRV
 GAS
METER/ THERMO-
         COUPLE
                                       BY-PASS
                                        VALVE
                                           MARNEHELIC
                                             GAUGE
                           Figure 4.   Sample  train schematic

-------
accordance with Reference 6.  Sample ports, available at virtual plug-
flow locations, consisted of 1" stainless steel couplings welded to
the  duct, 10.75" I. 0.

      Extractive probes  (1/4" stainless tubing, 12" long) were mounted
in the ports and fitted with interchangeable nozzles to.allow isokinetic
sample removal.  The probes were positioned at average velocity locations*
Particulate concentrations and size distribution determinations were con-
ducted at inlet and outlet locations.  Two determinations of each
type at both locations constituted a test unit consisting of eight
individual measurements.  Substrate and filter weight gains were
processed nightly, providing qualitative feedback on precipitator
performance and data quality.


RESISTIVITY MEASUREMENTS

      A point-to-plane probe was used to measure in situ resistivity.
Maintenance and procedural operations were conducted in accordance
with the recommended practice for resistivity measurements.   The
primary location for these determinations was a reduced velocity area
(3-5 m/sec.) immediately upstream from the first high voltage field.
Longer sampling periods (1-2 hours) were required for the relaxed flow
region (1-2 hours) than for the primary process Cs-1 hour).  Quality
assurance tests were conducted in situ at the slipstream access,
yielding consistently comparable resistivity levels.
                              i
      Three values of resistivity are reported for each test unit,
and  are labeled:

               *  ^A ^park Method •* Breakdown Strength)

               •  P. (Spark Method at Electric Field
                     Strength - 10 kv/on)

               •  Pc (Re:  V-I Method).

Each  resistivity value is calculated as the ratio of the electric
field to current density.  A complete discussion of the equipment,
procedure, and significance of resistivity measurement is contained
in Reference 7.


                 5.0  DISCUSSION OF PERFORMANCE RESULTS

     The data base presented in the following sections consists of
five measurement categories:

               •  mass balance of sodium material

               •  specific resistivity
                                    i
               •  operating measurements
                                 93

-------
               •  particulate Bass measurements

               •  particulate size distribution measurements

     Unavoidable fluctuations in boiler load, gas temperature, and
precipitator operation occurred throughout the test program, but
these fluctuations did not, in the final analysis, obscure the
results of the demonstration test program.  The data clearly support
the general conclusions that, for aodium carbonate addition:
                                        •,
               •  specific resistivity of the particulate was
                  reduced,

               •  precipitator operating levels were Improved, and

               •  particulate collection efficiency (total and frac-
                  tional) was enhanced.

CONDITIONING BT SODIUM CARBONATE ADDITION

     Resistivity conditioning was achieved by metering and pneumatically
injecting anhydrous sociiura carbonate into the slipstream immediately
adjacent to the primary stream (Figure 3).  Mixing was achieved by
injecting the material into the center of the slipstream, and trans-
porting the mixture through 60 feet of duct, four 90* elbows, and
the flow rectification sections at the trailer entrance.  A previous
In-house program, In which sodium carbonate was injected 35 feet
upstream from the flow rectification section, demonstrated, by analyses
of samples taken from each field, that equal and consistent distribu*'
tion could be achieved.  Injection was accomplished through use of a
screwfeeder, an air Injector, and an air compressor.  Figure 5
illustrates the configuration of the injection assembly.  The material
was metered through the calibrated screwfeeder into the injector,
where compressed and induced air entrained and delivered it through
a gently bending probe Into the slipstream.

     The amount of sodium carbonate to be injected was calculated
as sodium oxide, with conversion being made on the basis of molecular
weight ratio:

                         Mole. Wgt, Na-0    - 62
                         	=	. 0.585
                         Mole. Wgt, Na20 CO -106


     Thus, under most conditions, 11.5 gm/min of sodium carbonate
was added to represent 6.7 gm/min as sodium oxide, reflecting a
5.0 percent injection rate relative to a mean flyash rate of 135 gm/min.

     Analysis of the collected ash from the high voltage fields
(Table 4) shows an average 1.16 percent differential collection rate
                                   94

-------
in sodtun oxide content between the base and conditional ash.  These
independent determinations reveal an unaccountable portion for a mass
balance of sodium material.  The discrepancy between the injection and
collection rates suggests two possible occurrences:

               1.  Deposition of the sodium material between
                   injection and electrostatic collection, and

               2.  Penetration of the sodium through the ESP.

The latter contingency cannot be well supported, since the unaccountable
portion of sodium carbonate is ten times the concentration of the
penetrating ash.  The author suggests that the unaccountable sodium
material was deposited during transport to the ESP through a non-optimum
injection system.

     The beneficial irony of sodium conditioning is that one gram of
sodium oxide caused an equal amount of flyash to be collected.  Numeri-
cal analysis correlating the precipitated amounts of sodium and the
causal increase in flyash shows a 1.16/1.0 relationship.

     The term "conditioning" in the context of controlling particle
resistivity usually implies the addition of moisture or chemicals to
the carrier gas.  In a broader sense, conditioning includes effectively
controlling particle resistivity by any appropriate means, such as
temperature or composition control.

     Conditioning by sodium carbonate injection, unlike moisture and
chemical conditioning, does not change the conductivity of the original
flyash particles.  The conditioning effect is achieved by simply
injecting a conductive material into the stream, which, when collected
on the plates with the original high resistivity material, provides
ionic carriers or additional electrical paths for the corona current.
The insulating effect of the high resistivity flyash is reduced, allowing
the preclpitator to treat the stream at a lower resistivity level.

     The purpose of these .tests was to determine the improvement in
precipltator performance associated with sodium carbonate addition.
To date, this approach to conditioning has several limitations:

               •  Some applications require large quantities
                  of conductive material.

               •  Some economically viable conductive materials
                  are unavailable*

               •  The material is difficult to adequately distri-
                  bute into the process stream.

               •  Uncertainties result from selective precipi-
                  tation of the conductive material3
                                    95

-------
                                            INDUCED AIR
         1. VIBRASCREW FEEDER SCR-20. 3/8 SCREW. 0-0.1 CFH
         t FABRICATED CONNECTION BETWEEN FEEDER AND INJECTOR
         3. JET INJECTOR. McMASTER-CARH, P.O. BOX 4355. CHICAGO 60680. CAT. 4977K-11
         4. FABRICATED PIPE
         1 COVER PLATE APPRO* V DIAMETER. WELDED TO BENT PIPE
         I COMPRESSED  AIR SUPPLY LINE. APPROX. 70 PSIQ
Figure 5.   Depiction of sodium Injection equipment
                            96

-------
CD
                                            Table 4A    FLYASH  CONSTITUENCY  DATA



                                                    NO  Sodium  Injection

ti2o
H«20
*2°
HgO
C«0
fe203
A1203
sioz
T102
P2°5
so3
tot
6/24
Cell
1 	
0.04
0.60
0.8
7.2
18.5
4.0
23.8
41.5
1.0 x
0.4
1.1
0.5
6/24
Cell
2 	
0.05
0.58
0.7
7.5
18.3
3.5
23.8
41.1
- 1.0
0.4
-
0.5
6/24
Cell
3 	
0.05
0.56
1.0
7.7
19.5
3.8
-
-
0.9
0.3
-
0.7
6/30
Cell
1 	
0.04
0.56
0.7
5.8
17.0
3.7
21.4
44.5
0.9
0.3
1.3
0.5
6/30
Cell
2 	
0.04
0.74
0.7
6.4
17.7
3.5
23.3
43.2
1.0
0.3
-
0.6
6/30
Cell
5 	
0.04
0.75
0.9
6.7 ...
17.8
3.2
24.2
41.9
0.9
0.4
-
0.6
8/23
Cell
3 	
0.04
0.61
0.8
6.5
19.6
3.9
23.7
41.8
0.7
0.5
1.2
0.3
8/23
Cell
4 	
0.04
O.61
0.8
6.8
19.3
3.2
24.4
40.7
0.7
0.9
1.4
0.2
8/23
Cell
0.04
0.71
0.8
6.5
18.6
3.4
25.0
40.2
0.6
0.6
1.7
0.6
8/24
Cell
3 	
0.04
0.59
0.7
6.4
19.3
3.3
23.3
42.1
0.6
0.5
1.2
0.5
8/24
Cell
4 	
0.04
0.59
0.7
6.8
20.5
3.8
23.6
39.3
0.7
0.6
1.3
0.4
8/24
Cell
0.04
0.61
0.8
6.8
19.7
3.3
-
-
-
0.6
-
-

-------
RESISTIVITY DATA AND RESULTS

     In order to quantify the resistivity suppression of sodium con-
ditioning, resistivity measurements were taken on (1) the primary
stream near the pilot stream access location, (2) the slipstream
containing the base flyash, and (3) the slipstream containing the base
ash plus sodium carbonate.

     All determinations were made with an in situ probe designed by
Southern Research Institute .  The design of the probe and the procedure
provide the following data as presented in Table 5:

               1.  PA - Resistivity value taken at the breakdown
                        strength of the sample.

               2.  P. - Resistivity value for electric field
                        strength - 10 KV/CM.

               3.  PC - Resistivity value determined by the comparison
                        of volt-amp relationships before and after
                        precipitation of the sample.

               4.  EA - Electric field strength at breakdown.

     P. is the preferred resistivity value, because voltage is applied
directly to the electrostatically precipitated sample, and determination
is made at the breakdown strength of the sampled ash layer.

The other two resistivity values, PB and PC, are less significant to
precipitator applications, but are offered to support the comparison
between the two ash species.  The last column in Table 5, EA, represents
the breakdown strengths of the Individual samples.  Compilation of over
35 tests resulted in the following log-averaged resistivity values:
                           12
               «.  2.5 x 10   OHM-CM (on the primary stream
                   at 130-135»C).

               b.  2.1 x 1012 OHM-CM (on the slipstream at
                   107-115*C with the base ash).

               c.  3.7 x 10U OHM-CM (on the slipstream at
                   107-115'C with the base ash and 1.2 percent
                   sodium oxide/baae ash addition).

Comparison of these values indicates that:

               •  The characteristic resistivity of the gas
                  and partlculate stream were preserved during
                  transport to the pilot unit.
                                    98

-------
                      Table 5.  RESISTIVITY DATA
Run Mo.

6/22/7?!*
6/23/77
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
PA
A
2.9 £12
2.1 £12
. . .
5.9 Ell
1.1 £12
1.6 Ell
4.1 Ell
5.0 Ell
3.2 Ell
1.0 E12
6.0 £12
2.1 £12
...
...
2.0 Eft
...
8.0 Ell
4.1 £12
2.5 £12
9
B
2.1 £12
2.7 £12
...
5.2 Ell
2.2 E12
...
6.8 Ell
1.0 Ell
5.6 Ell
1.7 £12
1.0 £12
5.0 £12
...
...
3.6 Ell
...
1.3 £12
6.5 £12
6.0 £12
P
C
4.5 Ell
3.8 Ell
3.6 £11
2.7 Ell
2.1 £12
4.0 Ell
7.3 Ell
7.6 Ell
7.3 Ell
2.2 E12
2.5 £12
2.2 £12
1.5 £12
6.2 Ell
1.5 E12
2.2 £12
2.5 £12
2.6 £12
2.8 £12


41,
10,
. _
19
35
4
32.
26.
10,
20
25
£A
A
22. 24
17. 12. 17
.



27
26. 26
25. 27


8. 50
. .
„ .
55.
. .
29.
39.
32.
.
_
33. 73
.
50, 40
26
37
2.17 Ell • Log Mean Resistivity for Conditioned Ash 0 107-115*0
3.70 £12 - Log Mean Resistivity for Bash Ash t 107-115*0
PA - Resistivity Determined by Spark Method 0 Breakdown Field (OHM-CM)
P_ « Resistivity Determined by Spark Method 8 Electric Field
     Strength - 10 KV/CM
PC » Resistivity Determined by V-I Method
EA • Electric Field Strength § Breakdown (KV/CM)
*  Data Obtained at Pilot ESP Inlet
** Data Obtained on Primary Stream at the Pilot Stream Access Location
                                    99

-------
               •  A sixfold reduction in specific  resistivity
                  is attributable to sodium injection.

     Research by Bickelhaupt has shown that, for surface  resistivity
of flyash, the alkali metal constituents, particulary sodium,,  serve
as the principal charge carriers In the conduction process.    This
observation led to two previous field tests demonstrating that
•odium conditioning did reduce specific resistivity,  and  that  the
reduction was predictable by the relationship of:

               VP2 • 2
               Pj • measured resistivity in OHM-CM for W2

               P2 - predicted resistivity in OHM-CM for W2

               V. « measured weight percent Na20 in ash

               W2 • added weight percent Ha20 in ash.

     Demonstration of the sensitive and predictable relationship
between sodium content and resistivity is shown from  the  test  data:

               For Wx - 0.63, W2 - 1.79, P - 2.1 x 1012:

                  P2 • 2.6 z 1011 OHM-CM

The predicted value correlates with the measured resistivity value
of 3.7 x 10" OHM-CM.
OPERATIONAL DATA

     Operating corona points and the associated V-I data over the
allowable range were taken regularly during the program.  The
operating corona data reflect the electrical conditions during the
sampling period for a given test.  It should be noted that the control
of the transformer-rectifier sets was accomplished manually, as the
pilot facility was not equipped with automatic controllers customarily
included in full-sired preclpltators.  It should also be pointed out
that the operating corona points were set 4 KV lower than the maximum
allowed.  This was done to prevent frequent high voltage cable break-
downs responsible for delays incurred during the initial testing
phase.

     Table 6 and Figure 6 depict actual and comparative current
densities for the base ash and ash-with-sodium conditioning tests.
The above table and figure provide a histogram of the current
densities related to on-line time following Internal purging.  The
degradation rates are comparable for each species, but the base ash
curves show more severe current reductions as they approach steady
                                   100

-------
                           Table 6  FRECIPITATOR ELECTRICAL OPERATING DATA       -
                                    SECONDARY VOLTAGE (KV), CURRENT DENSITY (nA/ca )
                                          Base Flyaeh

Cell
1 39 .11
2 39.21
3
4
5 ,41,28
Tine*
(day.) 1
Teat
Mo. 1
40,4.2 40.2.3
40.3.1 40.1.1


39.9.0 39.6.3

1% 2

2 3


38,18
39,24
39.22

*

11


39.10
37,16
36.12

*

12


40.10
40.21
40.25

1

13


40.27
38.21
38.35

*

17


38 .10
38.11
36.26

1

18


36 .6.0
40.7.0
32,13

2

19


36.4.0
38.3.0
32 .8.0

3

20
                                        Base Plyash * Sodiua

Cell
1
2
3
4
5
•in*
46,36 46,13
39.27 42.16


38 31 38 .30
» h -i
39.8.0
36 .9.0
35.14
39,28
35,41
1%
42.7.8
41,19
37^6
37,26
37,23
2

44 ,9.5
40,18
40.20
39,24
2%


42.10
41.13
40.21
3


42 ,9.0
41,10
36.5.0
31!


38.23
40^4
38^8
. %


40,14
40,23
40,50
1


41-19
39-20

2
Teat
No.    4        5         6         7         8         9        10        14        15        16
  Elaaped tiae operating since internal purge.

-------
    50
    40
    30
    20
    10
     0
       O: BASE FLYASH
       O* FLYASH I SODIUM
  INLET
  FIELD
  ±30
  CO
  §20
  I10
  n 0
    50
    10
    30
    20
    10
     0
OUTLET
FIELD
     .1
                      1                2
                          ON-LINE TINE  (DAYS)
Figure 6.   Current density vs. on-line time
                        102

-------
state conditions.  The inlet field histograms reflect s 2-3 factor
improvement in achievable current densities for the sodium conditioning
test series* having achieved a 10 nA/cm  level compared to a 4 nA/cm
level for the base ash series.  A consistently comparable relationship
exists for the outlet fields, with the sodium series achieving
20 nA/cm , relative to 7 nA/cm .  The second or middle field histogram
indicates improvement for the sodium series, achieving 20 nA/cm
compared to 4 nA/cm  for the base ash.

     Reasonable correlation exists between the independent resistivity
measurements and the achievable precipltator current densities approach-
ing steady state conditions.  The relationship between resistivity (P)
and current density (C. D.) is defined by P-E/C. D., where E is the
dielectric (breakdown) strength of the collected dust layer.  Assigning
the limiting breakdown strength of 10 KV/cm for each ash species, one
can calculate the achievable current density from.the log-averaged
resistivity values.  For the base ash (2-2.1 x 10   OHM-CM), the
calculated.current density is 4.8 nA/cm •  For sodium-conditioned ash
(3.7 x 1011 OHM-CM the calculated value is 27 nA/cm .  These theoreti-
cally calculated values correspond with the.empirical values averaged
from the operational data (5.0 and 15 nA/cm , respectively).

     Comparison of the achievable voltage levels shown in Figure 7
for the two ashes are not as dramatic as the current density comparison
but higher voltages were consistently obtained for the sodium treated
ash.

     The relationship of the voltage applied to each precipitation field
and the resulting current (corona discharge curves) may be analyzed to
gain Insight into precipitator operation and performance.  Figure 8
portrays the corona discharge curves for the base and conditioned ashes
in graphical fora.  These curves show the characteristic profile of
the volt-amp relationships from each field for steady state conditions.
Knowledge of the meaning of the V-I curves is a fundamental tool
necessary for proper operation of a precipitator.  These data can
characterize the following parameters/conditions:

               •  corona current leakage

               •  corona initiation voltage

              .•  effective corona wire size

               •  effective wire-to-plate spacing

               •  alignment effects

               •  specific resistivity level

               •  specific collection area
                                  103

-------
50

40
30
~ 50
§2 40
o 30
50
40
30
« — — —OSBASE FLY*SH
Q ei v*e" ft SODIUM
INLET
UO Q "Q— •
1 1 1 1
1 23
-
- Q— — n— — • — ^S— — — — — ..
°""
1 1 1 1
123
"" OUTLET
FIELD
	 Q 	
B^-i__^ ^_
	 	 J 	 .. 1 ., ? , 1
                               2             3
                       ON-LINE TIME (DAYS)
Figure 7.  Operating Voltage vs.  on-line time
                        104

-------
   30
I 20
!
   10
_ : CURVE WITH BASE ASH

_ ; CURVE WITH SODIUM

    SPARKOVER
              OUTLET
               FIELD

              SECOND
               FIELD
               10
           20         ?0        40

           APPLIED VOLTAGE (KV)
  Ftgure 8.   Corona discharge curves
                  105

-------
                       •  breakdown voltage

                       •  achievable current density

                       •  concentration of fine particulate

                       •  relative position of each precipitation field
                          (inlet, second ..., outlet)

                       •  variations in emission source process

             Analysis and interpretation of these curves provide the basis
        for the following generalities referenced in other sections of this
        report:

                       1.  A reduction in specific resistivity between
                           the base ash and sodium-plus-ash test series.

                       2.  An Improvement in achievable corona point for
                           the sodium series.

                       3.  An improvement in expected collection performance
                           for the sodium series.

                       4.  The degradation in performance related to elapsed
                           time from internal clean-up.

                       5.  A small increase in effective vire sice due to
                           ash build-up.


        PARTICULATE COLLECTION RESULTS

        Particulate Concentration Results

     •        Table 7 shows the averages of the inlet and outlet concentrations
     |   per teat used to calculate the average collection efficiency values in
     !   Table 9 and Figure 9.  The inlet data exhibit considerable scatter
     ';   resulting from the inconsistent probe catches apparent in the raw data.
     i   Due to the .reduced flyash concentration and probe catch material, the
     1   outlet data offer reasonable agreement and consistency.             •
     i                                                                ,
     :        The apparent scatter In the particulate data depicts an ordered
        trend when the elasped operating time from the precipltator "cleaning"
     i   is taken into account.  As previously noted, the corona wires and
     I   collection plates were restored to a clean state between conditioning
     I   and noncondltloning test series.  The degradation in performance
     j   evident particularly for the base ash  was caused by the accumulation
,     i   of high resistivity ash on the collection plate and the discharge          !
t  ,.,, •   electrodes.  The marginal differences in performance for the tests         |
..('  .after recent cleaning do not reflect the performance levels achievable     ;


     I    v  .;;	Y		I   •_..;	]._.		   .•	      ;
                                      I'A'.'. MIH'.i-.i it

                                           106

-------
       for steady state operation.  According to a best fit approach from
       Figure 14, sodium conditioning vas responsible for reducing outlet
       loadings from 140 to 40 mg/Ds •  (0.122 Ib to 0.0361 lb/10° Btu),
       resulting in an Improvement In collection efficiency from 98.19 to
       99.46 percent*
                                     Table 7
                           Average of Paniculate Data
                                      (ag/SDm-*)
         Test

           1
           2
           3
           4
           5
           6
           7
           B
           9
          10
          11
          12
          13
          14
          15
          16
          17
          18
          19
          20
Inlet
Outlet

 182
 133
 394
  29.1
  45.6
  40.1
  46.3
  47.6
  38.2
  36.2
                            33.2
                            30,
                            35,
                            17,
                            22.9
                            34.1
                            50.4
                            44.6
                           117
                           137
      Meant   7,557
                                                         \
it;:
   t..
                                                4  . _.
                                     P/V.I
                                         107

-------
      Table 8. SUMMARY OF PARTICULATE DATA AND EFFICIENCY RESULTS
          Data

Inlet concentration
      (Mg/DffiT)

Outlet concentration
      (Mg/DNtr)

Inlet mean particle
  •ire (y)

Outlet Mean particle
  •ice (y)

      Efficiency

Total mass (Z vt.)

Fractional f:

   3.0y

   1.0 y

   0.5 y

   0.3 p
Base Flyash


   7,550


     140


      15


      2.6



     98.2



     98.8

     94

     81

     70
Base Ash with Sodium


       7,550


          40


          15


          2.1



         99.5



         99.7

         98

         94

         92
                                       108

-------
4x10"!


     3
     SxlO2
    •

        4

    w
i.
2x10
r2
        2X101
                                     I
                                             I
                                     2            3
                             ON-LINE TIME (OATS)
   Figure 9.  Prectpitator collection performance
                        109

-------
                         Table 9  PARTICLE  SIZE DATA AND
                                  FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY RESULTS1
Test Mo.    Mass Mean Diameter
Fractional Efficiency

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Base ash
Sodiusi me
Inlet
8.6
9.7
26.0
13.5
13.0
8.8
7.4
7.8
7.4
9.9
11.5
21.0
8.0
23.3
17.0
16.0
12.0
22.5
27.0
29.0
•eant
ant
Outlet
1.6
1.7
3.5

1.6
1.6
1.2
1.4
1.7
3.0
2.1
1.9
1.2
1.4
2.3
4.8
2.1
1.4
5.5
4.7
2.6
2.1
29.3
89.7
87.9
85.7
93.3
93.2
94.9
79.6
93.3
37.1
61.1
92.5
96.7
91.5
98.3
37.5
85.0
90.7
83.2
69.4
91.8
42.3
90.9
90.5
88.3
94.0
94.6
96.4
83.7
95.6
71.2
72.0
95.9
98.5
93.4
98.4
78.7
88.6
93.5
88.0
61.2
93.7
90.7
94.9
87.2
93.5
97.4
97.7
98.7
94.9
97.8
97.7
97.0
98.7
99.1
98.1
99.1
93.2
97.0
93.1
90.0
93.9
97.4
89.7
99.2
96.0
99.7
99.5
99.5
99.8
99.8
99.6
99.6
99.4
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.9
99.7
99.7
99.5
96.0
98.8
99.7
  Data obtained from daily averages.

PARTICLE SIZE AND FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY RESULTS

     Brink and the University of Washington (U of V)  imp actors were
employed for obtaining size measurements on the inlet and outlet
streams* respectively.  Quality assurance measures  and proceudres
for conditioning and weighing substrates were performed in consistence
with EPA/IERL specifications.  Due to small weight  losses on the
greased substrates for the D of tf, trial impactor flowrate was reduced
for all subsequent tests from 189cc/S to 142cc/S.   Evidence of sub-
strate scouring was consequently eliminated with flowrate reduction.

     Table 9 presents the particle size data and fractional efficiency
results for all test runs.  Mass mean diameter on the inlet ranged from
8-29  , with an average N.M.D.  of 15   •  The outlet stream contained
M.M.D's from 1.2—5.5  « with 2.1  and 2.6  being the average mean size
for the sodium conditioning and base  ash effluents, respectively.
                                      110

-------
Figure 10 demonstrates the Improved fractional collection performance
associated with sodium conditioning, particularly in the subnlcron
range.

                              REFERENCES

1.   Private Communication with Bob Olmstead, Plant Superintendent,
     Montana Power Corrette Station, Billings, Montana.

2.   McCain, J.D., CEA Variable Throat Venturi Scrubber Evaluation.
     EPA-600/7-78-094, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park, N.C., June, 1978.

3.   White, H.J., INDUSTRIAL ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION, Reading,
     Mass., Addison-Wesley, 1963, p. 359.

4.   "MOBILE ESP OPERATING MANUAL," Environmental Sciences Group,
     Naval Surface Weapons Center, Dahlgren, VA., October, 1976.


5.   Spencer, R.W., A'Study of Rapping Reentrainment in a Nearly
     Full-Scale Pilot Electrostatic Precipltator.  EPA-600/2-76-140,
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,
     1976.

6.   Harris, D.B., Procedures For Cascade Impactor Calibration 6
     Operation in Process Streams, EPA-600/2-76-144, U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, HC.

7.   Nichols, G.N., Test Methods 6 Apparatus For Conducting Resistivity
     Measurements, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Contract  No.
     68-02-1083. Final Report No. 3121-III., Sept.,1977.

8.   White, R.J., Op. Cit., p. 312.

9.   Bickerhaupt. R.E., Surface Resistivity & The Chemical Composition
     of Flyash, Proceedings From Symposium On Electrostatic Precipitators
     For The Control of Fine Particles, For National Environmental
     Research Center, PB 240 440, Jan., 1975, p. 246.

10.  Bickelhaupt, R.E., SODIUM CONDITIONING TO REDUCE FLY ASH RESISTIVITY,
     EPA-650/2-74-092, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research
     Triangle Park, NC.

11.  Banks, S.M., McDonald, J.R., Sparks, L.E., VOLTAGE CURRENT DATA
     FROM ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS UNDER NORMAL AND ABNORMAL CONDI-
     TIONS,
     Proceedingst  PARTICULATE COLLECTION PROBLEMS USING EPA'S IN
     THE METALLURGICAC INDUSTRY, EPA-600/2-77-208, U.S. Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle: Park, NC, October, 1977.
                                  Ill

-------
                           ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This program was sponsored by EPA with participation by Montana
Power Company, Southern Research Institute, Monsanto Research Corpora-
tion, and Acurex/Aerotherm.  The program was initiated under EPA Con-
tract No. 68-02-1816 with Monsanto Research Corporation,  and
completed under Contract No. 68-02-2646 with Aerotherm.

     The author expresses sincere appreciation to the following
individuals for their involvement with and contribution toward this
program:

          Ivan Bonnette, Ray Hoffman,  and Bruce Knusten of Montana
          Power Company, Colstrip, Montana;

          Dale Harmon and Les Sparks of EPA,  Research Triangle
          Park, North Carolina;

          Grady Nichols and Jerry Sutton of Southern Research
          Institute, Birmingham,  Alabama;

          Don Zanders, Billy Bowles, Tony Hojtowicz,  and
          Mark Wherry of Monsanto Research Corporation, Dayton,
          Ohio;

          Hal Buck,  Mike Griffin,  Randy Page,  and Clyde Stanley
         .of Acurex/Aerotherm,  based at Research Triangle Park,
         'North Carolina.
                                    112

-------
5

4

3


2
I 1.0

^ 0.8
§
I 0.6
oc
3
   0.4
   0.2
             O-.BASE FLYASH

             QifLYASH S001UN
        I
I
III     I    i    II    I	I
           20      '10    60  70  80   90  95    9899  99.6 99.9

                           FRACTIONAL EFFICIENCY, I HT.
      Figure 10.  Comparison qf mean fractional efficiency results

-------
                 V.I. SIKORSKI, V.V. KUTLYASHOV
             IMPROVING ELECTRICAL FEEEDING SYSTEMS FOR ELECTROSTATIC
PRECIPITATORS (Thyristor Automatic Precipitator Voltage Regulator)

         NIPIOTSTROM's Electrostatic Gas-Cleaning Laboratory has deve-
loped an automatic electrical-feeding parameter regulator for gas-
cleaning precipitators. It is intended for use in step-up transformer-
rectifier units with thyristor control of primary-power circuits.
The power  circuit of such a unit is illustrated in fig. 1. The auto-
matic regulator  (AR) carries out, by means of the thyristor control
unit  (TCU), phase regulation of tension in the primary coil of the
high-voltage transformer (HVT), and consequently, in the precipitator
electrodes too.
         During research on the converter-electrostatic precipitator
system as an object of phase regulation, basic automatic control
aims were formulated:
         1} Continuous electrical power supply parameter support for
precipitators on a level assuring eificient gas-cleening;
         2) Increasing corona discharge stability in the precipitator's
volt-ampere characteristic section corresponding to sparking and spark-
over;
         3) Prevention of emergency conditions arising due to electri-
cal parameter instability of the regulated unit.
         Electrostatic precipitators, examined as to their electrical
load qualities, possess many characteristic features.
         First of all, they show instability of the voltampere  charac-
teristic, bound with changes in many factors influencing  the  corona  dis-
charge intensity in the environment of an industrial stack.
                                      114

-------
     Pig. 1. Functional scheme of automatic regulator  ar.s

electrical  scheme  of  power circuit of a thyristcr converter

unit.

                                                              precipitat
                                                               electrode
                                              cs
                                              PVC -

                                              SDS -
AR - automatic regulator
FSF - feedback signal former
TVC - thyristor voltage control
TCU - Thyristor control unit
HVT - high-voltage transformer
TIRF - Thyristor impulse regulation former
ARC - angle  regulation corrector             SL
APC - amplitude-phase converter

MOPC ~ -maximum current power  control
TCS? - transient condition signal former
PRC - program regulation control
CLSF - current limiter signal former

BRSF - basic regulator signal former
current sensor
• precipirator voltage
    controller
 spark discharge
 selector
- sensory defense  ur.
 shorti.ic limiter
                               115

-------
          The precipitator's voltampere characteristic instability
 leads to frequent overloads in the power supply as a result of the
 letter's power limitations.   An automatic regulation system should,
 therefore provide limits to the precipitator1s working current.
          The second feature is frequent sparking and spark-over
-•in the precipitating space. They are,  essentially, brief shorts
 in the feeding source and are accompanied by significant current
 impulse surges in the power circuit,  and have thermal and dynamic
 effect upon the circuit's elements. Along with this, spark discharges
 are one of the basic conveyors of information about processes in the
 precipitating space. Spark intensity  characterizes the position at a
 given moment of the working point in  the voltampere characteristic
 and its degree of closeness to spark-over conditions. Using spark in-
 tensity, along with other electrical  parameters, it is possible to
 indii.ctly make a judgement as to the degree of back corona intensity,
 dust content in the gas stream and the degree of dust contamination of
 the ESP electrodes.
           Spark intensity is characterized.by_the frequency of dis-
 charge and by the energy given off by each spark.
          Energy, given off by spark discharge, is proportional to
 the electrode system's capacity and to the voltage at the moment of
discharge, squared.
          The fullest characteristic of spark intensity is conversion
 of average frequency into average spark energy- this is the average
capacity of the spark process. However, due to difficulty in meas-
uring this parameter, upon development of a regulator serving  as
the spark process intensity characteristic, the relative duration
of transfer elements in the precipitator current was  taken, indirect-
ly connected with spark capacity. To accomodate relative duration,  it
is necessary to to understand the relationship of  sum duration
                                    116

-------
sf these processes having a space for integration period, to the
integration period in relation to the expression:
           n
      Pu - ftui » n'tu = fu.tu,
      where: Pu - spark intensity,/*$/min;
             T - integration period, min.
             n - number of sparks during integration period;
             tui- duration of ith spark, vs;
             fu== - average spark frequency, I/ min;
             tu=  frtux    _ average spark duration,ys
                    n

          The third pecularity of precipitators  is the  considerable
electrical capacity of its electrode system.
          The precipitator capacity, together with the  inductive ele-
ments of the feeding unit's power circuit, form   oscillation circuits.
During sparking and arc discharges, shock excitation of these circuits occurs,  =.-.-
 ___                   ~l
acconpanied by high and low,frequency oscillations.   These oscillations
                             p     *
cause impulse surges in the unit's circuit elements  and give the es-
sential action to the  spark  formation  process in the precipitating space.
          Specifically, excitation of  the low-frequency oscillation
circuit formed by the precipitator's capacity  and the primary power
circuit's inductiveness, having resulted due  to  tension reduction
after spark discharge, is one of the causes of spark-over.  Under these
circumstances, there occurs instead of separate  sparks  in the precipi-
tating area, a lengthy series of spark-overs  in  every half-period of
line-voltage.
          It is necessary to  relate to precipitator  peculiarities,
examined in the light of electrical capacity,  the increased proba-
bility of dead-end shorting and shorting through low resistance,
connected basically with breaks of coronal electrodes and the jamming
of dust in the precipitator hoppers.
                                        117

-------
             At low angles of thyristor conductivity,  caused  by the
preceding conditions and also due to actuation of the operating current limiting
system, the average current value of short circuits may be equal to
or less than the unit's nominal current, whereas  its amplitude  value
reaches levels representing a danger to power circuit elements. Semi-
conductor mechanisms, thyristors and high-voltage  rectifiers, are
especially vulnerable in this case.
             A specific feature of thyristor phase control of the
power transformer's primary circuit is the possible occurence of the half-wave
feeding of the primary coil. This is due to the  circuits'  discrete-
ness of transmission of positive and negative half-periods, relay
characteristics of the thyristors and the short  duration  of control-
ling impulses.
             Half-wave conditions may subdivide  into  stable,  caused
by irreversible damage to one of the circuit's branches,  and  quasi-
stable conditions, lasting a considerable period due  to internal
positive feedback, present in the process because  of,  for example,
•the occasional not switching in of single thyristors.
             Positive  feedback  is  formed  in  this  case as   a
result of the presence in the circuit of non-linear induction
of the power transformer's primary coil. Following transmission, the
current half-cycle by-passes the non-remagnetized circuit. This induces
a sharp increase of its duration and amplitude.  If such a half-cycle
increase prevents switching in of a  thyristor in  the  successive half-wave,
a quasi-stable half-wave occurs that is, in contrast  to the stable,
a reversible event.
             The original omission of one of the thyristors is possible,
for example, in two instances:
             1) On decrease by the regulator of the  angle of inclusion/
06, of the thyristors to the measure  of  the  least  natural phase  angle
                                      118

-------
of the primary circuit, upon which cureent constriction angle a3
exceeds the angle of inclusion and the including impulse will be
given to the thyristor's control electrode with lack of anode
voltage?
       2) On spark discharge in the precipitator, occuring in
work conditions when the angle of thyristor inclusion is less
than 90    degrees, the current has in this case a purely in-
ductive character.and the angle of constriction 03 approaches,
according to its value, 90 el.degrees.
       Half-wave feeding conditions are, according to their
consequences, close to short circuits. Therefor an automatic
regulator should contain a device, preventing their development
during the occasional switch-off of thyristors.
       On the basis of the preceding, the observation can be
made -hat stable and efficient work by unit systems and precipi-
tators may be assured under the condition that the automatic re-
gulator will carry out multipurpose control according to the
following  directions:
       1) That it contunuously mauntain in the precipitator a given
•relationship between spark intensity and electrode voltage, with  the
purpose of optimizing gas cleaning;
       2) That it extinguish spark-overs and prevent occurence of
secondary spark discharges, thus increasing the coronal discharges
stability.
       3) Automatically limit in the precipitator the critical  average
current value, in relation to the given unit;
       4) Prevent occurence of half-wave conditions in primary power
circuit feeding;
       5) During shorting in the precipitator, to disconnect  the unit
after the necessary time lag;
                                       119

-------
6) Limit the average short circuit current during the protective
time lag to a value, not exceeding 10% of the unit's nominal
current.
           The automatic regulator, fulfilling these functions,
consists of the following functional circuits and units  (fig.
1):
           1) The basic control signal former circuit, forming,
along with the precipitator unit system, the basic automatic
regulating circuit; this contains the spark discharge selecter
 (SDS), basic regulator signal former  (BRSF) with the program
regulation control  (PRO, the amplitude-phase converter  (APC),
and the thyristor impulse regulation former  (TIRF);
           2) The transient condition signal former circuit,
consisting of the spark discharge selector  (SDS)/ the transient
condition signal former (TCSF) and the remaining elements of the
basic circuit, except for the regulator signal former (BRSF);
           3) A circuit, correcting the basic signal accord-
ing to the value of the working current, which consists of
a current limiting signal former (CLSF) and the maximum cur-
rent force control  (MCFC);
           4)A circuit for basic signal correction according
to the allowed value of the angle of inclusion for power thy-
ristors, consisting of a  feedback  signal former  according
to inclusion angle former (RCSF) and an angle regulation cor-
rector unit  (ARC);
           5) A system for protection against precipitator
short circuits, including a sensory defense unit  (SDU) and  a
shorting current limiter (SL).
                                   120

-------
         Signals enter the regulator's input  from the  current
sensor   (CS), from the precipitator voltage control  (PVC)  and
the thyristor voltage control  (TVC).
         The control angle of power thyristors, represented
by the phase angle of of transmission of the  currents  short-
term inclusion impulses, fed into the thyristor control  junctions
of the thyristor control unit (TOJ), represent the regulator input signal.
         The automatic regulator works in  the manner described
below.  After the unit is switched on, the basic signal  former
circuit provides a smooth increase of the  thyristors1  control
angle in relation to the regulator's basic booster character-
istic, thus the precipitator's voltage and current steadily
rise. With spark discharge   in the precipitator, the  spark
discharge selector divides transient elements in the current
and rectified voltage and forms right-angle impulses,  whose
duration is equal to the duration of the spark current.  The
succesion of these impulses is subjected to sticking non-
linear   integration into the basic regulator signal former
unit. At the same time, each impulse induces  intermittent
output-signal decrease in the regulator to the value,  pro-
portional to the selctor's impulse duration,  in relation to
the function:
            where  Aay - decrease in cogtrol  angle of indi-
                         vidual sparks, el. degrees
                   Kn = 0.65; $3 = 18.6 -  regulator constants
                   au - selector impulse duration, el.'ldearees,
                                  121

-------
          In intervals between spark discharges, the control
angle steadily grows* with proportionately decreasing speed.
Such a regulator output signal provides intermittent voltage
reduction for the precipitator during discharges and smooth
current build-up until the next spark-over. This improves
to a considerable degree the coronal discharge's stability.
          The succession of drops and increases in control
signals forms a somewhat dynamic level of thyristor angle
control, determined by spark discharge intensity.
          The dependence of averaged angle control on  spark-
ing intensity represents the static characteristic of the ba-
sic signal regulator former circuit.
          The approximate formula of the static characteristic
takes the form:
          Pu - 3.33-103.k3.a'y,
                          "
          where Pu=fu-tu - sparking intensity, ys/min.
                a'y - rate of change of control angle, el.
                      degrees/us

          Automatic control of feeding parameters, carried out
by the basic circuit, is directed at the system's retention on
the basic signal former's static characteristic  which is in the
given case the regulator's programm.
          The basic regulator signal former's circuit can be con-
sidered an astatic regulator of a set relation between sparking
intensity and the power thyristors1 control angle.
          The quality of the control process can be characterized
by dynamic error, the static error being equal to zero.
                                 122

-------
        The automatic regulator has five fixed control programs
to which correspond five static characteristics, distinguished
by their slope toward the Pu axis. Program switching is produced
with the help of the program regulation control  (PRO, which
changes the value to K .
                      P
        With each spark-over the transient condition signal
former is triggered by the spark discharge selector's  (SDS)
forward front. The action of the basic regulation program is
temporarily terminated and the transient condition program, is ac-
tivated, which determines thyristor control angle for  the next
few half-periods of network voltage.
        In accordance with this program, the control signal is
removed in entirety, at the moment of discharge, and is absent
during two half-cycles of network voltage. Then exponential
signal build-up follows with a time constant of 20 vs  up to
its discharge at the level of the basic signal.
        The described process provides quick-acting spark
extinguishing (spark current does not last more than 0.01
seconds) and entirely precludes a lengthy series of spark
discharges in the precipitator. Thus, coronal discharge sta-
bility is raised and erosion of precipitator electrodes is
lessened to a considerable degree.
        The prevention of developing half-wave conditions  is
done by correction of the value of the regulator-produced thy-
ristor control angle.
        The basic condition for occurence of half-wave con-
ditions, as shown above, is the exceeding by the angle of
current constriction a3 of the angle of thyristor connection
oB, given by the regulator.
                                    123

-------
         The feedback signal former (FSF) fixes in each half-cycle
of circuit voltage the closing of current constriction accordina
to the moment of anode voltage restoration in the thyristor unit
and generates the signal, equal according to its value to the cur-
rent maximum allowable thyristor control angle (fig.l).
         This signal is compared in the angle regulation
corrector (ARC) with the signal produced by the basic regulator
circuit. The least of the angles, compared in the ARC, enters
the thyristor impulse regulation former.
         In this way, during occasional current constriction,
the thyristor inclusion angle increases according to the degree
of this constriction and development of half-wave conditions
does not occur.
         Unit protection from possible current overloads is
provided by automatic limitation of the working current's
average value.
                        •     *
         A signal is continuously formed in the current limi-
ter signal former (CLSF, fig.l), proportionate to scale set by
the maximum current power control  (CFC)  to the average pre-
cipitator current. The value of this signal is compared
with some fixed level laid in the regulator. During a current
overload of the unit, the average current signal exceeds the
indicated level and at the signal regulator former  (BSRF) input
a negative feedback siemal will appear. The basic regulating
 circuit, actina to extinouish this signal, lowers  the preci-
 oitator's current to the qiven value.
         In this manner, the current limiting circuit, along
with elements of the basic regulating circuit form  a  static  sta-
bilizor for current of one-way action.  Acceptable accuracy  in

                                  124

-------
 supporting the set current   value is provided by high coefficients of
 amplification of the regulating tract and of the thvristor  control
 unit.
         Seiect.ion of  direct     short circuit conditions in  ±he
 precipitator for purposes of their elimination, is devised  on the
 principle of current protection with voltometric blocking.  In
 the sensory defense unit  (SDU), the device  for defense  against
 short circuits is continuously compared   with precipitator  average
 current values and voltage. If due to a lack of voltage  the
 current value exceeds the sensitivity threshhold, the  device
 switches on an element independent of time lag  (not  shown in
 fig.l) and  also switches on the short circuit current limiting
 unit  (SCL). The latter, acting through the transient condition
 signal former, instantaneously limits the power thyristors  con-
 trol angle to a value'*: providing short circuit average current
 (nearly 10% of the unit's nominal" current) defense sensitivity  minimally
                               »
necessary. According to the time lag lapse, the unit  cuts off.
         The automatic regulator is a contactless  device  using
 semiconductors. This established its high working reliability
 and durability.
                                      125

-------
             FLY ASH  DIELECTRIC  PROPERTIES
             AND CRITICAL CURRENT DENSITY

                          by

                     John  P. Gooch
                   Jack R. McDonald
              Southern  Research  Institute
                2000  Ninth Avenue South
               Birmingham, Alabama  35205

                          and

                   Leslie E. Sparks
     Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Research Triangle Park,  N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved for
 publication by the U. S. EPA.)
                            126

-------
1.    Introduction




     A critical factor in the design of an electrostatic precipitatou for a given




application is the prediction of the operating values of applied voltage and current




density which can be achieved under the design conditions.  For example, if the elec-




trical resistivity of the collected dust and the particulate space charge are not




limiting factors, it is expected that an average current density of ^  50 to 60 nA/cm2




at average applied voltages of -\> 45 kV will be achieved with conventional parallel




plate electrode geometry.  The practical significance of such operating parameters




is that collection efficiencies exceeding 99.5% for coal fly ash can be obtained with




a specific collecting area of 50 m2/(m3/sec).  In contrast, if the current density




and voltage are limited by the dust properties to 5 nA/cm2 and 35 kV, specific col-




lecting areas exceeding 100 m2/(m3/sec) are required to achieve 99.5% collection




efficiency with all other conditions equal.  Empirical methods are generally used




to estimate electrical operating points from properties of the collected dust layer.




The precision and applicability of these methods require improvement in view  of the




high level of performance needed for most electrostatic precipitatot applications.




     As a result of the importance of understanding the processes involved in pre-




dicting electrical operating conditions, the Environmental Protection Agency is spon-




soring research concerning the physical processes by which charge transport occurs




across the interelectrode space and through the dust layer on the collection elec-




trodes.  The overall objective of this research effort is the development of a meth-




odology which will allow a more precise prediction of the optimum electrical operating




point for a specific application given the following:  (a) the properties of the fuel




undergoing combustion (in the case of coal) or the properties of the particulate under-




going collection, (b) the temperature, pressure and composition of the gas in the




precipitator, (c) the electrode geometry, and (d) the type of electrical energization.
                                           127

-------
2.   Description of Field Measurements




     A study of the parameters influencing  operating values of secondary voltage and




current density is in progress at Southern  Research Institute.  The study has been




initiated with a measurement program conducted at several coal-fired power boilers.




Measurements which were performed included  the following:




     e Secondary voltage-current data were  obtained from the precipitator power sup-




       plies under normal operating conditions.




     • In-situ determinations of ash resistivity and breakdown strength were conducted




       with a point-plane probe.




     • In-situ determinations of particle size distribution were performed with in-




       ertial impactors at the precipitator inlets.




     • Effective flue gas ion mobilities were determined with a wire-cylinder probe.




     • Chemical analyses were performed on  collected samples of coal,  fly ashf and




       flue gas.




     The particle size distribution data and the effective ion mobilities are used




in the theoretical calculation of voltage-current relationships and electric field




profiles between electrodes with a mathematical procedure described by McDonald, et




al1 and discussed elsewhere.2  This paper is limited to an examination of the rela-




tionship between fly ash dielectric properties and apparent values of critical current




density observed for full-scale precipitator transformer rectifier sets.




     Table 1 contains data obtained at precipitator installations collecting fly ash




with high to moderate electrical resistivity.  Comparisons are made between apparent




and measured dust breakdown strengths.  The "selected" operating points were subjec-




tively chosen based on an indication of incipient electrical breakdown in the dust




layer.  The selection is based on either an apparent deviation from the expected form




of the voltage-current relationship in which
                                           128

-------
                           j = k(v-v )n                                            (1)
                                    s
   where:         j = current density, amps/m
           k and n = constants
                V  = corona starting potential, volts
                 s
                 V = potential, volts,
or an obvious onset of sparking.  The actual observed operating points were not chosen
because of the complications introduced by the response of various automatic control
systems to sparking or back corona.
     The "apparent" -breakdown strength of the dust layer is calculated by using the
relationship

                           EB~ javg p                                             (2)
   where:   E• •» = apparent breakdown strength, volts/m
            o
            j = average current density, amps/m2, at selected operating point
            p - measured resistivity, ohm-m
The measured breakdown strengths given in Table 1 were obtained from a point-plane
device In '.:ha Ilue gas at a voltage immediately prior to dielectric failure.  The
estimated operating points were obtained from the measured values of in-situ dust
resistivity and the assumed breakdown strengths of 1 and 5 kv/cm suggested by Hall.3
     Similar data are given in Table 2 for two precipitators collecting low resis-
tivity fly ash.  Figures 1 and 2 display the voltage-current density relationships
for Plants A and F representing the high and low resistivity cases, respectively.
The secondary voltages were obtained with calibrated voltage divider assemblies which
were attached to the high voltage output of the transformer rectifier sets under study.
3.   Discussion
     It is generally  recognized that  factors other  than dust dielectric  properties
can  influence  the allowable electrical operating parameters  in  full  scale  precipitators.
Specifically,  electrode design, electrode alignment, voltage waveforms and control
                                           129

-------
system responr.e, collection area per transformer-rectifier sot, flue gas composition,



temperature and pressure,  and electrode cleaning system effectiveness are considera-



tions which can significantly alter precipitator electrical conditions for a given



application.  However, the comparisons of measured and apparent breakdown strengths



given in Tables 1 and 2 are of interest in that the deficiencies of the existing



empirical approach and the complexity of the task of predicting operating points are



illustrated.



     Plants A and B are typical of large specific collecting area units which have



been constructed to collect high resistivity fly ash.  The ratio of measured to ap-



parent E  values are within-the range which can be expected due to dust layer non
        B


uniformity, and the useful input power is clearly limited by the fly ash dielectric



properties.  The increase in apparent E •* f rom inlet to outlet is hypothesized to
                                       B


result at least in part from the variation of fly ash breakdown strength with layer



t-hickness.  It has been observed in both field and laboratory environments that the



breakdown strength of fly ash decreases with increasing layer thickness.  Therefore,



the thinner dust layers which usually are present in outlet fields may. be able to



tolerate higher average electric fields.  Another possible contributing factor is



the variation of resistivity due to particle size distribution variations which occur



from inlet to outlet.



     Plant C exhibits an unusual variation in inlet to outlet operating points, and



electrode cleaning system ineffectiveness is a probable cause.  The ratio of actual



to apparent EQ decreases to less than unity for the outlet fields, which suggests



that either; (1) the point-plane probe collected a dust sample not representative



of the collected dust layer in fields 7 and 8, or (2) a back corona discharge exists



which is not detectable from the V-I curves.



     The low values of current density achieved at Plant D are difficult to explain



in terms of the measured properties of the fly ash.  However, the sparking threshold



is clearly influenced by dust or flue gas properties, as the data in Figure 3 illu-



strate.   Thccc voltage-current curves were obtained with and without SO3 conditioning




                                             130

-------
for the indicated TR Bet.  Plant D has i\ relatively ineffective rapping yyntcm, and



it is probable that residual dust layers which were present on the collecting elec-



trodes possessed a higher resistivity than that measured with the point-plane probe



during the test series.  If a residual layer with a resistivity of 2.7xl012 ohm-cm



were present, the apparent E* values would fall within the expected range of 5 to
                            13


10 kV/cm.  These circumstances illustrate both the difficulty of estimating the limita-



tion imposed by high resistivity and the value of flue gas conditioning as a means



of alleviating the problem.  Note that the assumption of 1 to 5 kV/cm as an apparent



breakdown strength interval failed to bracket the selected operating points for the



four plants described in Table 1.



     Plants E and F represent precipitator installations which are not performance-



limited by dust resistivity.  The low apparent values of E-suggest that the sparkover



voltages are determined by factors other than dielectric failure in collected dust



layers.  Although the current densities achieved at Plant E were relatively low, the



collection efficiency was relatively good because of the high operating voltages.



For both plants E and P.- it is apparent that electric field intensity in the dust

                                             •

deposits does not provide a basis for estimating operating points.  For these cir-



cumstances, however, high levels of performance can be achieved without excessive



plate area requirements, and the accurate prediction of achievable current density



is less critical than for the plants listed in Table 1.



     The variations in measured and apparent breakdown strength in Tables 1 and 2



illustrate the need for a thorough understanding of the electrical properties of col-



lected dust layers.  McDonald and Mosely"* have proposed an approach for describing



the electrical characteristics of such layers based on coupling the current transport



equation and Poisson's Equation.  In this method, the electrical breakdown of the



dust layer is attributed to enhanced values of the local electric field (defined as



the electric field at a point between particles) due to the combined effects of polari-



zation of the particles in the dielectric layer and the contribution to the electric
                                             131

-------
field from the r.pace charge distribution in the aolid phase of the dust layer.  The




average value of the electric field for which breakdown will occur can be computed




as a function of dielectric constant of the particles by specifying a breakdown




strength for the trapped gas.  Table 3 shows the results of calculations for several




cases of interest.   This approach implies that the operating current density limit




could be predicted from measurements of resistivity and dielectric constant in an




appropriate environment.  Other factors may require consideration, however, such as




charge carrier density gradients which may develop in collected dust layers over




extended time periods.




     In order to construct appropriate charge transport models for collected dust




layers, certain experimental studies need to be performed to determine appropriate




values of the parameters and boundary conditions that must be utilized in modeling




the electrical phenomena.  These studies include measurements to determine the fol-




lowing :




     • whether electrical breakdown is due to gas breakdown or particle breakdown




     • el'ci.i.ii; potential distribution and concentration profiles of charge carrying




       species in the dust layer




     • values for transference numbers, activation energies, conductivities, diffusion




       coefficients, and mobilities of the different charge carrying species




     • values of the dielectric constants for different dusts in simulated flue gas




       environments.




4.   Summary




     The actual and apparent breakdown strengths of electrostatically collected dust




layers exhibit large variations which are not adequately represented by existing con-




cepts.  Physical models of the charge transport process across the interelectrode
                                             132

-------
space and through the collected dust layers have the potential o£ providing a method-




ology for accurate prediction of optimum electrical operating conditions utilizing




dust and flue gas properties and the design parameters of the electrostatic precipitator,




Fundamental studies of dust layer properties are continuing with the objective of




developing the required predictive methods.




References




1.   McDonald, J.R., W.B. Smith, H.W. Spencer, and L.E. Sparks.  A Mathematical Model




     for Calculating Electrical Conditions in >?ire-Duct Electrostatic Precipitation




     Devices.  J. Appl. Phys., 48(6):2231-2246 (1977).




2.   McDonald, J.R.  A Mathematical Model of Electrostatic Precipitation: Revision




     1. Volume 1, Modeling and Programming.  EPA-600/7-78-llla, U.S. Environmental




     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, 1978.




3.   Hall, Herbert J., "Trends in Electrical Energization of Electrostatic Precipi-




     tator.  Proceedings of the Electrostatic Precipitator Symposium, Feb 23-25, 1971,




     Birmingham, Ala.




4.   McDonald, J.R., R.B. Mosley, and L.E. Sparks.  An Approach for Describing Elec-




     trical Characteristics of Precipitated Dust Layers.   Submitted for publication




     in JAPCA, March, 1979.
                                           133

-------
     20.4
     17.0
     13.6
M
 Z
 til
 Q

 I-

 UJ
 oc
 oc
 D
 u
10.2
      6.8
      3.4
                       10
                                 20
      30


VOLTAGE, kV
40
                                                                                   50
CO
                                Figure 1.   Voltage-current curves for plant A.
                                                     134

-------
    47.G
    40.8
    34.0
CM

,0
     27.2
 V)
 Z
 IU
 Q
 cc   20.4
 DC

 o
    13.6
     6.8
     0.0
                      10
20
      30

VOLTAGE, kV
40
50
. 60
                          Figure 2.  Voltage-Current Curves for Plant F.
                                                  135

-------
20.4
17.0


13.6
CM
E
,0
=
H
z 10.2
01
O
1-
2
uu
1
8 6.8

3.4





0
1
	 •


V^MB





— ^^^^

WITHOUT S03


^H^HV






I
1
.1
	
1
1
WITH SO3 	



1
1
1 	
I
f
1
1
r
i
\
1 __
i
/
i
1
1
I
t
I
1
10
              20
30
40
                             50
60
                       VOLTAGE, kV
 Figure 3.   Voltage - current curves for Plant Dt Fourth Field
                         136

-------
  Plan

    A
Field ir.
Direction of
Cas Flow
Selected Operating
     Point
   kV      nA/cm2
37.0
36.0
33.5
32.0
34.0
36.0
36-0
33.0
33.0
36.0
28.0
29.0
32.0
32.0
27.0
25.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.3
5.5
10.0
12.0
2.5
44.0
48.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
                                                   Select-.>•  operating Points and Apparcn:    ..kdown Strengths
                                                                 High  to Moderate Resistivity
                                                                                                          Apparent  Measured
       Electrode
       Geometry

30.48 cm plate spacing,
discharge  electrodes
ere 4.26 mm square,
fluted & twisted held
in a rigid mast.
     m
25 cm plate spacing,
discharge electrodes
are spiraled, 2.5 mm
in diameter & held in
a rigid frame.

22.86 cm plate spacing,
discharge electrodes
are round(2.68 mm
diameter) & weighted.

22.86 cm plate spacing,
discharge electrodes are
round(2.68 mm diameter)
and weighted.
Temperature
°C
138



135




144


164



Resistivity Area/TR set
ohm-era m2
3x10 l2 2675.5a
2675.5°
2675. 5a
2676.5a
2x10" 3518.6
3518.6
3518.6
3518.6
3518.6
SxlO11 1424.2
1424.2
1424.2
3xl011 961.5°
961. 5a
961. 5a
961. 5a
V
kV/cm
5.8
5.8
5.8
8.7
7.2
9.5
9.9
18.0
22.0
1.25
22.0
24.0
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.54
Eg Eg Measured
kV/cm tB Apparent
27.2 4.7
4.7
4.7
3.1
26.6 3.7
2.8
2.7
1.5
1.2
10.5 8.4
0.48
0.48
13.8 25.5
25.5
25.5
25.5
Estimated Operating
  Point nA/cE*
  IkV/cm    5kV/c3
                                                                                                                                    0.33
                                                                                                                                            0.50
                                                                                                                                             2.0
                                                                                                                                             3.7
                                                                                                                                 1.7
                                                                                                                                              2.5
                                                                                                                                              10.0
                                                                                                                                              18.5
UJ
  a.  collection area per bushing

-------
                                                                               Table  2
                                                                   itlng  Prints and  Apparent Breakdcwi
                                                                           Low Resistivity
Strength
     Plane
.- 1
r t
Ca








old in
rtc'ion of
fc r lo«'
1
2
3

1
2
3
4
Selected Operating Apparel
Point
kV
46.0
45.0
45.0

55.6
51.7
48.9
48.5

r.A/c=.:
8.0
8.0
24.5

20.0
27.3
36.0
46.0
Electrode
Gcoir.etry
27.9 cm plate spacing,
4.2 ran square twisted
Temperature
"C
153

Resistivity
ohm- cm
2x10"

discharge electrodes held
in a rigid mast.
25.4 cm plat- spacing,
discharge electrodes are
rigid tubular barbed
electrodes

160




2x10 10



Area/TR set
m2
2458. la
2458. la
2458. la

1475. 2a
1475.23
737. 6a
737. 6a
V
kV/cra
0.16
0.16
0.54

0.40
0.55
0.72
0.92
                 kV/cra
                                                                                                                        14.0
                                                                                                                         17.0
Eg Measured
Eg Apparent

    88.0
    88.0
    26.0
                             42.0
                             31.0
                             24.0
                             18.0
Esticated Operating
  Point nA/c-.2
  IkV/ca    5XV/K3
                                         50.0
                                                                                                                                                50.0
                                                                                                                                                          250.0
                                                   250.0
     a.  collection area  per bushing
00
00

-------
                      Table 3.   Average electric  field  at  breakdown for
                      various dielectric constants/  temperatures/  and pressures
U)
VO
             E_= 30 kV/cm at
              r>
             293°K, 760 nun Hg
 D = 20.8 kV/cm at
 D
422°K, 760 mm Hg
ED = 11.4 kV/cm at
 ts
616°K, 608 ITCT Hg
K
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
E /E EAVe f°r
loc Ave Breakdown (kV/cm)
1.50
3.38
5.25
7.13
9.00
10.88
12.75
14.63
16.50
18.38
20.00
8.88
5.71
4.20
3.33
2.76
2.35
2.05
1.82
1.63
E /E EAve f°r
loc' Ave Breakdown (kV/cm)
1.50
3.38
5.25
7.13
9.00
10.88
12.75
14.63
16.50
18.38
13.90
6.15
3.96
2.92
2.31
1.91
1.63
1.42
1.26
1.13
E /E EAVS f°r
loc Ave Breakdown (kV/cm)
1.50
3.38
5.25
7.13
9.00
10.88
12.75
14.63
16.50
18.38
7.60
3.37
2.17
1.60
1.27
1.05
0.89
0.78
0.69
0.62

-------
               A.I.  7avialov,  V.B.  Meshcheriakov






       RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND INTRODUCTION OF ADVANCED



 PRECIPITATING ELECTRODE DESIGNS OF INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE ELECTRO-



 STATIC PRECIPITATORS







       In connection with the growth in volumes of dusts removed



 from stack gases with the aid of industrial  ESP's,  special atten-



 tion is being paid to the problem of the reliability and durability



 of their mechanical components. In the course of the last ten years,



 NIIOGAZ's Semibratovsk branch and the Moscow Institute of Trans-



 port Engineeers have conducted complex experimental-theoretical



 research into the dynamics of precipitating  electrodes of industrial



 purpose ESP's.~Curing the course of research, a science-based ex-



 perimental prccec*ure-.-£L) -wasdeveloped along with methodology for the



 computational evaluation of precipitator electrode rapping effi-



 ciency where the rapping was carried out by  the impact method. (2) .



      As a result of research, reasons for the unsatisfactory degree



of cleaning the electrodes from accumulated fly-ash were established,



as well as the causes for the breakdown of rapping band  and  rap- •



ping mechanisms. The basic research results are published in vari-



ous articles and have also been presented in  symposiums  (3,4).



      Related to the number of basic factors  causing unsatisfac-



tory electrode performance are rapping blow energy losses at the



junctures of the electrodes with the rapping band and the dampening



of the disturbance with great element length. Density of contact  in



the areas of energy transmission plays a large role. Specially set



experiments have shown that the presence of a cap to the magnitude



of ^.Imp may lower the magnitude of the transmitted  impulse bv two





                                    140

-------
or' more times. With fly-ash falling into this cap,  the lowering of
the magnitude of impulse becomes more substantial (5).
      New design variants are being developed for improving the
work of precipitating electrodes. The main direction of this deve-
lopment is increase of element width and raising the contact reli-
ability of the elements with the rapping band, widely distributed
electrode designs may be operatively redesigned  with the aim of in-
creasing their rapping efficiency and raisng their operating reli-
ability and endurance. Design variants developed in NIIOGAZ's Semi-
bra tovsk branch may be used for this.
      0.35m~wide precipitating elements a're doubled and hung excen-
trically;; This measures increases the excentricity, lowers the num-
ber of places of energy transmission and increases the contact relia-
bility.
      The precipitating elements in the electrode are combined into
two groups  (6). The first groups elements are hung excentrically  for
takinc the blow from  the raoo: cr mechanism's hammer.  Elements of  the
                              \
second group are also hung excentrically but are drawn against the
rapping band for taking the rapping blow against the  supports. Such
design  (see fig.2) gives an opportunity for considerably  raising  the
average level of maximum accelerations on the electrode.  The  element1
solid contact with the rapping band  is also provided  by the precipi-
tating electrode with vertical alignment of the  elements  to the  rap-
ping band. A precipitator element variant is proposed with vertical
element support against, the rapping  band  and with a  mechanism for
element rapping  (7) in order  to  eliminate differences in  accelera-
tion at the first and last elements  fron the  place of ir—sact  (•fue
to non-uniform pulse  distribution).  Such design  provides  uniform
distribution of the shock impulse according  to  the electrode's
                                141

-------
height and width and also a sufficient degree  of  cleaning with
a smaller number of impact loads.  The  low  level of  vibration of
neighboring unrappable elements  during the drop from a specified
height of one  (in this case, the fourth) element  (see fig.3)  and
the opportunity for regulated rapping  speed make  it possible to
decrease re-entrainment, but a decrease of the number of impacts
make it possible to increase electrode reliability.
      All of the suggested design variations on precipitating elec-i-
trodes passed".a stage of stand and industrial  testing and accounted
well for themselves. Thus, for example, testing of  advanced designs
(fig.l and 2)  at the Troitskaya  State  Regional Electric Power Plant
have shown that these designs possess  great advantages in comparison
with earlier-used designs.    .
      At the Sredneuralsk copper-smelting  works,  nine-month testing
of the precipitating electrode with vertical element support  and
element-by-elanent rapping system was  conducted (7) .  These tests showed
that a high degree of rapping efficiency  (9Cr-95%) is obtained
through one-two "raise and drop" cycles.
      Precipitating electrodes with two groups of elements (fig.2)
are recommended for introduction in serially produced and redesigned
precipitators of various types.
      Precipitating electrodes with vertical  element-try-element rapping
are advisable for use in precipitators removing strongly-aglutina-
ting dusts  (cement dust, etc.) and for high-resistivity dusts.
                                 142

-------
      BIBLIOGRAPHY

1.  Zavi-alov , A.I., Methods and Research in Dynamics  of Precipitating
Electrodes,  "Tsement",  1975, No.3.
2. Meshcheriakov, V.B., Numerical    Evaluation of Precipitatinc  Elec-
trode Rapping  Efficiency  in  Industrial Precipitators, in the  collec-
tion "Industrial  and  Sanitary Gas  Cleaning",  TsINTIKhlMNEFTEMASh,
1977, No.l.
3. Meshcheriakov,, v.B.  et al, Results of  Theoretical and Experimental
Studv of Dynamics of  Precipitator  Electrodes  : Report Abstracts  of the
Symposium "Electrical Gas Cleaning Methods",  Moscow, 1973.
 4. Meshcheriakov, V.B., Zavialov,  A.I., Dynamics of Precipitator Elec-
                              t
trodes  and Predicting Effectiveness of their  Regeneration ;  Report to
the  Second Soviet-American Symposium on Particulate Control,  Washing-
 u-n, 1977.
 5.  Zavialov, A.I.,  Meshcheriakov,  V.B., Research in the Dynamics of
Advanced Precipitator Electrod-..3,  in the  collection "Industrial and
Sanitary Gas Cleaning", TsINTIKhlMNEFTEMASh,  1977,  No.6.
 6.  Zavialov*, A.I.,  Sobchuk,  S.I.,  Smirnov,  L.P., Nagornyi, V.V.,
The  Precipitator  Electrode,  author's certificate, patent no.  472690,
bulletin "Discoveries,  Inventions, Industrial Models, Trade Marks",
1975, No.21.
~7.  Zavialov/ A.I.,  Nagornyi, V.V., Panasenko, V.I., Sobchuk,  S.I.,
The  Electrostatic Precipitator,  author's  certificate, patent no. 523712
letin  "Discoveries,  Inventions,  Industrial Models,  Trademarks",
1P75, No.29.
                                  143

-------
-ILJJ
                     JtJJJl

                JU  s
    f j g. .1.

    Precipitating electrode

    with  paired  elements.
                                                        Mff.
  .fig. 2

Precipitating electrode

with two groups of  ele-
                                                                   to
                                                                  30
                                                                  to
O      £     {f      f~   number of
                        element.

 -fig.3. '

  Acceleration  distribution in pre

  cipitating electrode with- elemen
  t>y-*?elefnent rappincr-

-------
PERFORMANCE          OF A HOT-SIDE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
                    G.H. Marchant, Jr.
                       John P.  Gooch
                Southern Research Institute
                  2000 Ninth Avenue South
                 Birmingham, Alabama  35205

                     Leslie E. Sparks
        Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
             > Environmental Protection Agency
             Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed aid approved for
 publication "by the U. S. EPA.)
                     145

-------
INTRODUCTION



     The performance of a hot-side electrostatic precipitator installed on




a large power plant boiler was investigated.  The tests were made on Unit 3




of the Navajo Generating Station of the Salt River Project in Arizona.  Over-




all and fractional collection efficiencies were measured across one chamber




of the unit, and fractional collection efficiency was measured for the entire




precipitator.  Voltage-current characteristics of the power supplies were




measured.  An engineering analysis for the installation included estimates




of the specific collecting areas required for improving performance of the




hot-side precipitator and for replacing it with a cold-side precipitator.




     The electrostatic precipitator has two levels (Figure 1), each with eight




isolable chambers  (Figure 2), and was designed to operate with a total volume




flow rate of 1860 m3/sec at 350°C with 99.5% collection efficiency.  Each




chamber contains 6 electrical fields in the direction of gas flow and 35 gas




passages spaced 22.9 cm apart.  A total of 48 transformer-rectifier sets power




parallel fields in parallel chambers.  The collection electrodes are 1.83




m in depth and 9.14 m high.  The discharge electrodes have diameters of 2.68




mm and the average spacing between each wire is 22.9 cm.  Each precipitator




has a total collecting area of 112,372 m2, which results in a design specific




collection area of 60.4 m2/(m3/sec).



TEST RESULTS




     The overall fly ash collection efficiency (by mass) of one isolated




chamber  (Chamber 8) of the electrostatic precipitator was found to be 99.22%,




based on mass train measurements at the inlet and outlet of the chamber.




Test data are shown in Table 1.  In these tests, average secondary voltage




was 22 kV, average secondary current density 40 nA/cm2, specific collection
                                    146

-------
area 52.6 m2/(m3/sec), and fly ash resistivity  (determined in situ) SxlO9




ohm-cm at 350°C.  Plant operating problems prevented the measurement of col-




lection efficiency for the entire precipitator by a mass train.  However,




a limited number of measurements were made by impactor traverses in the stack




and at the precipitator inlet, producing the results in Table 2.  The stack




data indicated a mass emission rate of 31 ng/J, of which 9 ng/J consisted




of particles with diameters < 2 ym.  The gas volume flow rate in the stack




was consistent with that at the outlet of Chamber 8.  Oxygen contents, de-




termined simultaneously at the inlet and in the stack, indicated that air




in-leakage across the precipitator and air preheater was about 11%.



     Figure 3 compares the particle-size distributions measured with impactors




at the inlet to the electrostatic precipitator  and to Chamber 8.  The bimodal




particle-size distributions are typical of those produced by pulverized coal-




fired boilers, with one mode a maximum at about 2 ym, and the other at a diam-




eter > 10 ym.  The mass median diameter of the  fly ash, based on impactor




data, is about 13 ym.  If it is assumed that the difference in mass loadings




measured by the impactor and the mass train sampling system is due to inef-




ficient capture of particles > 20 ym by the impactor, the corrected mass




median diameter is 16 ym.




     Concern about the effects of soot blowing  on the particulate  loading



of the flue gas entering a hot-side electrostatic precipitator led to com-




parative tests which  showed that there were significant  (at the 90% confi-




dence level) increases in loading at the inlet  of Chamber 8 during soot blow-




ing, as measured with a mass train.  However, no significant differences were




observed at the chamber outlet as the result of soot blowing.  Figure 4 shows
                                     147

-------
the particle size distributions obtained with impactors at the inlet to Cham-



ber 8 with and without soot blowing.  Most of the increase in loading during




soot blowing was due to particles > 8 ym.



     Figure 5 compares the differential particle-size distributions in the




stack and at the outlet of Chamber 8.  The stack data exhibit substantially



higher loadings of particles with diameters from 0.8 to >  10 um.  These dif-



ferences are also reflected in the fractional collection efficiency results



shown in Figure 6.  The fractional collection efficiency curve showed a mini-



mum value of 92% at a particle diameter of about 0.50 um.  The disagreement



between the impactor and ultrafine results in the 0.5 pm region is partly



due to experimental error.



     Values of electrical resistivity of the fly ash measured at 350°C in




situ and in the laboratory are in reasonable agreement with those measured



for other fly ashes of similar chemical composition.  The resistivities re-



mained relatively constant during the test program.



     Coal and ash analyses indicated constant quality of the coal supply.




Attempts to measure sulfur dioxide in the flue gas indicated that concentra-



tions were never above the detection limit of ^ 0.5 ppm at the inlet or either



of the two outlet sampling locations.



     The voltage waveforms and secondary voltage-current relationships ob-




served during the tests appeared to show the effects of back corona.  Figure 7



presents voltage-current curves obtained for Chambers 7 and 8  (secondary volt-



ages were determined from voltage divider readings).  The operating voltages




were lower than anticipated, especially for the outlet fields.  Several ob-



servations indicated that fly ash deposits on the collection electrodes af-




fected the functional relationship between applied voltage and corona current:
                                    148

-------
The V-I curves do not respond to changes in discharge electrode diameter to




the extent theoretically predicted  (Figure 8).  The curves from the outlet




field show some hysteresis.  The shapes of the curves are affected by elec-




trode cleaning (Figure 9).  Voltage-current waveforms  (Figure 10) suggest




a back corona discharge at high current levels.




     Although the precipitator has  not maintained design efficiency, it has




operated reliably.  The most significant maintenance problems have been air




infiltration and ash build-up in hoppers.




ENGINEERING ANALYSIS



     The estimated cost of the electrostatic  precipitator installation is




given  in Table 3.  These costs were calculated from the 1973 and later con-




tract  costs, plus a 20% distributable cost, plus 9% of the contract and dis-




tributable cost for engineering costs, and escalation of each cost element




to  1977 at 7.5%/year.



     Table 4 shows the annual operating cost, including maintenance cost as-




signed to the electrostatic precipitator.



     The performance tests indicated that the two principal causes of poor




performance of the precipitator were the relatively low operating voltage




and the relatively low value of specific collecting area.  To indicate changes




in  precipitator design that should  overcome  these deficiencies,  values of




design parameters listed in Table 5 were calculated for an  improved hot-side




unit.  The basic geometrical configurations  of the existing unit were arbitra-




rily retained.  A mathematical model was used to extrapolate  the apparent




collection efficiency of the existing unit  (98.6% at  a specific  collecting




area of 53.15 n»2/(m3/sec)) to give  a specific collecting  area of 78.74 m2/(m3/sec)
                                     149

-------
required for 99.5% collection efficiency.  To reliably attain a 99.5% collec-




tion efficiency in the presence of the unfavorable electrical operating condi-



tions requires a design specific collecting area of 93.90 mz/(m3/sec), which



provides a safety margin of about 20%.  The design parameters for the improved




precipitator are listed in Table 5.  The new design has an increase in collec-



tion surface of 83% over the existing unit.  The estimated capital cost for




this design is $60,440,000, or $75.5/kW, based on 800 MW generating capacity.



No retrofit charges are included in the estimate.



     Table 5 also includes data on two cold-side designs for 99.5% minimum




collection efficiency, for which the estimated capital costs are $52.4/kW




and $65.1/kW, for collecting fly ash with electrical resistivities of 9 x 1010



and 7 x 10   ohm-cm, respectively.
                                    150

-------
                                   TABLE 1
           AVERAGE IHLBT AND OUTLET PARAMETERS. ISOLATED CHAMBER I
                                Inl«t  Outlet  Collection Efficiency.
             *C                 3*1    330
                                       Sl.S
Temperature
CM volue* riov Rat*, dm'/MC  44.4
NIK Loading, «/dn*
  lavactor
  H>» Train
Miaeber of Taata
  nqwctoc
  Naea Train
                                 5.19
                                 *.77
0.0314
0.0529
                                       32
                                       II
»9.26
»».22
                                   TAILS 2
                      AVERAGE IMLR AMD- STAC! PARAMETERS
                                      Inlet             Stack
    •ratura, *C                       3
-------
                                                                          oa ti t. ox
                                                                         111
                                                                                              {{{(it
                                                                          uo M h. e x
Figure 1.   Ductwork and precipitator arrangement
             for Navajo  Station, Unit 3.
                                                      Figure  2.   Precipitator  chamber arrangement.
1C*;



it*.



103:;
           101 ;
                                 • CMAHHII t IHLJT

                                 O MAIM INLCT
irfM—	nl		|		I
  ID"1       1CP        101        1C?
              PARTICLE DIAACTER
          Flgur* 3.  Av«r«g« inlet differential >i
-------
                                                                                                 PErCTRATICN-EFFICIEJOr
                                                                                                •HE 1*477
   10^
   10°-
  UCT*
            p
                              o CHUMEK IOUTUT. 7/1»2»TT
      icr1         10°          lo1          10s

      PARTICLE DIAMETER  (MICROMETERS)

Figure 5.  Outlet differential size distribution.
99.33-

39.35:

39.3-
>. 33.8-
Q 39.5:
E -1
2 3B"
Q
K •
35-

90-
fesyeaj ,
BO-
K
. '
_ . * ULTtUFINE
"^ * • 1WACTOR [
A ULTNA>*INE
| CHAMMm, ..MPACTW i

•% **
' ' * -^ '
* / • 1 "-"
'. ' A * n, . * ^
1 •* *
• , i i
nfU
2^s2{R» • -
"

r* 10'1 10° lo1 K
•O.Ol

•O.O5

•O.I
•o.e g
0.5 ^
1 I
.5 s
Q
Q
•5

•10
an
/°
                                                                                    Figure 6.   Fractional efficiency for Chaaber 8
                                                                                               and total ESP.
S£J


S9.I

EU


eu
«u

4M
JU

IM

W
mo

1&0
tfto

u


o
«^


—
o
t
O |
1
O A
O A
A
O
•
O a

O A
0 A

0 a


,c





ky
r x
^
dfi«^
00
oo

QD

00
OO
CD
CD

CD
0 A IS
	 ' 	 1 	 • 	 1 	 -«£>-

O H FIELD
V a FIELD
O F FIELD
O E FIELD
A D FIELD
O C FIELD

• OFERATINO FONT
E
^r






'•^"H

v 0
v 0
O
• o
v O
i.i.
                                                                                               O C FIELD  Ch 74
                                                                                            •   O C FIELD  CH 1-1   LARGE WIP.EI
METER READING!
FROM V21/77
      Figure  7.   Voltage-current  curves for Chamber 7 and I,
                  July 12-13, 1977.
                                                                                       Figure  B.   Theoretical end experimental voltage-current
                                                                                                   relationships for various wire  diameters.
                                                                    153

-------








1
5
»
fc
«

Q

C
u
C
3









Ml

76
70
65
60
65


60
46


40


36


30

26

20
16
10

5

I.I 1 1 1
A C FIELD. Ch 7-8 8/21/77 (SRI DATA)
- O C FIELD. Ch 6-6 MAY 1977 (NO CLEANING))
Q C FIELD. Ch 7-8 MAY 1977 NEW WIRES. >
CLEAN PLATES J W'P' DATA
(ALL METER READINGS - UNCOHRECTED) Q
-
O
A
0
"* ™
- • —
* o Q

— * _
A

_ «
A
a
- -
D 0
-
A o
~ 0
-
-Do -
A
0
1 1 1 1 1
18 20 22 24 26 28 30

*--



s..



••>



^*



•**.



»•—



***•



•N.



*--







*\
\

/•
/

•v
V

s~


/
V

*\
X
-
s
f

\ ,
\f


y


\
\

(
1

\
\i

f


/
/

\
\

f
1

;
/
-i
-2
-3
-4
0
-1
-2
-3
0
-1
-2
_1
                                                                                                                      -2  CORNA START
                                                                                                                          KNEE OF CURVE
                                                                                                                          MAXIMUM
                                                                                                                      -2  AUTOMATIC
                                                                                                                          OPERATING POINT
                                                                                         0  6  10  15 20 26 30 35 40 45
                     VOLTAGE. kV
Figure  9.   Voltage-current  relationships for  C  Fields,
             Ch.  7 4 8 and Ch.  5 S 6.
Figure  10.   Voltage waveforms for C Field,
             Chambers 7 and  8.

-------
                3.K.  Kurbatskii,  V.B.  Keshcheriakov,  E.K.  I:,   seto*,

                ST'JTY OF THE DYNAMICS  AND ST5TSGTH CF COSOKAL
           SLSCTRODEJ1 IN ELECTROSTATIC :-ri:iPITATORS
           Existing systems  of coronal electrodes in industrial
     electrostatic  precipitators  do not to the full degree meet the
     racuirements presented them in their section where settling
     fly-ash  is  removed,  and in their reliability and durability.
           This  report elucidates study results from the work of
     the two  most widely  distributed in practice coronal elec-
     trodes:  those  with elements  hung from support beams and those
     with  frame-construction electrodes. A complex experimental-theore-
     tical study was conducted for the  obtaining.reliable reults
j     during investigation of the  electrodes'  dynamic work.
           In the course  of  theoretical study, integral and differential
     equations were compiled describing processes of formation of
     contact  forces and the  transmission of disturbances in the
     system's unitr (1).  Approximate methods fer calculating maximal
     accelerations  and stresses in the units of coronal  electrodes
     under pulsed loads  have  been  developed.  In  these  calcu-
     lations, all   physical-gecmetric  electrode characteristics and con-
      ditions of the  formation of inlet -ffect are considered. Means of
     rigid and hanged hanging of  the elements to the support beam were
     separately ^considered.
j           Contact  force  during transverse impact to the support beam is
     determined  by  the following  non-linear integral equation:
                                                                     (I)
     where: p(t) -   sought contact force        f -  density of the material
            t    - time                           F. - transverse area c-! beam
                                                       section
             •   - initial impact velocity          _ propagation of the dis-
            m    - mass of the  striking body      ^   waves in the besr.
                                                  KB - coefficient, related *•
                                                       physical-gec-ez_-ic cr
                                                       terisrics of r!-«> «--
                              155

-------
            As a result of the impact to the beam, flexible  elements hung to
    •"zne bssr. are subject to  a loss of stability  in  a  snail portion cf
     ier.rth -y  the  value  { with a maximal deviation of Uf  (these para-
     meters depend  upon intensity of the iarast ar.d upon the character
     cf attachment  of the el r.ments to the beam). The disturbance taJ-.ar. fai-
     ths elersnt is propagated along  its length and as a result all points of
     the element are subject  to the acceleration.
                    acceleration at the points of the coronal elements
 i    durinc  rierid  attachment to the support beam is determined by the
 I    ar^rcximate formula:
 i
 I          a-
\      where:  ?. ,  t,  - maximal  value of contact  force  and  duration of contact
<             c,  c2  - velocity of propaqaticn  of  longitudinal and transverse
i                      waves in flexible coronal  elements.
t
\            y,Y\.    - coefficients of internal friction in support beam
?                      material and in the element,  determined experimer tally
|             z,x    -  distance from the point of the  impact to  the point cf
|                       attachment   of the element and coordinates cf the
\                 •     point 'o* the elenent.

•            Maximum stress in coronal ' elements is determined accordinej to
    the  formula:
\     where: Q - force  of element stress, F2 - area of its transverse section.
;            During  developement of a method of experimental szudy of the
f     dynamics and durability of coronizing electrodes with flexible elements,
;     specific features of the studied system were considered. The i-ipulse
!     character of charging,  great element flexibility and small driver, mass
;     impose essential  limitations on the choice of mcritors and methods fcr
|     measuring dynamic characteristics.
;            Inertial-type monitors based on resistor, capacity, electrc-
•     magnetic and piezoelectrical converters he -a received the grea-est
     distribution for  measurement of the parameters of movement  (2) . 7cr
':     measuring accelert-ion occuring in cor~ni:ir.g electrodas, pieicelss-
                            156

-------
   trie accelerometer-sensors which possess  wide rer.ses cf r.aasurer.snt
   far amplitude  and frequency and small  dimensions tnd nasa were user.
 i  •     The method of fastening the sensor  and its t-ss hava an effect
 |  en the aess-jrecsant results when the measurement sensor is fixed directly to the sur-
 ;  face of the object. In this case, the error, caused by the rains of attacrrar-, did not
   exceed 10%. For  determining the effects of the monitor's mass, special
 :  experiments were carried out and the problem of flexible element cs-
   cillaticn with concentrated mass was theoretically solved. The calcu-
 I  Jated dependence   of measured accelerations on the mess of the ser.-
 |  sor  end experimental data for a frequency of 2.OS kilchertz is inrro-
 f  dueed in fig.l. The obtained relationship allows either selection cf  sen-
 [  scr mass providing desired accuracy of measurement, or calculating the
 |  true value of  acceleration with respect  to the  figure for measured ac-rele-
 i  rations with a known sensor  mass. Relative  measurement error of accele-
 ;  rations as taken by the described method  did not exreed 19%.
 :        As a result of experimental investigation of dynastic characteri-
   stics, the effect of a whole series of factors on the level and cha-
 t
 |  racter of the  distribution of maximum  accelerations (those normal  to
 I  coronal electrode surfaces) were established. These  factors are: method of fiadner
 r
 |  of tiie elements  to the support beam; element length- and their stretchino
 '  strength; mass  of the rapping mechanism's hantner and initial, velocity of the djnrrt.
 \        Fig.  2  introduces basic results  of  dynamics studies for coronal
 I  electrodes with hanging elements. The  results are relative to cases of
 i  rigid element mounting to the support  beams.
 I        The contact force from a  blow to the coronal electrode unit
 /
 i  frame  (see  fig.  3) is determined using  a non-linear integral  equation
|  similar to  equation 1, with the only difference  being the last term in the
\  right part of the ecuation before the integral - a factor of the following type:

i                           .      /
   where 7,  - area of transverse section of frame rod   taking the blow.
         F,  - *rea of transverse secti- n of frame rod,  taking the longitudinal
               blow.
   fs a result of the iiroact to the frame assembly, a disturbance is propagated through
   all  of  the rods. Wave reflection and refraction occurs in the franvr
   assemblies, and as a result of this, the erslitade cf the disturbance steadily
                           157

-------
diminishes. Tig.  2  is  a  diagrammatic calculation of t.   .istribution
cf rr.a:-:ir.un accelerations through the frame wich regard   :  the  tra.-.s-
mirsion cf impact energy to all coronal eler-er.ts.
      r. section of  the distribution of the level of maximum accelera-
tions lengthwise  along rod  A-A, taking the longitudinal  blow,  is shown
in fig. 4. Experimental  results are shown for comparison.  Discrepancy
cf the calculations with the experimental data is explained by the
fact that in  experiments,    sufficiently close contact of  the  coronal
elements with the frame  rod A-A was not provided, in  support of this,
a. dotted line in  fig.  4  shows the result of calculation  with the com-
plete absence of  coronal electrodes.
      The experimental-theoretical study cf dynamic characteristics
undertaken allows calculation of coronil electrode dust-removal
efficiency still  at the  electrostatic precipitator's  planning  stage,
it allows choosing  optimal  variants of their design  , and  also evalua-
tion of the reliability  and durability of their work.
      On the  basis  of  results from the research conducted  in NIlOGAZ's
SerdJbratovsk branch, improved coronal electrode design variants have  been  developed.
At present, these are being  studied as laboratory bench-scale models.

      BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Goldsmit,  V.,  Shock;  Theory and Physical Properties of  Colliding
Bodies, Moscow, Stroizdat,  1965.
2. lorish, Y.I.,  Vibrometrics, Moscow, Mashinostroenie,  1?63.
                       158

-------
           .   -      5                   10      ....
Fig.l. Relationship of measured accelerations to  mass of
of the* sensor.  .
                                                             35  m
 —. _ calculation
  0'_ experiment     Vs
  v _ experiment ,- '\V2
    _ experimentV.
                                                     D D DQ
                                     rrij
Fig.2._f.elatic-shi? of mean., level  of maxi:r.un accelerations
            159

-------
 Fig.A. Section
Of distribution
             •i  1~,
Of accelera-  '  "
"lions along  the
 line A-A.
             r~  e
             v.,3
             C.25
             rig] 37 calcuTaEea''distribution of level of accelerations along
                    fraiae-desrgn'coronal  electrode.            -   . .
                                        calculation"(elements not  considered)
                          160

-------
                PROGRESS ON ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATORS FOR
                 USE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE AND HIGH PRESSURE

                                     by
                        George Rinard,  Donald Rugg
                      Robert Gyepes, James Armstrong
                         Denver Research Institute
                                    and
                              Dennis Drehmel
                       Particulate Technology Branch
                Industrial  Environmental Reseach Laboratory
                      Environmental Protection Agency
                    Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711
     (This document has been reviewed and approved for publication by
      the U.S. EPA.) '
INTRODUCTION
     The electrostatic precipitator (ESP) is one candidate apparatus for
use as the tertiary collector in a pressurized fluidized-bed combustion
(PFBC), combined-cycle power plant.  This application would require
operation of the ESP at temperatures on the order of 1000°C and pressures
of 1 MPa. ESP's in this range of temperature and pressure may also find
application in coal gasification and magnetohydrodynamic (MHO) power
generation.  Whili some work has been done on ESP's operating under
these conditions, the feasibility of commercial application of ESP's for
use with PFBC is yet to be demonstrated.
     Presently work* is being conducted to determine the feasibility of
ESP operation under these extreme conditions.  The project is to design
and build a high temperature pressure vessel and test ESP operations
under flow conditions. Many of the technical problems to be overcome
relate to the materials that can be used for extended periods of time at
the high temperature involved.  Under the present schedule, initial
testing will start about December 1979.

BACKGROUND
     All work to date on ESP's at high temperature and pressure has
utilized cylindrical electrode geometry.  Some of the earlier work on


*This work was supported under EPA Research Grant R805939(010) through EPA's
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, N.C.

                                       161

-------
on high temperature, high pressure (HTHP) ESP's was done at General Electric
In this work the negative corona characteristics of air and methyl
chloride were determined over a temperature range of 20 to 500°C and
pressures from 100 to 500 kPa.   This work concluded that, for a range of
                                    2
current densities of 68 to 680 nA/cm ,  the temperature and pressure had
no effect on the corona discharge other than on the density of the gas.
Thus, the characteristics were uniquely determined by the relative
density of the gas between the electrodes.
     Several years later corona characteristics were measured at Princeton
for both positive and negative corona for air and nitrogen at temperatures
                                                       2
from 65 to 825°C and with pressures from 10 to 800 kPa.   At this time
it was reported that positive corona characteristics were a function of
gas density only.  However negative corona characteristics were found to
depend on gas temperature as well as gas density.  In addition, pressure
dependent instabilities were observed at high temperature for both
polarities.
     Shale's work  at the Bureau of Mines in 1963 also showed that
negative corona depended on gas temperature as well as gas density.
This work was done in a 5 cm diameter cylindrical ESP for temperatures
of 315°C to 815°C and pressures of 100  to 640 kPA, using negative discharge
corona. The results indicate stable precipitator operation for the full
range of pressure and temperature up to 730°C.  Above 730°C, operation
was limited to pressures above atmospheric, because sparking occurred
before corona could be generated at lower pressures.  The length of the
corona wire was 107 cm1 the 5 cm diameter pipe section was 61 cm long.
                                                                  2
The current densities were in the range of approximately 3-5 nA/cm .
This is considerably higher than normally encountered in low-temperature,
atmospheric-pressure ESP's.  An effective ion mobility was calculated
from the experimental data:  with all else constant, it was found to
decrease with gas density, to increase  with both temperature and field
strength.  The higher effective mobility, at higher temperatures and
field strengths, was attributed to larger components of electron current
since the mobility of ions changes very little with these parameters.
              A
     Cooperman  predicts high thermal ionization rates at high temperatures.
Trace quantities of alkali metals could serously effect ESP operation at
temperatures above 800°C.  However, Shale's3 conclusion concerning
                                         162

-------
thermal ionization is that this should not be a problem over
the range of temperatures and pressures considered.
     A year later Shale repeated his earlier experiments,  using positive
discharge corona.  The same procedure that was used for negative corona
was used, with the polarity reversed.  This work showed essentially the
same corona-start voltage for positive or negative corona, except that,
at above 650°C, the negative corona-start voltage was considerably lower
than for positive corona.  Sparkover voltage was considerably higher for
negative corona below 200°C, at which temperature it was equal to that
for positive corona.  Above 200°C, sparkover voltage for negative corona
was lower than for positive corona, becoming about equal to the corona
onset voltage at 800°C.  The positive corona sparkover voltage, however,
remianed high at higher temperatures.  From this result, Shale predicted
that positive corona would be more efficient at high temperatures.  He
calculated that at 650°C a positive-corona ESP would have to be four
times as large as a negative-corona ESP to achieve the same collection
efficiency.
     In 1969 Shale reported on a multitube, high-temperature, high-
pressure ESP operating at 800°C and 640 kPa.   The equipment utilized a
modified atmospheric gas/air combustor.  The ESP, designed and constructed
under contract with Research Cottrell, was 1.5 m in diameter and 9.1 m
high.  There were 16 tube-type collecting electrodes each 15.2 cm in
                                                   2   3
inside diameter and 1.8 m long.  Its SCA was 19.7 m /(m /sec), with all
tubes parallel with the gas flow.  The power supply was 45 kV unfiltered
                                                                 2
dc (70 kV peak) at 250 mA.  This supply would allow about 1 nA/cm ,
which, although lower than used in his earlier experiments, is high
compared to atmospheric ESP's.
     Shale found that he obtained higher collection efficiencies using
negative corona.  He obtained much higher currents with negative corona
and operation was spark-limited.  On the other hand positive current
amplitudes were about 20 percent of those obtained with negative corona
even though the voltage was considerably higher.  He did not get sparking
at the maximum positive voltages, which would indicate that the maximum
voltage was still too low. With the equipment available, he was not able
to operate in the high voltage positive corona range where he predicted
that collection efficiencies would be higher.  The apparent reason  for
                                       163

-------
this is that he increased the size of the tubes from 5.1 to 15.2 cm but
did not increase the power supply voltage sufficiently to be able to
operate in the range where higher efficiency was expected for positive
corona.  The average measured efficiencies were 75 to 77 percent for
positive corona. The average measured efficiencies were 75 to 77 percent
for positive corona and 91 to 96 percent for negative corona.
     In 1971 a larger scale HTHP ESP was tested  by Brown at Research Cottrell
the temperature was as high as 940°C at pressures up to 1.05 MPa.  The
ESP was a 20.3 cm diameter, 4.6 m long pipe.  The corona V-I characteristics
and collection efficiencies agreed well with those obtained by Shale.
Negative corona currents were much higher for a given voltage than
positive corona currents, and negative corona collection efficiencies
were much higher.   Collection efficiencies for negative corona were as
high as 91 percent; the SCA was about 37.4 m2/(m3/sec^.
     Recent work on HTHp ESP's was also done at Research Cottrell by
        8 9
Feldman.     This  work presents clean plate V-I corona curves for both
polarities at temperatures up to 1093°C and pressures up to 3.5 MPa.
The collector eletrode was a 7.6 cm diameter tube.  In this work negative
corona appeared to provide higher sparkover voltages than positive
corona even in the range of temperature and pressure used by Shale and
Brown.
     A recent review of HTHP ESP work in the Soviet Union is given by
VaTdberg.    This work covers the temperature range to 400°C and pressures
of 100 to 600 KPa.  Cylindrical and point-plane ESP's were used.  The
cylindrical ESP's  used tubes 6.4, 9.9, and 14 cm in diameter and 49.8 cm
long.  The corona  electrode was a strip-needle configuration, unlike the
smooth round wire  or twisted wires utilized by U. S. investigators.
Their conclusions  indicate once again that negative corona provides more
efficient collection than positive corona.  Another cylindrical ESP
(with a 15.2 cm diameter tube, 2.4 m long) was tested on a blast furnace
exhaust at 99.9 percent efficiency.  The SCA was 19.7 m2/(m3/sec).  This
ESP operated at a  temperature of 250°C and a pressure of 300 kPa.  The
corona wire was operated at a negative voltage of 85 to 90 KV.
     An HTHP ESP experiment is being conducted in Essen, Germany.11  The
apparatus consists of a recirculating pressure chamber, with provision
for dust entrainment; it too is cylindrical.
                                       164

-------
     The importance of hot gas cleaning is summarized in a recent EPA
       12
report.    The importance of fluidized-bed technology and hot gas cleaning
                                                                          13
to the power industry is summarized in the 1977 FBC workshop proceedings.
A theoretical review of important parameters relating to dust collection
at HTHP is given in another EPA report.    This report emphasizes that
the behavior of these parameters in the range of temperature and pressure
are only partially understood.
     A review of HTHP ESP work is given by Robinson   who indicates that
as pressure is increased a critical pressure may be reached where the
sparkover voltage is lower than the corona onset voltage.  The critical
pressure is a function of corona electrode size and relative gas density.
A range of operation suitable for PFBC ESP's is given.
     The results of this past work indicate stable operating regions for
HTHP ESP's suitable for use with PFBC.  There appears to be agreement
that ESP's can be operated effectively at HTHP.  The high temperature
has a degrading effect on performance, but these effects are countered
by increased pressure.  If the corona characteristics are very nearly
depending on density only, at the pressures and temperatures under
consideration, one could expect two to three times the operating voltage
that is normally found in a typical cold-side precipitator.  There are
many questions.  How will gas density affect its viscosity and, in turn,
particle migration velocity?  What SCA's will be needed?  How should the
sections be subdivided mechanically and electrically?  What about ash
resistivity and consistency at high temperature? What about thermal
ionization, particularly those trace compounds with low iom'zation       f
potentials that may occur in stack gas?  The object of the present
project is to test HTHP ESP performance in the laboratory, using reentrained
fly ash, and to determine answers to these questions.

LABORATORY MODEL HTHP ESP
     A laboratory model HTHP ESP system is presently being designed and
is shown pictorially in Figure 1.  The air compressor will supply 27.2
kg-mol/hr at 1 MPa to the burner package.  The burner is a specially
designed high pressure unit capable of burning either methanol or No. 2
fuel oil.  The burner has a maximum heating capacity of 244 J/s and a
maximum turndown ratio of 4:1.  Gases at temperatures up to 1000°C
                                       165

-------
leaving the ESP will  be cooled to 260°C before the outlet sampling port.
 Cooling will  involve an air cooled jacket and cooling fins.
      The planned pressure vessel is shown in Figure 2.  It has a cool
 outside pressure shell.  The hot gases enter near the bottom and exit
 near the top  of this shell.  The inside of the shell is lined with
 castable .refractory.  The chamber will be capable of accommodating
 collecting tubes up  to 30 cm in diameter.  The collecting tube will be
 supported by  three rapping rods which will extend through the top of the
 pressure vessel.
      The corona wire will be supported by an air cooled, one piece, high
 density alumina feedthrough.   Cooling will be provided by cooling fins
 inside the pressure  shell and a water jacket outside.  Radiation shields
 on the corona wire will help prevent radiant heat from reaching the high
 voltage feedthrough.  The maximum design temperature for the high voltage
 feedthrough is 260°C.
      The shell and flanges will be carbon steel.   The shell will be
 rolled plate  stock,  with butt-welded ASA flanges.  Sufficient insulation
 will be provided to  maintain a maximum temperature of 110°C on all
 carbon steel  components and welds.   The collector tube will be 18 BWG
 (1.25 mm) 310 stainless steel or equivalent.  The corona wire will be
 Hastelloy X,  and the radiation shields will  be 310 stainless steel.
 Other materials Considered were Iconel, tungsten, and Incoloy.  Inconel
 and Incoloy alloys do not have the creep strength required at 980°C and
 tungsten oxidizes at temperatures above 425°C. The cooling section of
 the outlet will be 316 stainless steel or Hastelloy X.
      A cooling water system will cool the top and bottom of the precipitator
 vessel to a temperature where the high voltage feedthrough can operate
 at a maximum  temperature of 260°C.   The system will consist of a cooling
 water jacket  around  the top of the vessel, a circulation pump, and air
 cooled heat exchanger, and associated piping and controls.
      Laboratory tests were conducted to simulate the air flow and electrical
 conditions of the HTHP ESP.  For air flow modeling, the following was
 assumed: the  main gas velocity through the ESP is 1 m/sec, the collector
 tube diameter is 29.2 cm, and the gas pressure is 1 HPa.  The Reynolds
 number was calculated to be,
                              Re = 1.4 x 104
                                        166

-------
     To obtain the same Reynolds number of the half scale model at an
ambient temperature of 21°C at Denver's altitude of 1.6 km required an
average velocity of

                             Vale  =  T-81"/5"

     Air velocity traverses were made at 13 points along the length of
the model including the hopper and high voltage feedthrough area.  The
velocity distribution had a normalized standard deviation of less than
10 percent in the collector tube between 3 tube diameters from the inlet
to 1 tube diameter before the outlet.
     Smoke tests in the model indicated that essentially stagnant conditions
existed in the hopper and high voltage feedthrough areas.
     The results of the air flow modeling indicates that good quality
air flow should exist in the HTHP ESP.
     The electrical modeling was done in a 23 cm diameter tube to determine
if a lower corona wire guide would be required and to examine potential
sparking problems at the inlet and outlet ports.  The tests were performed
at ambient conditions and the results extrapolated to indicate what
could be expected at the relative gas densities of the HTHP ESP.
     The results^of these tests indicate that a lower corona guide will
be required to prevent pendulum action of the corona wire.  To ensure
good electrical insulation of the guide, the hopper area, where the
guide is located, will be water cooled.
     The tests also show that sparking should not occur with clean
conditions below 200 kV.  For a corona wire diameter of 0.635 cm, the
calculated negative corona onset voltage is 130 kV.  It is expected to
                                                                 2
be possible to obtain corona current densities as high as 1  a/cm .
     While the electrical tests at ambient conditions should not be used
to predict actual performance of the HTHP ESP, they were done to help
indicate practical parameters for the working unit.

REFERENCES
     1.   Keller, L. R. and Fremont, H. A., "Negative Wire Corona at
High Temperature and Pressure," Journal of Applied Physics, Vol. 21,  pp.
741-4, August 1950.
                                        167

-------
     2.    Thomas,  J.  B.  and Wong,  E.,  "Experimental  Study of dc Corona
at High  Temperatures  and Pressures,"   Journal  of Applied Physics,  Vol.
29, No.  8, pp.  1226-30,  August 1958.
     3.    Shale, C.  C.,  Bowie, W.  S.,  and  Holden,  J.  H., "Feasibility of
Electrical Precipitation at High Temperatures  and  Pressures,"  Bureau of
Mines Report of Investigations RI  6325,  1963.
     4.    Cooperman,  P., Commun. Electron.,  75,  792,  1964.
     5.    Shale, C.  C.,  Bowie, W.  S.,  Holden,  J.  H.,  and Strimbeck,  G. R.,
"Characteristics of  Positive Corona  for  Electrical  Precipitation at  High
Temperatures and Pressures,"  Bureau  of  Mines  Report  of Investigations
RI 6397, 1964.
     6.    Shale, C.  C.  and Fasching,  G.  E.,  "Operating  Characteristics
of a High-Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator,"  Bureau  of Mines
Report of Investigations RI 7276,  1969.
     7.    Brown, R.  F.  and Walker, A.  B.,  "Feasibility  Demonstration of
Electrostatic Precipitation at 1700°F, "Journal  of  the  Air  Pollution
Control  Association,  Vol.  21, No.  10,  pp.  617-20, October 1971.
     8.    Feldman, P- L.,  "Development of  a  High Temperature Electrostatic
Precipitator,"   Progress Report, EPA  Contract  68-02-2104, Cottrell
Environmental Sciences  to EPA, Research  Triangle Park,  N. C., June 1975.
     9.    Feldman, P. L.,  "High Temperature, High Pressure  Electrostatic
Precipitator,"  in EPA/DOE Symposium on High  Temperature/High Pressure
Particulate Control,  EPA-600/9-78-004 (NTIS  No.  CONF-770970, 3/78,
Washington, D.  C., September 20-21,  1977.
     10.  Val'dberg,  A.  Y., Danilin,  V.  V.,  Lyapin, A.  G.,  and Tkachenko,  V.  M.,
"Electrical Gas Cleaning at Higher Pressures," in Second US/USSR Symposium
on Particulate  Control,  EPA-600/7-78-037 (NTIS No.  PB 279-625, 3/78,
Research Triangle Park,  N. C., September 2629, 1977.
     11.  Weber, I.E.,  "Problems for  Gas Purification Occurring in the
Use of New Technologies  for Power  Generation," EPA/DOE  Symposium on  High
Temperature/ High Pressure Particulate Control,  EPA-600/9-78-004 (NTIS
No. CONF-770970, 3/78,  Washington, D.  C.,  September 20-21,  1977-
     12.  Parker, R., Calvert, S., and Drehmel,  D.  C.,  "High-Temperature
and High-Pressure Particulate Control  Requirements,  EPA-600/7-77-071
(NTIS No. PB 271-699) July 1977.
     13.  "Proceedings  on the Fluidized  Bed  Combustion  Technology
Exchange Workshop, Vol.  1  and 2," sponsored by ERDA and EPRI. CONF-770447-P-l,
April 13-15, 1977.
                                       168

-------
     14.  Calvert, S., Parker, R., and Drehinel, D. C. "Effects of
Temperature and Pressure on Particle Collection Mechanisms:  Theoretical
Review,"  EPA-600/7-77-002 (NTIS No. PB 264-203), January 1977.
     15.  "Air Pollution Control, Part 1", edited by Werner Strauss,
John Wiley, New York, pages 283 to 298.
                                        169

-------
                                                            HIGH VOLTAGE
                                                            FEED THRU
                                                                RAPPING
                                                                RODS
         BURNER
         PACKAGE
FUEL TANK
                                                                        SILENCER
                                                                          AIR COOLING JACKET
                                                                               FINNED COOLING PIPE
                                                                                      OUTLET
                                                                                      SAMPLING
                                        FIGURE 1.  HTHP-ESP SYSTEM

-------
                                             -7- H.V. FEEDTHROUGH
                                                     WATER COOLING JACKET
   COOUNG FINS





   'RADIATION SHIELD
                                                     RAPPING RODS
   COLLECTING PLATE
   CORONA WIRE
INLET
                                                               OUTLET
                                                   PRESSURE SHELL





                                                  BLANKET INSULATION
                                                       CORONA WIRE GUIDE
                                                  WATER COOLING JACKET
                  FIGURE 2.  HTHP-ESP VESSEL
                                   171

-------
         V.M. Tkachenko, V.A. Rodionov, A.D. Malgin

         PURIFICATION OF HOT ASPIRATED AIR FROM SINTERING
         MACHINES AND CLINKER COOLERS
         Presently in the USSR, dry electrostatic precipitators
have been accepted as the basic unit in planning the purification
of aspirated air in iron industry sintering plants.
         With an increase in aspirated air temperature, the re-
sistivity of dust caught in the precipitators rises and this may
cause back corona in the precipitator's electrodes. It is known
that the back corona considerably lowers the precipitators1 work
efficiency.
         Therefore,  one of the basic research problems of electro-
static precipitation of aspirated air from sintering machines is
in determining maximum temperature and other parameters of the
aspirated air, under which precipitators can efficiently work
without back corona.
         Such research has been conducted by the State Scientific
Research Institute for Gas Purification in Industry and Sanitation
(NIIOGAZ) in  the sintering plant of a metallurgical factory
where aspirated air from AKM-312 sintering machines was cleaned
on installment of 8 DVPNI-4x20 electrostatic precipitators. Before
passing the precipitators, the aspirated air at this site was
mixed in a common  collector.    This air was from various sources:
sites where charge was loaded into compacters, from hammer mills,
sifters, conveyer sinter overfills, covering of front and rear
portions  of line coolers, and others.  Cleansed aspirated air
enters an exhaust fan from each precipitator and is then expelled
                                     172 *

-------
through a common flue into the atmosphere.



          The electrostatic precipitator DVPNI-4x20 is a dry



gas,  vertical, plate-type unit with coronal needle electrodes



and has the following technical characteristics :



          1. Number of sections                             4



          2. Active sectional area of sections, m2         20



          3. Number of precipitating electrodes in

             one section                                   18



          4. Precipitating electrode dimensions, m         7.9x4



          Each precipitator section is fed by a separate unit, the



ATF-250, with nominal rectified current of 250mA and a maximal



voltage value of 80 kv.



          During research on precipitators, sintering machine tech-



nological condition was characterized by the following indices:


                                    CaO
sinter  basicity    (the relationship  =  )  ran 1.16-1.30, and
iron content in sinter :was  57.9-58.7%.



          From the eight operating precipitators, one was chosen



for research at whose intake the temperature was maximal and



ranged from 107-115 °C. The air's moisture content had a value



of 7.5-13g/m^ with an mean value of ll.lg/m^ (of moist air).



Under these conditions, the cleansed air's dust resistivity



changed in the range of (1-8) 10^° ohm .cm. (i.e. on a critical



value level) . Average particle size at the intake, as determined



by liquid sedimentation, was 19 microns.



          Under the indicated moisture-temperature conditions



of aspirated air, dust resistivity values, and the tested cur-



rent density (up to 0.23mA/m2), the precipitator operated with-



out back corona. Coinciding corona volt-ampere characteristics,



measured under voltage rise and drop  attests to the lack of
                                     173

-------
back corona. A sample of  such  characteristics is introduced
in table 1. It is known,  that  with  the presence of back corona
in precipitators, the volt-ampere characteristic runs higher
at a drop  in voltage than with a voltage increase.
           With air entering the precipitator at an operational velocity cf
0.75m/s, the degree of cleaning's mean value  comprised 99.38%
when the residual dust content was  13mg/m^(n),  and with an in-
crease in  the velocity   up   to 1.15 m/s,  the  degree of purifi-
cation was lowered to 96.8%  and the mean value  of residual
dust after electrostatic  precipitation rose to  87mg/m3(n).
           The indicated  precipitator  work  efficiency was ob-
tained with feeding the units  under conditions  of periodical
spark-overs and optimized electrode rapping  the interval be-
tween rprecipitator electrode rappings were 125 minutes,  and its duration was for
five minutes, with 40 and 20 minutes correspondingly for coro-
nal    electrodes.
           Thus,- at   temperatures of sintering machine aspi-
rated air reaching 110°C, and  a moisture  content of 7.5-13g/m3
(of moist air),  the DVPNI-4x20 vertical  precipitator works effi-
ciently without back corona  under a current density of 0.23mA/m2,
which conforms well with results, predicted  for back  corona occurehce
with use of   NIIOGAZ equipment (fig.l.).
           Aspirated air  from  clinker    coolers     Contains a
large amount of coarse dust  fractions, whose  median particle di-
ameter is  30-40 microns with a dispersion of  4.5-5. The dust is
noted for  its abrasiveness and high resistance   which usually
ranges 109 to 10^° ohm-in-
          Aspirated dust  temperature depends  on processing con-
ditions and may change from  120°C to 280°C.
                                     174

-------
10
18
22     26   '  30
                                                      38     42 &
Fig.l.  Precipitator_ corona volt-ampere-characteristics for the



DVPNI-4x20:  1. at a rise in voltage   2. at a drop in voltage;  air temp-



erature in precipitator,  107°C, 11.2g/m3 air-moisture.
                             175

-------
            In using electrostatic precipitators for cleaning aspirated gases,  trou-



bles occur,  connected with the dust's high resistance. To efficiently purify the gas,



it is necessary to condition the dust-gas mixture entering the cleaning process.  It



will, otherwise, complicate and raise the expense of cleaning to a considerable degree.



            Using cyclone dust-removal equipment will not meet sanitary requirements



set for cleaning aspirated air. The abrasiveness of coarse dust particles rapidly erodes



cyclone elements.



            Ihe high temperatures of aspirated gases impede the use of filter bags



equipped with inexpensive filtering materials made from synthetic fibers.



            As test results from NIIOGAZ's Semibratovsk branch show, using gravel



filter-cyclones has been shown to be highly-promising for cleaning clinker cooler



gases. Ihe filter-cyclone's distinctive feature is its three-stage cleaning process.



A precipitation chamber, spread between the two rows of cyclone elements,  is the



first step in the process. The third step is a filled layer made up of 2-4rrm gravel.



            A significant characteristic of the unit is the double layer positioning



of the filled layer and its regeneration by agitation and reverse blowing with  air.



The blown air which passes through the filter layer from below upwards attracts dust



particles and carries them to the cyclone, where the large particles of sinter  material



settle out.  The fine sinter particles together with the blown air stream enter  other



sections which operate as filters and settle out in the gravel layer.



           Agitation has the main significance of separating dust from the filled



layer granules. Moving relative to each other during granule agitation, the dusts,



which cannot be blown out by an air-jet stream, are conducive to separation.



           The filter-cyclone  FTGN-120,  with a 120m   filter  surface, is



used to  clean aspirated air  from  a "Volga  35" clinker cooler in one



cement plant. The unit  is estimated to clean gas at  a rate of 100-120



thousand m /hour.  Experience with filter-cyclones in industrial condi-



tions has  shown  that  dust concentration at the   unit's  outlet   is
                                              176

-------
40-50mg/m^, and the degree of purification about 99%. The
unit's hydraulic resistance is 2500-3000 Pascals. Studies
have shown that 80% of the dust settles in the cyclone and
dust chamber and only 20% enters the filled layer.
          Uniform distribution of the granules in the layers
in one and the same section has the essential effect on the
operation of" the unit. In those trays where the gravel layer
is lower,  the hydraulic resistance is less, the stream of
dust and gas passes through it with great speed, and the
degree of purification is reduced. In connection with a
build-up of a considerable dust layer, regeneration in
these trays passes less intensively.
          Filter-cyclone operation in cement factories has
shown the unit's sufficient reliability.
                                  177

-------
                    A MODEL OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATION
                             FOR TI-59 CALCULATOR
                                      by

                                 L.  E.  Sparks
                         Particulate Technology Branch
                    Utilities and  Industrial  Power Division
                 Industrial  Environmental  Research Laboratory
                         Research  Triangle Park,  N.  C.
                                   ABSTRACT
     A mathematical  model  of electrostatic precipitation  has  been developed
for the Texas Instruments  TI-59 calculator.   The  equations  used in the
model are presented.   The  calculated results  of the  model are shown to
be in good agreement with  the results of the  EPA-Southern Research
Institute Computer Model  for Electrostatic Precipitation.
               (This document has been reviewed and approved
                for publication by the U. S. EPA.)
                                      178

-------
INTRODUCTION
     Recent advances in calculator technology have made available calculators
with tremendous computing capability.  This computing capability can be
used to model electrostatic precipitation without a large computer.
This paper describes such a model for the Texas Instruments TI-59 Calculator.

THE MODEL
     The ESP Model for the TI-59 Calculator is based on the EPA-Southern
Research Institute (EPA-SoRI) ESP Computer Model Revision I by McDonald.
A brief discussion of the theory behind the model and the assumptions in
the model are given here.  The reader interested in more detail should
consult the referenced reports.

Steps in Electrostatic Precipitation Process
     The electrostatic precipitation process can be divided into 4
steps:

     1.   Corona generation and establishment of electric field.
     2.   Particle charging.
     3.   Particle collection.
     4.   Removal of the collected material.

A complete model of the process would handle all four steps.  However,
Step 4 is too complex to be modeled at this time and is neglected by
both the EPA-SoRI Model and the TI-59 Model.  Step 1 is modeled in
detail by the EPA-SoRI Model but is neglected in the TI-59 Model.  The
TI-59 Calculator does not have sufficient power to handle the computation
used in the computer program.  Work is underway to develop approximations
for use in the TI-59.  When these approximations are developed they will
be incorporated into the model.  Until then the user must supply as
input data the applied voltage and current density.

Particle Charging
     Particle charging generally takes place by two mechanisms—field
charging and diffusion charging. ' For large particles field charging  is
by far the dominant mechanism.  Diffusion charging dominates  for very
                                      179

-------
small particles.  Particles of major interest in air pollution  (those  with
                                                              o
0.1 ? d < 2 um) are charged by both mechanisms.  Pontius et al   have shown
that the following approximation .for the charge on a particle agrees with
experimental data and detailed theory fairly well.
 :p  = _nd C, (b d/aEAvNt  [1 + 2 (£i)]  +  C?J In U^JV 1 >            (D
        2   '  b Nt + C1           K *        d      ^Ll4'
     rrp "-'•= number of charges
     Cl  = 4Ve
     C2  = k/e
     EO  = permiti vity of free space
     e   = charge on electron
     k   = Boltzman's constant
      b  = ion mobility
    EAv  = average electric field
      N  = free in density
      t  - residence time for charging
      K  = perticle dielectric constant
      v  = mean thermal speed of ions
      d  = particle diameter

The charge on a particle, q, in coulumbs is given by

      q  = np e

     This equation is used in the TI-59 program and in the approximation  procedure
in the EPA-SoRI Model.
     The average electric field used in the calculation is given by

            EAv  -   U/H                                                  (2)

where       U    =   the applied voltage qv
            H    =   wire to plate spacing, m
The free ion density, N, is given by
            N    -   bEAv/j
where       b    =   average ion mobility,
                                        2
            j    =   current density a/m
                                      180

-------
Particle Collection
     Particle collection in  an  ESP  is  given by the Deutsch Andersen equation
                    Pt(d)  =  exp  [  -  u(d) A/V]                             (3)
where  ui(d)  = electrical  migration  velocity of particles
              with diameter d,  m/s
                                    2
          A = collector plate  area m
                                          .3
          V = volumetric flow rate  of  gas m/s

The ratio A/V is called the specific collector area (SCA).
     The electrical  migration velocity near the collector plate for small
particles is given by Stokes'  law as
0)
       (d) = q EpC'/3nyd                                                 (4)
where     q = the particle charge,  coul.  (q = en)
         Ep = the electric field  at the  plate, v/m
         C1 = the Cunningham correction  factor
            .,*»*
         A  = 1.246 + 0.42 esp (-0.87 d/2A)
         X  = mean free path of gas

                ip~7 (296T2/
        X   = mean free path at 23°C and 76 cm Hq pressure
         o
         P  = barometric pressure,  cmHg
         T  = temperature, °K
         vi  = viscosity of gas kg/m-s  (10 poise = 1 Kg/m-s)

     McDonald  reported that for  ESP collecting flyash

                       Ep  • EAv/1.75                                     (5)

This estimate of E  is used in the  TI-59 Model.
                                     181

-------
     McDonald also reported that equation (4) underpredicts the migration
velocity for real ESP.  He recommends that the migration velocity  be  corrected
by an emperical factor to improve agreement between predictions and theory.
The corrected migration velocity is given by

          a(d)  =   u;(d):i  X  (1.7 - 0.45d)                                (5)

where ^(d),  is the uncorrected migration velocity Equation  (5) applies  for
          H
0.2786  +0.0755  aln [l/Pt(d)]    (8)
          a  =  the normalized standard deviation of the gas flow
                (o = 0.25 is generally considered good)

Note that both B and F are particle size dependent.
                                      182

-------
     The overall penetration, Pt , is given by

                  PtQ  =  /°>t(d)f(d)dd                                (9).

and the corrected overall penetration, Ptn", is given by

                  PtQ '  =  /"Pt(d)' f(d)dd                              (10)

where f(d) is the fraction of particles with diameters between d and d +  dd.

TI-59 ESP Model
     A mathematical model based on the above equations has been programmed for
the Texas Instruments TI-59 Calculator.  In the TI-59 Model the ESP is
divided into   user specified time increments.  The division of the ESP into
time increments is necessary to account for the time dependent nature of  the
particle charging and particle collection process.  For each time increment
the calculator calculates particle charge, particle migration velocity, and
particle penetration through the increment.  All these calculations are
performed for each particle diameter in the user specified particle size
distribution.  The penetration of a given particle diameter through the
ESP is given by
                              n
                    Pt(d)  =|| Pt(d)1                                (11)

where  Pt(d). =  penetration of particles of diameter d through
                      A.U
                 the 1   increment.

An effective migration velocity for each diameter for the entire ESP is
calculated from

                 u(d)   -  - In Pt(d)                                  (12)
                     e        A/V
     The penetration corrected for non-ideal factors Pt(d)1 is calculated
from
                  Pt(d)1  =  exp -  ("(d)e A/V)                        (13)
                                      B x F
                                      183

-------
These calculations are performed for each of the  m particle diameter  in
the user specified particle size distribution.   The overall penetration
is given by
                      m
             Ptn  =   -   Pt(d). f.                                      (14)
               0     1 = 1
and the corrected penetration

                i      m
             Pt_  -   X   Pt(d). f.                                     (15)
               0     1=1       n  1

     The results of the TI-59 Model are in good agreement with results of the
computer Model as shown in Table I.

CONCLUSION
     The TI-59 Model provides a useful tool for examining the performance of
an ESP.  The answers are obtained quickly and without a large expensive
computer.

REFERENCES
     1.   McDonald, J., A Mathematical Model of Electrostatic Precipitation
(Revision 1) in two volumes.  EPA-600/7-78-11 la and EPA-600/7-78-llb.
     2.   Pontius, D. H., L. G. Felix, J. R. McDonald and W. B. Smith,
Fine Particle Charging Development.  EPA-600/2-77-173, August 1977.
     3.   Gooch, J. P., J. R. McDonald, and S. Oglesby, Jr., "A Mathematical
Model of Electrostatic Precipitation."  EPA-650/2-75-037, 1975.
                                       184

-------
                Table I.  Comparison of TI-59 and EPA-SoRI
                            Computer Model Results
Diameter
0.30
0.40
0.525
0.7
0.95
1.25
1.6
2.05
3.15
4.0
5.25
7.0
9.0
13
Pt(d) Computer
0.15
0.16
0.16
0.16
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.086
0.073
0.049
0.024
0.012
0.0037
Pt(d) TI-59
0.13
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.074
0.060
0.042
0.021
0.010
0.0036
Conditions:
U = 26.7 KV     j = 13.3 na/cnT
SCA = 56.81 m2/m3/s
                                      185

-------
          Urgent Ash-Tra??ir.c Problems a_t Thermal Power Stations
                   L.I.  Krop?,  G.S.  Cheko.r.cv'

            Thermal power engineering's basic orientation to
 the  use  of  solid fuels,  including its inexpensive types, in-
 creases  the urgency of  protecting the atmosphere from stack
 gas  solid contaminants.  The extraordinary diversity of domes-
 tic  fuels is responsible for the substantial variety in emis-
 sion of  harmful contaminants in combustion products. Table 1
 includes data on  several      fuels and their usage in larce-
 scale condensation--type thermal power stations.
                                                  Table  1
I
! gas discharge. Cirou
Fuel Jjiormal conditions)
Berezov lignite
KuzrfeEz'SS
Donetz low-grade coal
Ekibastuz coal
Estonian shale
Moscow lignite
Mazut^' ^J
4,35
4,1
4.0
4,05
5,2
4.8
4.0

! .fly-ash
29
82
97
253
320
242
0,4
            In the  hygienic evaluation of  the harmfulness
of fly-ash from thermal power stations, at  the  present time,
it is accented that its charactersitics most  nearly correspond
to non-toxic dusts raised,  for example, from road surfaces
by wind or traffic. In reality,  it is known however that there are
harmful substances in the composition  of  fly-ash, such as
                                186

-------
 free calcium oxide and silicon oxide, incompletely-burnt fuel
 particles  and snail quantities of still nore harmful  substances
 such as  lead, arsenic, mercury compounds, and fron  some  fuels,
 radioactive elements  (1).  The content of these contaminants
 found  in ash is significantly higher than their  averaoe  con-
 tent in  the_earth's crust. Therefore,  only some fuel ash  can be
 equated with non-toxic dusts. At the present time, detailed ana-
 lyses  of the various fuel ashes are still lacking and the full
 measure  of their toxicity has not been determined.  In connection
 with this, it has not been excluded that, subsequently,  maximum
 concentration standards (MFC)  for ash in the atmosphere will be
 established differentially with respect to peculiarities of
 the various fuels1 compositions.
           Zn addition to this, MFC values established by sani-
 tary institutions only indicate that dust concentration  in the
 air by weight should not exce i the given value. With this,
 dust dispersion composition is not specified. Meanwhile, it is
 known  that dust with a particle size over 10 microns doesn't pene-
 trate  human lungs but is arrested in the upper respiratory
 track  where it is comparatively easily expelled  from the orga-
 nism.  On the other hand, dust particles that are around 1 micrcr.
 in size  do penetrate the lungs, remain there and cause many
 illnesses.  From that point of view, fly-ash released into
 the atmosphere past thermal  power station fly-ash control  equipment is
 i3angerous,  since it has a nearly 30% composition of particles less than
 5  microns.
            It should also be noted that the  atmosphere's ability to
 cleansing  itself of dust particles is ir. a very large decree
dependent  on the dispersion composition of the dusts.   Thus, particles
                                   187

-------
 of  a  size  larger  than 10 microns subsiderelatively quickly to

 the earth's  surface, 4-10micron  particles  rise another kin. with

 the smoke current and are spread along thousands of kilometers of the earth's

 surface. Particles  less  than4 micron?precipitate poorly in

 rain,  but  slowly  subside,  reaching the  surface from the heiqht

 of  a  kilometer in the course  of a  year.  Particles that are less

 than  a    micron       in  size are involved  in Brownian motion

 and are  spread like atmospheric gas molecules, settling to the

 surface  only under  special conditions,  namely, with moisture

 condensation around them.  Thus, highly  dispersed fly-ash is

 capable  of accumulating- in the atmosphere,  which can lead to

'undesirable  consequences (2).

         In  this  connection,  gaseous     stack gas contaminants,

 such  as  sulfuric  and nitrous  oxides are  less dangerous since

 their presence in the atmosphere is limited to approximately

 five  days, during which  they  are removed from the air, dissolv-

 ing into open water and  precipitation,  reacting with ammoimia

 secreted by  microorganisms, and absorbed by soil and vegetation.

         It  should  also  be considered that atmospheric doist

 disperses  solar radiation  and reflects  part of the energy

 reaching earth back into space. Measurements show a signifi-

 cant  loss  of solar  radiation  intensity  in large cities and

 industrial centers, especially the ultra-violet region of  the

 spectrum,  which is  the  most active biologically. Light disper-

 sion  by  one  and the same amount by weight of dust is  inverse-

 ly  proportional to  particle size to the  sixth degree. The

 intensity  of light  dispersion depends not only on particle

 concentration,  but  also  on the thickness of the dusty air

 layer.
                                 188

-------
        Taking all sanitary and ecological  considerations into

account together, it is necessary for power generating units

of the new large-scale thermal power stations  burning solid

fuel to provide the maximum technologically attainable degree

of ash removal from stack gases, independent of stack height.

For lower capacity thermal power stations,  and also for those

burning fuels with lower ash content, the regulated degree of ash-cleaning

may be lowered somewhat. Indices based on such an approach are

presented in table 2  (3). In the following,  these indices may

be more rigid, according to the degree of completion of the dust-

trapping equipment.

                                                    Table 2
.4Type— and capacity af- power—-
generating station burning
.srlid fuel. " -•
Neces&ary-- degree- -of - stack-
cleaning for fly-ash, --no
•Given ash con-
tent of fuel
%k-g71WO~kcal

I. SREPS*, 2400 MW output 98.5-99.0
TETS** 500 MW output
2. SREPS , from 1000 to 2400 MW 98.0
TETS, from 300 to 500 MW
_ - " QA 0
o. SREPS, less -than.- LQOO- .MW ^ -• ^
TETS, less than 300 MW
j f "s-5
j
'" 99.0

98.5

96.0

gas •- • ; \
lower • ;
j **> 5
i '
1 1
! ;
99.5

99.0

98,0- :
	
* SRFPS - State  Regional  Electric  Power Station
** TETS - Central  Heat  and  Electric Power Plant
          For meeting  the  requirements introduced in table  2,

large-scale coal-burning power  generators  are eauipped with elec-

trostatic precipitators. For low -capacity  power stations and boile:

generators, scrubbers  and  inertial  action  dry dust-catching


                                  189

-------
equipment is used.
           Technically feasible adaptation of parameters
of exit gases  (temperature and sometimes moisture  content)
is of major significance to conditions for efficient  ash-
trapping by electrostatic precipitators, and it  is especial-
ly urgent with large-scale generating units burning berezov,
ekibastuz, of kuznetz coal. In connection with this,  it is
advisable in some instances to re-examine norm definitions
for   £.Xi'"f   gas temperatures and judge this index on the
basis of a summary minimum outlay of steam generators and
ash-trapping equipment.
           A complex approach based on close interrelation-
ship of electrostatic precipitators and  convective parts  of
the steam generator   may be, as experience shows,  widely
used not only in  designing new thermal power stations, but
in those .already operative, that are burning solid fuels.
Thus lowering discharged gases' temperatures by  15-20° C
within allowable limits before they reach the precipitators
may in many cases cut fly-ash emission by 30-40? with a si-
multaneous increase in ash-trapping reliability. An analogous
effect is also attained by introducing  measures    to lower
the excess coefficient of air in discharge gases to the
value Aa— 0.2-0.25. Such an approach, along with cutting
fly-ash emission, assures perceptible fuel and electrical
economy.
            With many coal-burning thermal power stations
equipped during a period of."less demand for atmospheric  purity,
modernizing active electrostatic precipitators to  increase
their efficiency and working reliablity ,  the  basic resource
                                    190

-------
for cutting  £ly -ash  emission from energy production, is a com-
plex problem. Considering here industrial site limitations and
thermal power station working conditions, it is especially
important to find  methods of intensifying processes in electrostatic
precipitators,  to  find layout methods and techno-econoir.ic
expediencies in a  variety of cases where there is some increase
of hydraulic resistance in modernized ash-trapping installations,
in order to attain the necessary indices. Solving these problems de-
mands  considerably widening the typical dimensions of precipita-
tors installed  in  power stations according to the height of pre-
cipitating electrodes, width of the units, etc.
          One of the  problems with electrostatically cleaning
stack  gases is  in  providing  stable and efficient precipitation
while  burning a quantity of mazut at the same time hard fuel is
being  burned. In connection with the insolvability of the above problem,
electrostatic precipitators are in many instances shut off while hard
fuel and mazut  are simultaneously burned, which is impermissi-
ble. Meanwhile, in connection with present fuel-supply condi-
tions, simultaneous burning of both of these  fuels will be
practiced at many  power stations.
          A considerable share of energy production  in ther-
mal power plants will be based on using low-sulfur,  low-mois-
ture coals, especially ekibastuz and kuznetz  coal, whose  com-
bustion products possess unfavorable electrophysical  proper-
ties and  therefore,"  solid  contaminants are porrly removed by
electrostatic precipitators,  due to the so-called back corona.
          Relative to this, criteria can be  used  for predicting
ash behavior  in precipitators   in burning diverse  fuels  whose
numerical value is related  to    factors  determining volumetric and
surface resistivity of the  ash layer  vprecipitators
                                  191

-------
during cleaning of combustion products of a given fuel  (4).
          The proposed criterion has the form:

               K = (Al 20°4S iOf>)*AP
                    (WP-f9HP)SP
 Here all designations are commonly accepted.  The criterion is
 a dimensionless value. During its derivation,  the  following  circumstan-
 ces  were considered.  Aluminum and silicon oxides have the high-
 est  volumetric resistivity in ash composition.  The higher the
 content of these oxides  in the ash, the more likely will the
 ash  layer in the precipitator have a high volumetric resisti-
 vity.  Therefor, the value representing the sum of these oxides
 is placed at the root of the  criterion.
          It is known that calcium oxide also has a high resisti-
 vity value, however,  zxmchemical analysis of ash under calcium
 oxide it is understood that not only free calcium oxide is con-
 tained in the ash,  but also all other calcium compounds, among
 them sulfate having a significantly lower resistivity value
 and  always present  in ash.Thus, calcium oxide is not included
 among the oxides determining  high volumetric resistivity  of  ash.
          In order to reflect  the effect of processes determin-
 ing  surface layer resistance,  the value representing fuel ash
content relationship to  sulfur content has been in the  criterion.
with  this,  it is proposed that the amount of  sulfur  oxides  formed in
the  boiler     is proportionate to fuel sulfur content, but dust
 layer surface resistivity changes correspondingly to the amount
 of ash per unit of  forming sulfur  trioxide.
          In actuality,  the amount of sulfur trioxide found
 in stack gases entering  electrostatic precipitators depends
 on the content of alkaline compounds in  the  ash. However, considering

 that the result of  chemical reaction of sulfur  trioxide
                                  192

-------
alkaline compounds forms sulfates also having a measure of volu-

metric resistivity, adjustment  for  sulfur  trioxide  binding with

ash is not introduced in the criterion.

          With the increase in  fuel combustion products of the

content of water vapor formed from  burning  fuel hydrocarbons

and "from moisture eveaporation, the temperature rises, upon

which sulfuric acid steam condensation begins on ash parti-

cle surfaces and the probability of an ash  layer with a high

volumetric resistivity at 130-150°C lessens. Therefore, the

value characterizing combustion product moisture, W°+9H^, is

brought into the criterion.


          Given in table 3 are  the  value K's compilation results

for the majority of the USSR's  energy fuels, which  are arranged

in order of the value's decrease. The greatest values for K were

 rdCt'vtdf  j0
-------
scale of the given problem, it is advisable to widen research
and testing of electrostatic technical processes for overcoming
the harmful effects of back corona in precipitators  in  ~&fa>
burning of such fuels. In this regard, works on optimization
of pulsed supply presnt interest. Moscow Power Engineering In-
stitute has suggested a method of feeding precipitators by
square -  wave  alternating  voltage  (5)  and  also,
in  the  USA,  there  has  been  recent  development  of
systems  for  preparatory  ionization  of  stack  gases  enter-
ing the precipitators. Advisable as well are  non-electric
methods of dry ash-trapping,  applicable according to efficiency,
but in a greater measure satisfying working conditions of ther-
mal power stations. These are more applicable than electrostatic
precipitators, that are, for example, less sensitive to increase
in stack gas temperatures encountered in steam generator operation.
          To achieve all-out cutting out of fly-ash emission, it
will also be necessary in coming years to study -fKe. increasing
efficiency and operative reliability   of a large stock of
dust control equipment used in operating electric power plants
and also at new low and medium capacity thermal-electric power
plants burning fuels with a low calcium oxide content in the ash.
          Relatively inexpensive scrubbers with Venturi co-
agulators have been developed and are being used in many
thermal power stations eqipped with reverse scrubber systems
cleaning stack gases at 96% with a hydraulic resistance near
100mm Hg  (6).
          Completed research results show that  the means
of optimizing Venturi tube scrubbing and estimating physi-
cal-chemical reaction properties of gas-forming and liquid
phases is the completely practicle construction of economi-
cally adaptable equipment assuring reliable gas scrubbing
                                 194

-------
at 97.5-98.5% efficiency with burning of  the  majority of solid fuel
types under condition of reverse water  supply.
           Reliable performance of the  scrubber system is the necess-
ary condition for highly effective work by  scrubber units.  The  mechan-
ises intended for ash-removal from dust  control  equipment hoppers should also
exclude the suction of air into the equipment.  This should also eliminate
dust spilling into the scrubber building    due to single instances of
loading of considerable  amounts of ash  into  the  hoppers, such as, for ex-
ample, when the precipitator electrodes are rapped     after lengthy
shut-offs of the rapping mechanism,  and ensure  sufficiently
rapid emptying of hoppers full of ash as  need arises.

           All of these demands are  met by  ash-removal systems,
adapted for use in high-capacity power stations equipped with elec-
              •
trustatic precipitators. Beneath every  precipitator bin in these
systems is placed a pneumatic-layer  seal  batcher or a pneumatic-
layer seal batcher switcher. Pneumatic  layer  seals are analogous
by active principle to hydroseals, in which aerated ash takes the
role of fluid (7).
           Seals are combined with a system of  jets by which ash

enters the mixing unit where it is mixed  with water and later
pumped to an ash dump. If there is a need for use of dry ash, then
part or all of the ash gathered by the  jets,     is pumped pneuma-
tically to a special ash deposit, from  which  it is taken as needed.
           Work experience with such ash  removal systems asserts
their reliability and economy- Furthermore, pneumatic layer seal
batchers placed under precipitator bunkers  allow the precipitating
electrodes to be  rapped     after maximally lengthy periods,  based
only on the thickness of the ash layer  on the electrodes and  its

                                     195

-------
effect on the precipitator's electrical condition. This practical-
ly implies that rapping  intervals of the first-field electrodes
may be increased as much as 1-2 hours, the second field, by 4-8
hours, and those of other fields by as much as a day or more.
             Such a method of electrode  rapping,  aside from
increasing dust-trapping efficiency, assures an increase of essential
work  reliability    by the mechanical part of precipitators,
as well as considerable cut in energy expenditure in rapper
and ash removal drive mechanisms.
            The work of wet scrubbers is still dependent in a
large degree on ash removal systems. For preventing water-
table pollution, water ash removal systems are made reverse-
able. Due to frequent ash contacts with stack gases, the sali-
nity of water circulating in reverse water ash removal  systems
increases to 10g/l and more, and the pH indicator reaches
11.5-12.0 and at higher ash calcium oxide content, pH   reaches
12.6.    Using such water for irrrigating scrubbers is  connec-
tecPdifficulties coming from carbonate and calcium sulfate
deposits forming in pipelines, jets, nozzles, on the walls of
intake pipes and demisters.
             On the basis of research and work experience with
scrubbers irrigated with back-water, it has been established
that, as a means of preventing carbonate deposits, it  is neces-
sary to change irrigation water's pH to 10.5, and then  sulfate
deposits will not form if the production of Ca2*and SO4 lon
concentration does not exceed a value, equal to 1500.  The last
condition may be maintained if the reverse water ash removal
system's work is provided a set regime including a sufficiently
lengthy period for water to clarify at the ash dump and also
an. insignificant addition of industrial water to the system.
                                   196

-------
With concern to lowering alkalinity, this may be done by adding


a corresponding amount of acid.


           At the present time industrial testing is being carried


out on a method of neutralizing alkaline clarified water by use


of stack gases, which other than cutting expenditure on reagents,

                      2+
allows for lowering Ca   ion concentration in the water, which is
important for preventing sulfate deposits.
                                                   Table 3
	 1 —
Fuel j
Deposit j
I !
Kuuchekin
Ekibastuz
Tpmusin_open-pit_
Nos. 7~8 Kuzbass"
Kemerov
rJVvrrmcirl r>p»n — pi -h
Nos. .3-4 Kuzbass.
-Kara.g.an.din.._
Promprodukt
Kedrov .open-pit
Kuzbass
Osinnikugol
Krasnogorsk open-pit
Kuzbass
Gusinozersk
Listviansk- open-pit
Kuzbass
Donetz A-Sh

Vakhrushi open-pit
Kuzbass
Novosergievsk open-pit
Kuzbass
Krasnoborodsk open-pit
"Kuzbass"
Kolmogorsk open-pit
Kuzbass

K
2
230
177
175
143
160
94.8
«h *
84
79

63.5
48.5

46.7
46.0

44.0
43.0

41.0

35.7

I :Fuel }
i 'Deposit j
! 3 !
Donetz ARSh
Raichikhin
Kharanor
Irsha-Borodinsk
Estonian shale
__I_ntin
Donetz G Promprodukt
-Badaevsk open-pit
Kuzbass
Cheliabinsk
Tserezovsk
Podmoskovnoe

Lvovsko-Volynsk
Donetz
Itatsk
Donetz D
Donetz G
Donetz T ~
Kizelovsk
Angrensk




197
1
V "*"" l
K !
A I
35.0
33.7
31.0
30.0 '
20.0 ;
22.0
21.0
20.0
17.4
16.0
15.4

15.0
14.3
12.7
12,57
12.4
TT . 5
• ^ f W
10.4
10.0






-------
BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Zalogin, N.G.,  Kropp,  L.I.,  "The Work of Electric Power Stations '
and Protection of  the Environment", in "Thermal Power Engineering",
1975, no.4, p.5-7.
2. Zalogin, N.G.,  Kropp,  L.I.,  "On the Necessary Degree of Clean-
ing Fly-Ash From Stack Gases At New Large-scale Thermal Power
Stations",  in "Electric Power Stations",  1977,  no.6, p.2-3.
3. Kropp,  L.I./ "Ways of Abatting Harmful Emissions From Thermal
Power Stations", in "Thermal Power Engineering", 1978, no.11,
p.2-7.                          •  .
4. Zalogin, N.G.,  Kropp,  L.I.,  Shmigol',  I.N.,  "Criteria for
Evaluating the Behavior of Fly-Ash in Electrostatic Precipitators",
in "Electric Power Stations", 1978, ho.6, p.15-16.
5. Mirzabekyan, G.Z., Rudenko,  V.M., Shevalenko, I.S., "Study
of Electrostatic Precipitator Feed Conditions,  Assuring the
Absence of Back Corona Discharge", in "Electron Treatment of
Materials", Academy of Sciences of the Moldavian SSR, 1978,
no.2, p.70-73.
6. Kropp,  L.I., Akbrut, A.I., Ash-Control Equipment With
frenturi Tubes at Thermal Power Stations,  Moscow, "Energy",
1977, 159pp.
7. Chekanov, G.S., "The Use of Pneumolayer Mechanisms for
Ash-Removal  from  Control Equipment Hoppers" in "Industrial
and  Sanitary Gas-Cleaning",  1978, no.l, p.9
                                   198

-------
        PARTICLE COLLECTION BY GRANULAR BED FILTERS
                    AND DRY SCRUBBERS
                           by

                     D. C. Drehmel
             Particulate Technology Branch
      Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
          U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
           Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711
                          and

                R. Parker and S. Calvert
             Air Pollution Technology, Inc.
                    4901 Morena Blvd.
               San Diego, California 92117
(This document has been reviewed and approved for
 publication by the U.S. EPA.)
                 To Be Presented at the
               Third US/USSR Symposium on
                   Particulate Control
                      Moscow, USSR
                     September 1979
                            199

-------
Introduction
     Granular bed filters and dry scrubbers may be defined as any collection
system comprised of stationary or moving discrete, relatively closely
packed granules as the collection medium.  With respect to motion of the
granules, granular bed filters may be classified as moving or fixed bed
filters.  Dry scrubbers may be very similar to moving bed filters except
that the gas stream may be accelerated before contacting the granules in
order to maximize collection from impact!on.
     A moving bed filter is usually arranged in a cross-flow configuration.
The bed is a vertical layer of granular material held in place by louvered
walls.  The gas passes horizontally through the granular layer while the
granules and collected dust move continuously downward and are removed
from the bottom. The dust is separated from the granules by mechanical
vibration.  The cleaned granules are then returned to the overhead
hopper and the panel by a granule recirculation system.

CPC Dry Scrubbe*-
     The Combustion Power Company's "dry scrubber" is an example of a
continuously moving bed filter.  The granular bed material flows downward
between two concentric cylinders.  The gas passes through the bed and is
filtered by the granules.  The granules are recycled pneumatically and
the collected dust particles are disengaged from the granules and sent
to a conventional baghouse.
     The performance of this device has been reported by Wade, et al.
(1978). They conducted extensive cold flow tests to investigate the
effects of bed depth, granule diameter, and other parameters on the
collection efficiency. Particulate loadings ranged from 0.46 to 4.6
g/Nm  (0.2 to 2.0 gr/scf).  The superficial gas velocity was varied from
                                         200

-------
20 to 80 cm/s (40 to 160 ft/min).  The medium flow rate was varied from
0.4 to 1.6 kg medium/kg air.  Pressure drop ranged from 1.2 to 5.7 kPa
(5 to 23 in. W.C.).
     Unfortunately, the fractional efficiency can be low for submicron
size particles.   However, the CPC moving bed filter is capable of
particulate removal efficiencies in excess of 98% for particles larger
than 1 pmA in diameter.  Submicron particles can be collected at an
efficiency in excess of 90% only in cases with high velocities, high
loadings, and low collection media recirculation rates. Beds with larger
thickness-to-granule-diameter ratios were most effective in the capture
and retention of particles in the 2 to 5 ymA diameter range. Also,
Intermittent media movement was shown to improve efficiency by a few
percent.  However, the economics of this operational technique have not
been analyzed.
     High temperature tests of the moving bed filter are planned.  No
high temperature data are available at this time.
     The major advantage of the moving bed filter design is that the bed
granules are removed and cleaned out of the primary gas stream.  This
enables efficient cleaning and a relatively steady collection efficiency.
Also, it is not necessary to isolate filter units during cleaning so
that the total filter area open to gas flow is available for filtration
at any time.
     The moving bed design also has some limiting operating characteristics.
The granule recirculation system adds significantly to the operating
cost. Particle reentrainment caused by the relative motion of the granules
limits the granule flow rate and affects the overall collection efficiency.
Erosion of the retaining grids, louvers, and transport system components
may be a problem, especially in high temperature and pressure systems.
The collected dust particles cannot form a filter cake so that the
                                         201

-------
operating efficiency will be essentially that of a clean bed.  Temperature
losses may be large and will be proportional to the heat capacity and
temperature of the recirculated granules.
     It may be possible to resolve most, if not all, of these problems
through further development and testing.  Performance data at high
temperatures and pressures will be important in identifying the most
serious operational problems.

APT Dry Scrubber
     EPA is developing through its contractor, Air Pollution Technology,
Inc., a dry scrubber system which can be used for high temperature and
pressure gas cleaning.  This system has been reported by Calvert et al.
(1977) and Patterson, et al. (1978).
     This system is somewhat similar to a venturi scrubber system in
that it uses relatively large particles as collection centers for the
fine particles in the gas stream.  The principal advantage with this
system is that it maximizes the collection efficiency of individual
collector particles and thereby reduces the number of collectors that
need to be cleaned and recycled.
     The collector particles introduced to the gas stream collect fine
particles by mechanisms such as diffusion, inertia! impaction, interception,
and electrophoresis.  The larger size of the collector particles allows
easy separation from the gas stream by methods such as cyclones and
gravitational settling.
     The first step in the particle collection process involves introducing
the collectors to the gas stream.  This can involve pneumatic or mechanical
injection.  The second step involves contacting the collectors with  the
 gas in such a way as to encourage the movement of the fine  particles
                                         202

-------
toward the collectors.  A venturi device can be used for the contactor,
in which case the system would be analogous to a venturi scrubber  (with
solid collectors instead of liquid drops).
     The next process step is to remove the collector particles after
they have captured the fine particles initially present in the gas.
This is accomplished by using the large size and mass of the collector
particles to separate them from the gas.  A cyclone separator, gravity
settler, or virtual impactor could be used for this step.  Two streams
leave the separator: 1) the cleaned gas stream; and 2) the flow of
collector particles to the next step.  The final process involves either
discarding the collector particles or cleaning them for recycle and
disposing of the particulate matter collected from the gas stream.
     The particle collection efficiency and pressure drop for an APT dry
scrubber with co-current flow can be predicted with the same relationships
that define co-current wet scrubber performance.  The theoretical performance
of the APT dry scrubber has been determined based on the venturi scrubber
                                             •
performance model of Yung, et al. (1977).  The predicted efficiencies at
20°C and 820°C are similar but slightly lower at 820°C.  Efficiencies
will be somewhat lower at high pressure for the same pressure drop.
     Experimental work has been done to determine fine particle collection
efficiency in an APT dry scrubber in order to confirm the predictions
obtained from available mathematical models.  A dibutylphthalate (DBP)
aerosol was used in collection efficiency experiments with 100 \an mean
diameter sand as collector particles*  The DBP aerosol had a mass median
aerodynamic diameter of 1.3 ymA and a geometric standard deviation of
2.0.
     The prediction compares well with the experimental curve.  Higher
collection efficiencies can be achieved using denser collector particles.
                                          203

-------
For this reason experiments were also conducted with 125  jum nickel
beads.
     Particle penetration data for all runs with nickel and sand collectors
were calculated in terms of the 50% cut diameter as a function of gas
pressure drop.  These data were found to fall on the line which represents
the best available relationship for industrial scale wet venturi scrubbers.
Therefore, the APT dry scrubber follows the same primary collection
efficiency/power relationship as wet venturi scrubbers.
     The overall efficiency of the APT dry scrubber will depend on the
reentrainment characteristics of the specific system configuration in
addition to the primary collection efficiency.  Particle and collector
properties, system geometry, flow rates, and other parameters will
influence reentrainment.
     APT has built an atmospheric fluidized bed coal combustor which
will be used for testing a pilot plant dry scrubber at high temperature.
Electrostatic augmentation is also being investigated as a means of
increasing the collection efficiency independently of pressure drop, and
possibly improving the adhesion of fine particles to collector particles.

Fixed Bed Filters
     Fixed bed filters operate in two modes: filtration and cleaning.  During
filtration the bed is stationary.  The gas passes through the bed and
collected particles are deposited within the bed and on the bed surface.
During cleaning the bed is isolated from the main flow and agitated
mechanically or pneumatically by a reverse flow of gas.
     Currently two fixed bed devices are being developed: the Rexnord
gravel bed filter and the Ducon granular bed filter.  The Rexnord
                                          204

-------
filter uses a rake-shaped stirring device to agitate the bed during
cleaning. This loosens the filter cake which is then removed by a reverse
flow of clean air.
     The Ducon granular bed filter cleans the bed by a reverse flow of
gas which fluidizes the bed and elutriates the fine collected particles.
     The Ducon filter was tested on the effluent from a fluid bed catalytic
cracking unit regenerator at an oil refinery (Kalen and Zeng, 1973).
The gas was at 370°C to 480°C and 1 to 1.5 atm.  The dust loading ranged
from 0.34 to 1.94 g/m  (0.15 to 0.85 gr/acf).  A collection efficiency
of 85-98% was obtained on dust with a mass median diameter of 35 urn and
a geometric standard deviation of about 4.
     A high temperature and pressure design of the Ducon filter was
tested at the Exxon Miniplant (Hoke, et al., 1978).  Initially severe
plugging of the bed retaining grids was encountered.  This problem was
resolved by eliminating the grids and redesigning the bed housing to
provide sufficient freeboard above the bed to allow cleaning of the bed
without loss of bed material.
     A number of operating problems were encountered during the Exxon
tests of the modified Ducon filter.  The lowest demonstrated particulate
outlet concentration was 68.6 mg/Nm  (0.03 gr/scf) which was considered
to be too high to protect a gas turbine and borderline for meeting
current emissions regulations.  The use of smaller filter media could
improve efficiency.  However, at times the filtration efficiency was
very poor and the outlet particulate'concentrations were as high as 700
to 1,200 mg/Nm3 (0.3 to 0.5 gr/scf).
     It was also observed that the efficiency decreased with time in the
longer runs, dropping from 90% initially to about 50% later in the  run.
                                          205

-------
Loss of filter medium during blowback was another recurring problem.
Further attempts were made to use 50 mesh retaining screens, but they
failed because of plugging.   Additional tests with 10 mesh screens also
resulted in. significant screen plugging.
     A significant buildup of particles in the filter beds was also
observed amounting to about 30* of the weight of the filter medium.  A
possible steady long term increase in filter pressure drop may result
because of this.  However, no significant increase in filter pressure
drop was noted during any of the shakedown runs.
     It was also observed that the particles were not only building up
in the beds, but were uniformly mixed with the filter medium.  It is
possible that the buildup and mixing of particles in the bed could be
responsible for the increase in the particle concentration in the outlet
gas with time.
     Another potential problem with the current design was its vulnerability
to upsets.  When upsets occurred, such as bed plugging or loss of filter
medium, the operating problems caused by such upsets required shutdown
of the system.  Another problem which may be unique to the Mini-plant
was the interaction of the granular bed filter with the rest of the FBC
system during the blowback cycle.  An increase in system pressure was
noted during blowback, resulting in problems with the coal feed system
which is controlled by the differential pressure between the coal feed
vessel and combustor.  This required modifications to the coal feed
                                    •
control system to minimize the effects.
     Granular bed filter performance data for all runs give a range of
efficiency from 31 to 97*.  The efficiencies are based on an inlet
concentration of 2.3 g/Nm  (1.0 gr/scf) which is the average for the
                                       206

-------
emissions from the secondary cyclone.  The fractional efficiency decreased
rapidly with decreasing particle size below 1 urn.
     The granular bed filter test program was suspended in November 1977.
In all runs in which more than one outlet concentration was measured, it
was observed that the outlet concentration increased with time.  Exxon
was not able to demonstrate that the current EPA emission standard (0.1
lb/10  Btu or 0.05 gr/scf) could be met for more than a few hours of
operation.  In no run was the anticipated new standard (0.05 lb/10  Btu
or approximately 0.025 gr/scf) satisfied.

Discussion
     The three devices discussed in this paper give a range of design
features available for collection of particulate on hard granules (see
Table 1).  At one end of the spectrum are fixed granular bed filters
which rely on collection throughout the bed material until a layer or
cake is formed.  The cake provides greater filtration efficiencies
especially for submicron particles. Optimizing the performance of the%
fixed granular bed filter requires a cleaning system which preserves
some of the cake while preventing unacceptably high pressure drops.
Moreover, it is essential that the cleaning systems not allow particulate
to work its way through the bed either by insufficient cleaning or by
motion of the granules.
     At the other end of the spectrum is the dry scrubber which relies
only on impaction for collection and a cake is never formed.  In this
case, the gas velocity is high to optimize impaction.  Collection of
submicron particles may be augmented by charging particles and granules
with different signs.
                                      207

-------
                      Table 1.   Summary of Performance Information
                                          CPC Dry
                                          Scrubber
                   Device

                  APT Dry
                  Scrubber
                  Ducon
                  Filter
Superficial  gas velocity,  cm/s
Pressure drop,  KPa
Bed depth, on
Granule diameter, cm
Efficiency at 1
Efficiency at 6 pro,  %
  20-80


 1.2-5.7


  20-40


0.08-0.2


   78


   93
3,000-6,000


    2-7


    NA


    0.01


    96


    99
 45


  8(from predic


3.8


0.04


 82


 96
                                               208

-------
     In the middle Is the dry scrubber in which the granules move slowly
enough to form a bed which acts like a filter.  This device works partially
by impaction and partially by filtration but cannot be optimized for
either since the gas velocities are low and the bed is removed before a
cake is formed.  However, some designs using intermittently moving
granular beds do establish and preserve a cake for better filtration.
     The information in Table 1 is a quick comparison of the points in
the spectrum discussed above.  Pressure drops for all three devices tend
to be the same.  The APT dry scrubber has a very high gas velocity and
no bed. The CPC dry scrubber has a low gas velocity and a thick bed.
The Ducon filter has a low gas velocity and a thin bed.  The thick bed
is used with the CPC dry scrubber to ensure good filtration in the
absence of cake filtration or high gas velocity for impaction collection.
Based on these data, the APT dry scrubber gave the best performance.

Conclusions
     A spectrum of particulate collecting devices has been discussed in
terms of three examples under development.  Advantages of these differing
approaches are:

     APT Dry Scrubber (dry scrubber)
     High collection efficiency possible from impaction and electro-
          static attraction.
     Collecting granules are removed from the system for easy cleaning.
                                              209

-------
     Ducon Filter (fixed bed filter)
     High collection efficiency possible from cake filtration.
     Low attrition rates of bed material.
     Minimum energy requirement because of low heat loss and no
          bed recirculation power.

     CPC Dry Scrubber (moving bed filter)
     Collecting granules are removed from the system for easy
          cleaning.
     Electrostatic augmentation may provide high collection
          efficiencies.

     Choosing between these alternatives important considerations include
cost, the adhesiveness of the particulate,  and the importance of energy
conservation.  For example, if the particulate is sticky, a system which
removes granules for easy cleaning will be  necessary.   On the other
hand, if a fixed bed filter can be cleaned  and removal  of granules
implies a high energy loss, cost considerations may favor the fixed bed
filter.
                                          210

-------
 References
      Calvert,  S.  et al.,  Paper  #111-5,  in  EPA/DOE  Symposium on  High
 Temperature, High Pressure  Paniculate  Control  (September  1977),  EPA-
,600/9-78-004 (NTIS CONF-770970), March  1978.
      Hoke,  R.  C.  et al.,  Miniplant  Studies  of Pressurized  Fluidized-Bed
 Coal  Combustion:  Third  Annual Report, EPA  600/7-78-069  (NTIS PB 284534),
 April  1978.
      Kalen, B.  and Zeng,  F. A., CEP 69  #5,  pg.  67, June  1973.
      Patterson, R.G.  et al., APT Dry Scrubber for  Particulate Collection
 at High  Temperature and Pressure, Symposium on  the Transfer and Utilization
 of Particulate Control  Technology,  Denver,  Colorado, July  1978.
      Wade,  G.  et  al., Granular  Bed  Filter  Development Program,  Report to
 DOE,  FE-2579-19,  April  1978.
      Yung et al., Venturi Scrubber  Performance  Model, EPA  600/2-77-172,
 NTIS  PB  271-515/9BE,  August 1977.
                                         211

-------
          I.K.  Goryachev,  y.v.  Abrosimov

       FILTERING MATERIAL  FOR GAS-CLEANING AND POSSIBLE AREAS
                      FOR  ITS USE

       The ever-greater distribution of dust removal of industrial
and  exhaust  gases  from chemical,  metallurgical,  construction indus-
tries  and others takes in use  of bag houses supplied with high-ef-
fectiveness  filtering materials.
     '•From the assortment of filtering material serially produced
in the USSR, approval can be given to material possessing features
for withstanding the extended effects of high temperatures, corro-
sive action of dusts and  gases with preservation of highly filtra-
tional, durable and regenerative features.
       For cleaning aspirated air in the ventilation systems of
work areas,and air sucked out from transfer operations, transport  and
packing of fine jarticulatesf. (inexpensive synthetic materials having
a high  dust-trappina  coefficient^ -under relatively low hydraulic
resistance are widely used. These materials efficiently trap such
high-dispersion dusts as industrial-grade carbon, zinc oxide, etc., as-
suring sanitary norms for dust emission from exhaust systems  (1).
       For cleaning industrial gases  at  temperatures reaching 130°
C, filtering fabrics and non-woven materials made  from Lawson  ftrane.
 note:  Soviet equivalent of Dacron) fibers are receiving  ever wider use
        Lawson  fabrics possess  high indices for dust-separation, strength
and^regenerative properties. The warp and woof of these fabrics are
made from staple fiber. Experimental  work  at NIOGAZ's  Semibratbvsk
Branchy conducted-  on  an industrial  filter  FRKDI-1100  durina the
cleaning of qases from «lectr.tc-*rc  steel-smelting  furnaces has
shown that the staple  Lawson  fabric  L-3 has a dust-removing effi-
                                 212

-------
ciency of 99% and a high regeneration capacity  (2).
      Non-woven needled Lawson materials have wide use in scrim
filters with impulse blowers. They are relatively simple to manu-
facture, inexpensive and possess high filtering and strength cha-
racteristics. Thus, for example, in removing lead monoxide dust
with a 3 micron median particle diameter, FRKI-type bag houses,
furnished with needled non-woven material, had an operational
effectiveness for dust removal of 99.8% during the course of a
year and a half, and the dust content of the expelled gases dur-
ing this time did not exceed 4-6mg/m .
      Materials made from poliacrylnitryl nitron fibers are used
in many industries. Nitron '." filter ~ bags  have withstood tempera-
tures up to 130°C for extended periods. They possess a relatively
high chemical stability.and sufficient durability against wear
and bending. At non-ferrous metallurgy sites, nitron fabric's com-
prise nearly 40% of the total amount of all used filtering materials.
                              *
      Using increased thermal-resistant synthetic fiber filtering ma-
terials (oxalon, sulphon) makes "possible an increase in filter •efficiency
by means qf_reducing_a£r"infl6w_for the cooling of the gases.- The
determine'd "heat resistance limit of such fabrics is 180-200°C.
      In cleaning rotary kiln gases in zinc plants, oxalon fabric
provides dust-removal efficiency at 99.5% with the temperature of
the gas being cleaned at 200-210eC  (3).
      Glass filtering fabrics lare widely used for cleaning gases
with temperatures reaching 250DC in technical-grade carbon produc-
tion, cement plants and in ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy.
Glass fabrics possess a complex of physico-technological and  chemi-
cal properties not characteristic to any fabric  of organic fibers.
The basic advantage of glass fabric over other  filtering materials
                                   213

-------
 is  its high thermal resistance and maintenance  of its mechanical
 strength." Glass fabric works efficiently for a period of 1.5-2
 years in FR-5000 type filters with fabric regeneration by back-
 blowino in technical-gra^e carbon plants. Glass fabric possesses
 however a relatively weak resistance to frequent bending and abra-
 sion. Accordingly, glass fabric is not used in scrip-design filters.
      In the USSR a  special anti-static filtering material has
 been developed for bag-houses working in dangerously-explosive
 surroundings for removal of dusts that are capable of building up
 static electricity.
      Testing this antistatic material in industrial working con-
 ditions in a chemical-metallurgic plant for a long period showed
 its high dust-removal efficiency and reliability in providing
 secure filter work.
      Asbestos fabrics are sometimes used with filtering fabric-
 corrosive hiah-temperature gases. Asbestos fabrics are sufficiently
 resistant to acids and  alkali   and withstand high temperature.
 However, due to their low strength,  they are  used only in low pres-
sure drop conditions.
      Different fiber materials are added to asbestos  fabrics to
raise their  strength.  Endurance indices are raised in this case,
 but the resistance to increased temperatures is lowered somewhat.
      Fabric and non- woven material prepared from  needling
 methods is used as filtering partitions for cleaning hot gases with
 a temperature higher than 220°C.
      Thus, for example, serially-manufactured metallic  fabric
 sieves (4) are widely used for removal of chemical regeants and
 particularly  pure chemical substances  (potassium carbonate, nickle,
 cadmium, and the  oxides  of zirconium,  silver,  vanadium, molibdenum.
                                  214

-------
tunqsten, etc.  ) at exhaust eras  temperatures  up to 500*C. Basicallv.
fabric nets made from KhlSNlOT-grade  steel  wire and NMZhMts-2.5-1.5
grade nickle-copper alloy  (monel)  are being used.  KhlSNlOT-grade
austenite chrone-nickle steel  is characterized by  higher heat resis-
tance, full non-magnetization  and  good weldability.
       For fibers of 0.12 to 0.18mm diameter,   intermittent resis-
tance is 5£ = 95mg/mm2, and relative  elongation is o  « 20%.
       NMZhMts28-2.5-1.5-grade nickle-copper  alloy (monel)  is dis-
tinguished by its high corrosion resistance to acids,  alkalis and
qas media.
       This alloy is distinguished  by  its hig'h  mechanical  properties,
considerable heat resistance,  and  weak magnetic properties.
       It is necessary to note that fabric  fiber screen made  by
interweaving wire warp with v oof •without mesh formation in  the beginning
of the filtration process is inferior in dust-trapping efficiency to
natural-fiber fabrics.
       However, metallic woven  net is distinguished by high  heat-
resistance and corrosion resitance, and provides the very same de-
gree of trapping after an elementary  dust layer has formed  on its
surface as natural fiber fabrics.
       On the basis of experience  in  industrial operation of  filters
furnished with metallic net fabric for trapping potassium superoxide,
and the oxides of nolibdenum and tungsten, a type-dimensional series of filters
for cleaning gases up to a temperature of 500°C was developed.
      These filters regenerate themselves by  section by compressed
air blasts (from 1.5 to 2 kg/cm2).
      non-woven  filtering materials  lacking  a scrim base are current-
ly being developed and tested  in the  USSR.  These materials  are, by
tlheir strength characteristics, slightly inferior to  needled
                                    215

-------
materials with  scrim bases  but in their filtering characteristics,.
are not  inferior  to  the  best  foreign models.  The cost of producing
needled  filtering materials lacking scrims is several times lower than
scrim material.
      New technology introducing non-woven  filter   material lack-
ing scrims simultaneously allowed solving  the problem of producing
high-temperature  filtering  materials from  oxalon fibers with thermal
resistance up to  230°C and  production of material from metallic fi-
bers with thermal resistance  up to 50'0°C.  By  its mechanical properties,
felting  without scrim from  oxalon fibers is not inferior to analogous
materials on a scrim.
      Residual dustiness in cement and quartz dusts (dgQ-Smicrons)
                            3   2
at a specific gas load of 4m  /m min.  and an intake dust content of
8p/nm3 for felting without  scrim did not exceed 7.5mg/nm3. Pelting
regeneration efficiently vorked with compressed air back blowing
(P=1.2kg/cm2).
       Needled felting was manufactured in the USSR  -from metallic fiber with the
aim of jraking filtering material with a heat-resistance up to 500°C.
       Microfiber made from lKhl8N9T-grade steel was  used as the raw material.
       Comparative stand testing  of a sample  of metallic fiber and
of Sl26-.12Khl8NlOT State Standard  3187-76 woven wire filter screen
in removing quartz and cement dust  (<350=8 microns)  has shown that use
of non-woven material instead of nets  allows  an increase of gas filter
performance by 1.5-2.0 times.
                                     216

-------
1.  Ooryachev, I.K., Kazakov, A.K., "Experience  in Using  Small Dimension
Cellular-Design fabric Filters in Exhaust Lines", in  the book Industrial
Gas Cleaning and Aerodynamics of Dust-Trapping Equipment ,  Yaroslavl, 1975.
pp.118-119.
2.  Pozin,  L.M.,  Istomin, V.S., Malgin, A.D.,  "Cleaning Arc Steel-Smel-
tinq Furnace Gases by FRKDN-llOO-Type "Baq Houses" in" Industrial and Sanitary
Gas Cleaning",  1977, no.5, p.2.
3.  Gordon, G.M., Kaplan, V.G., Luk, V.I., "Study in Filterinq Fabric
Made from Highly Thermal-Resistant Synthetic  Oxalon Fiber",  in "Indus-
trial and Sanitary Gas-Cleaning",1978, no.4,  pp.4-5.
4.  Abrosimov, Y.V., NIIOGAZ's Scrim Glass Fabric Filters, Mashinostroenie,
1972.
Translation by Carl Gruber, IERL, RTF, N.C.,  July 1979.
                                  217

-------
          HIGH TEMPERATURE CERAMIC FILTERS
                        by

                  D. C. Drehmel
          Parti oilate Technology Branch
   Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
      U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
       Research Triangle Park, N. C. 27711
                       and

        R. Parker and S. Calvert, APT, Inc.
                 4901 Morena Blvd.
            San Diego, California 92117
(This document has been reviewed and approved
 for publication by the U. S. EPA.)
              To Be Presented at the
            Third US/USSR Symposium on
                Particulate Control
                   Moscow, USSR
                  September, 1979
                         218

-------
INTRODUCTION
     Conventional fabric filters are limited to operating temperatures
below 250°C.  The maximum temperature varies with the specific fabric
and is the temperature at which accelerated fabric deterioration or
abrasion occurs.
     Glass fiber bags are the most common type used for higher temperature
applications and are limited to about 300°C.  The glass fibers are
coated with a silicone, silicone-graphite, or equivalent finish in order
to provide lubrication between the fibers.  Unfinished glass fibers
experience extreme abrasion and unsatisfactory bag life.  The temperature
limit of glass fiber fabrics is directly related to the temperature
limit of the finish.
     In fact, it is generally true that in practice the effect of temperature
and pressure on filtration mechanisms was not a determining factor in
the application of high efficiency filters.  The main problems are the
physical and chemical effects of a high temperature environment on the
filter materials. These effects may appear as reduced mechanical strength
and resilience or loss of adhesion, leading to mechanical leakage and
decrease in efficiency.

PREVIOUS WORK
     Filtration media for extreme temperatures and pressures have been
investigated by many authors (see Table 1).  Silverman and Davidson
(1956) suggested the use of ceramic fibers sandwiched between  layers of
woven metallic or ceramic fabrics for filtration at temperatures to
1,100°C and higher.  Billings et al.  (1955) and Silverman  (1962) discussed
the use of metallic fiber "slag/wool" filters for high temperature
                                      219

-------
                      Table 1.  High Temperature Filtration
Investigators
Silver-man (1956)
Davidson
Billings (1955)
Silverman (1962)
First (1956)
Kane (1960)
Drehmel (1977)
Shackleton
Drehmel (1977)
Temperature
Range, C°
to 1100
300-650
760
815
360-815
Media
woven metallic
or ceramic
"slag/wool"
ceramic fiber
ceramic felt
ceramic membrane
Efficiency
Range, %
NA
75-98
82-91
99
81-99
Ci1i berti
                                       220

-------
filtration of open-hearth furnace fume.  They found that efficiencies
ranged from 75 to 98% for the slag-wool filter at temperatures from 300
to 650°C and dust loadings from 0.1 to 1.1 g/Nm3.  A continuous slag-
wool filter was designed and tested at 300-400°C.  The efficiency ranged
from 10 to 80% for Fe203 particles with a mass median diameter of 0.65 urn.
     First et al. (1956) and Kane et al. (1960) reported on the use of
ceramic fiber filters capable of withstanding temperatures up to 1,100°C.
First et al. (1956) measured collection efficiencies at 21°C and 760°C.
The mass median particle diameter was 8.5 pm with a particle density of
6.4 g/cm .
     A composite filter comprised of fibers from 4 to 20 ym in diameter
gave over 99% collection for all temperatures.  The fractional efficiency
for the composite tests is greater than 95% for particles larger than 1 um.

THEORETICAL PREDICTIONS
     Filtration theory has been reviewed by many authors including
Davies (1973) and Rich (1966).  Using the theory presented by Davies to
predict the collection efficiency of a clean fiber filter at high temperature
and high pressure, the following parameters were assumed:
                                                       2
                    Filter weight          = 0.026 g/cm
                    Fiber density          =2.53 g/cm
                    Fiber diameter         = 5.0ym
                    Superficial velocity   = 12  cm/s
                                                      3
                    Particle density       =2.5 g/cm
                    Air properties at:
                    Temperature            = 20  and  1,100°C
                    Pressure               =1 and  15 atm
     These parameters simulate a typical aluminum-silicate  ceramic
paper.
                                      221

-------
     At high temperature and low pressure the Brownian diffusion regime
becomes very significant and the collection efficiency of particles smaller
than approximately 0.5 ym increases dramatically.  At high temperature and
high pressure this effect is less apparent.
     In the inertial impaction regime, high temperature and high pressure
reduce the collection efficiency from that obtained at standard conditions.
Even at high temperature and pressure, however, the predicted collection
efficiency is effectively 100% for particles larger than 2 ym.  This is
consistent with the data reported earlier from the work by First et al. (1956).

RECENT DEVELOPMENT WORK ON BAG FILTRATION
     Recent development work on high temperature and pressure ceramic fiber
filters involves three groups of materials:
     1.   Woven structures - Cloth woven from long-filament yarns
          of ceramic fibers.
     2.   Papers - Ceramic structures produced from short lengths
          of fibers, generally held together with binders.
     3.   Felts - Structures produced to form mats of relatively
          long fibers.  These materials are known as blankets in
          the insulation industry.  They tend to be less tightly
          packed than conventional felt materials.
     Ceramic fiber filters have two major drawbacks at high temperature and
pressure.  First, they must be very durable.  Conventional filter bags are
expected to last at least 1 year  (see Billings and Wilder,  1970).  Bag life
at the Nucla Power Plant was estimated to be 5 ±1.3 years.  For typical
cleaning pulse frequencies, a bag may have to withstand a few million  pulses
in its lifetime.  For this reason, blanket or felted ceramic fiber materials
are expected to be the most promising.  They combine good filtration  properties
with relatively high strength.
                                      222

-------
     The second drawback is the size of typical fabric filter installations.
Most conventional fabric filters operate at superficial velocities in
the range of 1 to 3 cm/s.  Slightly higher velocities (up to 10 or 20
cm/s) are possible with some felted fabrics although bag life will be
shortened.
     In comparison, granular bed filters (GBF) operate at superficial
velocities from 40 to 80 cm/s.  For a given gas flow rate, fabric filters
will require from 4 to 20 times the surface area required by granular
bed filters.  This is especially important at high pressure where the
cost of the pressure vessel can be a significant fraction of the capital
cost.  For greater efficiency, both baghouses and GBF's should be
designed to maximize the surface to volume ratio.
     These problems are being considered.  Preliminary experience at
high temperature and pressure indicates that at least three configurations
show promise, having survived 50,000 cleaning pulses at 815°C and 9 atm.
Test conditions were:
               Temperature - 815°C
               Pressure - 930 kPa (9 atm)
               Air-to-cloth-ratio - 5 to 1 (2.54 cm/s)
               Cleaning pulse pressure - 1,100 kPa
               Cleaning pulse interval - 10 s
               Cleaning pulse duration - 100 m/s
               Dust - redispersed.
     The three filter media configurations tested were:
          1.   Saffil* alumina mat contained between an  inside and
               an outside layer of 304 stainless steel knit wire
               screen.
*ICI United States,  Inc., Concord Pike  and  New Murphy Road,  Wilmington, DE 19803
                                       223

-------
          2.   Woven Fiberfrax* cloth with Nichrome** wire scrim insert.
          3.   Fiberfrax blanket contained between an inside
               and an outside cylinder of 304 SS square mesh
               screen similar to common window screen.  The
               ceramic fiber blanket was held in position
               between the screens with 302 SS wire sewn between
               the screens.
     Pressure drop during the tests was controlled by the rapid cleaning
pulses and in general remained less than about 5 kPa (20 in. W.C.).
Formation and removal of the filter cake for these configurations and
test conditions presented no problems.
     The average outlet loading during the Fiberfrax blanket test was
           o
0.0055 g/Nm  (0.0024 gr/scf).  The fly ash dust dispersion apparatus
used was suitable for filter loading tests but may not be representative
of the dust characteristics and size distribution to be encountered in a
real-life application.
               •
     To obtain test data in a real pressurized, fluidized-bed combustion
application, a ceramic baghouse was tested at the Exxon Miniplant.  The
test program has shown that the bags will survive pressure drops as high
as 10 kPa and can be kept clean at air-to-cloth ratios as high as 10 to
1 (5 cm/sec).

WORK ON MEMBRANE FILTRATION
     Several available ceramic materials in many configurations have
been evaluated as possible high-temperature filters.  One of the most
promising materials tested was the ceramic cross flow monolith,  Thermacomb.***
*Carborundum Co., P. 0. Box 808, Niagara Falls, NY 14302
**Driver-Harris Co., Harrison, NJ 07029
***3M, 3M Center, St. Paul, MN 55101
                                      224

-------
This material is composed of alternate layers of corrugations separated
by thin filtering barriers.  This type of configuration affords a  large
amount of filter surface in a very small volume.
     The Thermacomb cross flow structure is made up of several layers in
the following pattern:  a thin (0.25 - 1.5 mm) porous cordierite sheet,
a layer of cordierite corrugations similar in appearance to those  used
in cardboard, another flat sheet of cordierite followed by another layer
of corrugations oriented 90% from the corrugations below.  Now available
forms of the material have 1.97, 3.15, or 4.72 corrugations per cm.  A
similar material is manufactured by W. R. Grace & Company.*  This
material has perpendicular dividers with rectangular holes, rather than
the triangular holes of Thermacomb.  The Grace material tested had
approximately 8.5 holes per cm and an equal number of layers per cm.
     These materials have many properties that make them attractive as
filters. Among these are (1) working temperature to 1,200°C, (2) very
good mechanical strength despite thin separators, (3) excellent resistance
to thermal shock, (4) excellent resistance to corrosive atmospheres and,
(5) very high surface area to volume ratios.
     Efficiency of filtration was determined with a limestone test dust.
The mass median diameter was typically 1.4ym and the geometric standard
deviation was 3.0.
     Results of the high temperature Thermacomb tests show that the
overall collection efficiency averaged 96.4%.  No problems were encountered
in cleaning the filter media by reverse pulses of compressed air.  It
was possible to clean the filter and return to a stable pressure drop
even with relatively heavy dust loadings.
*W. R. Grace and Co., 1114 Avenue of  the Americas,  New York,  NY  10036
                                          225

-------
     Similar results were obtained in a limited number of tests on the
W. R. Grace material.

CONCLUSIONS
     A number of investigators have shown that high collection efficiencies
are possible with ceramic filtration at high temperature (greater than
800°C) and/or high pressure (greater than 900 kPa).  The recent work has
tested both ceramic bags and rigid ceramic filters.  Advantages of these
differing approaches are:

     Ceramic Bag                         Rigid Ceramic Filter
     High collection efficiency          High collection efficiency
     Easy to clean                       Compact
     Resists failure because of          Resists failure because of
        thermal shock                       high pressure drop

The endurance of both media is unknown.  If the rigid ceramic filter can
be used without clogging or thermal shock, it could be maintained in
service for many years.  However, ceramic bags are expected to have a
limited life because of the less durable nature of the bag structure.
Tests to date indicate that ceramic bags will easily survive up to 50,000
cleaning pulses or the equivalent of 1 year's light service.

REFERENCES
     Billings, C.E. and Wilder, J. E., Handbook of Fabric Filter Technology,
Volume I, EPA No. APTD 0690, NTIS No. PB 200-648, December 1970.
     Billings, C. E., et al., JAPCA 5 #3 p. 159, November 1955.
                                         226

-------
    Davies, C. N., Air Filtration. Academic Press, New York, 1973.
     Drehmel, D. C. and Ciliberti, D. F., Paper #77-32.4, APCA Annual
Meeting, Toronto, June 1977.
     Drehmel, D. C. and Shackleton, M.S., Paper #17, Third Symposium on
Fabric Filters for Particulate Control, Tucson, December 1977.
     First, et al., I&EC Chem 48 #4. p. 696, 1956.
     Kane, L. J. et al., Bureau of Mines Report 5672, 1960.
     Pich, J., In Aerosol Science, C. N. Davies, ed., Academic Press,
New York 1966.
     Silverman, L. and Davidson, R. A., U. S. Patent # 2,758,671, August
1956.
     Silverman, L., U. S. Patent #3, 063,216, November 1962.
                                          227

-------
                           N.G.  Bulgakova,  D.L.  Zelikson
              METHODS AND EQUIPMENT FOR MEASURING  OF  FINELY  DISPERSED
              PARTICLE SIZE LESS THAN ^MICRONS  FOR INDUSTRIAL  GASES

      The task of measuring size of finely-dispersed  particles  less than
ftjmicrons is at the present time very urgent.   This  is  in connection
 with the fact that such particles are usually poorly removed by  dust-
 cleaning equipment and are emitted into the  atmosphere  along with exhaust
 gases.  For example, in gases from electric  power stations  that  burn
 coal, particle content after precipitators reaches 20%  for  particles
 less than a micron in diameter and as much as 5-102  of  those less than
 0.3 microns, while in ferrol alloy production,  content  of such particles
 is 70% after cleaning by wet scrubbers.  As  recent research has  shown,
 it is namely these particle-fractions that are  a  serious source  of air
 pollution in connection with their peculiar  toxicity.  Therefore from
 the point of view of increasing the effeciency  finely-dispersed  particle
 removal, abating their emission into the atmosphere, and selection and
 evaluation of the work of dust-control equipment, the development of
 methods and equipment for measuring sub-micron  particles provides further
 technical progress in the area of protection and  renewal of the  environment.
      In as much as the indicated sub-micron  diameter range  of  particles
 is close to the operative limits of pitical, acoustical,  aeromechanical,
 etc.  measuring equipment, choosing the method  of measurement  presents
 known difficulties.
      Out of the methods known for sizing sub-micron  particles, the
 following should be noted.
                                        228

-------
     Electron microscope method.  Based on the visual study of individual '
particles. The measurement process is time-consuming, and requires use
of high-cost and operationally complex equipment.  The method does not
ensure automation of the measurement process.
     Electrical methods.  Based on registering the electrical charge of
the particles and their separation in electrical, magnetic or electromagnetic
fields.  The methods are sufficiently simple and allow quickly obtaining
results and automation of the measurement process.  The basic shortcoming
of these methods lies in the necessity of preliminarily preparing the
gas sample in the majority of industrial discharges, i.e. to cool and
lffa
rar4fy the gas.  The equipment for sample preparation is often more
complex than the measuring unit.
     This method has been fulfilled in the USA in the particle electrical
mobility analyzer unit.
     Diffusion methods.  Based on particle separation under the influence
of diffusion forces with aerosol'Movement in a laminar flow.  This
method is implemented in a unit-incorporating diffusion batteries of
various design with condensation nuclei counters.  This method may be
used during variation in particle size distribution in air aerosol flow,
but requires preliminary sample preparation.
     Inertia! methods.  Based on particle separation from aerosol stream
by the Tatter's flow around the settling surfaces.  This method is the
simplest and most operative.  It allows chemical sample analysis when
needed.  Direct removal of the sample in the gas conduit excludes the
need of preliminary sample preparation.
                                     229

-------
     The method is accomplished by a  cascade-impactor, which  is widely
used for dispersion analysis of particles of 0.3-30 microns.
     Theoretical and experimental  research (1)  has shown  the  possibility
of using cascade impactors for analysis  of sub-micron  particles in  a
size range of 0.01-0.3 microns.  For  this, it is  necessary  in the unit's
last stages to form a sufficiently low absolute pressure  of 10-lOOmm  Hg
(10-10  pascals) to assure sub-micronic particle settling  through  an
adjusted Cunningham coefficient (1).
     Cascade impactor calculation is  based on known theoretical premises
(2).
     The main calculation formula links  diameter  dgQ of the particles
(with 50% settling efficiency in each stage of the impactor)  with nozzle
diameter D; gas flow rate and viscosityl/Tk; particle density^, and
with Cunningham's correction alsoQf)«
                                •  J
     The latter is described by the following expression:
where: ']  is the average length of the free run of gas molecules, which
is determined by gas pressure.
                                      230

-------
     It follows from considering these expressions,  that by reducing the '
range of analyzed particles to the sub-micron  level  is  accomplished  by
varying the three parameters, l/^, J> and Cft) .
     The increase of gas velocity (  ) is limited  to the speed of sound.
Nozzle diameter reduction is limited by the technological  capability of
producing aperture smaller than O.lmm in diameter.   Aside from this, the
theory of inertia! particle settling derives from  the viscosity condition
of the gas flow in the nozzle, but with a decrease in the nozzle diameter
and increase in the Cunningham correction, i.e.  reduction in pressure,
the length, of free run becomes commensurable with  the diameter of the
flow and the flow regime crosses into the molecular.
     Increasing the Cunningham correction is possible increasing the
average molecule run length, i.e. decreasing absolute pressure.  With
7.6mm Hg pressure, the correction C(p) comprises more than 2000 for
particles less than 0.01 microns.
     In this manner the possibility in principle for the use of cascade
impactors for analyzing sub-micronic particles is  obtained.  Several
such impactors are known, such as, for example,  that developed in the
USA 0).
     At NIIOGAZ a eight-stage sub-micron cascade impactor model (fig.l)
has been produced with the following characteristics:
-  least nozzle diameter - 0.2mm.
-  greatest flow velocity in nozzles - 200m/s
-  lowest pressure in final stages - 20mm Hg
-  gas flow - 5 lit./min.
-  unit dimensions - 0 65mm; 150mm length
     Parameters of the sub-micron cascade impactor are given  in  table 1.
                                     231

-------
Table 1
°*j
staaes j
]
i
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
nozzle - ji
aperture :
diameters:
in • •«
Iran's ;
10
0,8
0,8 '
0,8
0.2
0.2
0,2
0.2
lumber
of.
ipertures
I
4
4
4
18
15
23
44
j
gas exhaust j
velocity, J
m / sec. j
6,4
40
40
40
150
200
200
200
static pressure
in the stages
A D mm Hg
760
750
740
730
620
420
220
20
t
: value of
! Q 50>mic'
1 •
i
5
0,950
0,950
0,950
0,250
0,125
0.050
0,010
      The table shows values for particle diameter with regard to the
 Cunningham correction.
      By design, the impactor is made in the form of diaphragm-stages
 with 60mm diameter by 7mm thick and are connected by four pins.  The
 nozzles are made in the form of af.rture in a stainless steel plate of a
 thickness of 0.3mm and a diameter of 8mm.  The plates are hermetically
 glued-in to the diaphragm.  Filtering material or lubricant serves as
 the precipitating surface in the first four stages, and in the rest of
 the stages, pieces of optical glass K-8 (0 10x5), are placed at a distance
 of 1mm from the nozzles.  An exterior view of a separate diaghragm-stage
 is presented in fig. 2.  The glass precipitation surface may be covered
 by a special lubricant or may be used for measuring settlement by microscopic
 methods.
      The cascade impactor was tested on a laboratory stand,  the scheme
 of which is shown in fig. 3a and 3.  The stand consists of an  aerosol
 generator 1,2, drying system 3,4, and measuring and regulating  units  5-
                                      232

-------
9.  Air was bubbled through a solution of methylene blue with subsequent
drying of the aerosol in the air stream served as the aerosol generator.
The compressed air is.fed into the atomizer (1),  at the end of which
there is a thin-walled head-piece with 0.5mm apertures.  The aerosol
formed, bubbling through the methylene blue solution, enters the drying
column (3,4), filled with silica jel  impregnated  with calcium chloride,
where it is dryed and leaves the measuring system.  Under these conditions,
the aerosol contains solid methylene blue particles.
     An AFA filter was used for measuring the discharged aerosol's
concentration. The particle dispersion composition was controlled with
the aid of a diffusion battery (7). A submicron impactor (6) measured
particle size.  Control and measurement of the air flow rate was done by
the valves C9} and rheometers (8).
     Aerosol with an average methylene blue particle size of 0.3-0.8
microns was produced on the stand.  Table 2 shows results of one of the
analyses conducted by the eight---age cascade impactor.  The number of
particles settled on the diaphagm-stages was determined by weight.  The
flow rate of air through the impactor was 5 lit./min.
                                      233

-------
Fig.l. General view of a submicron cascade impacter
                          234

-------
Fig.2. Diaphragm-stages  Cmatchbox shows scales)
 ~ig.3a. General view of the laboratory stand.
                              235

-------
Fig.3. Schematic of laboratory stand.

-------
Table. 2.
1 .
NO. <
of !'
stages {
•
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
filter

amount of
gained, mg.
-
0.25
0,15
Or25
0,40
0.15
0,10
0,10
-
1,40
i i
*, % share '
; !
1 !
1 1
! !
-
17,86
10. 71
17.86
28,58
10,71
7,14
7.14
-

j total content %
I
1
1
_
17*86
28,57
46,43
75,01
85.72
92,86
100


I ,
! Ct 50' micl
*
1
i
5
0,95
0.95
0,95
0,25
0,125
0,05
04OI


       According to this table's data, the distribution of methylene blue
  particles by size is plotted in a probability-logarithmic coordinate
  grid (fig. 4).  As can be seen from the figure,  the average particle
  size 0.71 microns.
       In analyzing the results taken here, it can be concluded that
  cascade impactors may be used to analyze submicron particles down to
  0.01 microns.
                                         237

-------
 sc-

 CO
 70
 tt>
50-
 20

 '/0
d
microns
                                         0.6    1.0
            Fig.4. Methylene  ^lue dispersion composition,  as
   taken by the submicron  impactor.
                                238

-------
          PARTICLE MEASUREMENT  IN THE U.S.A.
                    W.  B.  Smith
                   K. M. Gushing
             Southern  Research'Institute
               2000 Ninth Avenue South
              Birmingham, Alabama 35205

                    D.  B.  Harris
     Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
           Environmental  Protection Agency
          Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved for
 publication by the TJ. S. EPA.)
                        239

-------
                       PARTICLE MEASUREMENT IN THE USA

                                INTRODUCTION

     Measurements are made to characterize the emissions from sources in order
to obtain the data needed to assess the impact  on health and the environment,
to develop and enforce emission regulations, and to develop control strategies.
For airborne particulate emissions, the required data include the size distribu-
tion, concentration, and composition of the particles.

     Methods are described in this paper for measuring the particulate emis-
sions from stationary sources.  Measurements made inside ducts or stacks are
referred to as instack or in situ measurements.  The fraction of the particles
emitted from a process that escape directly into the atmosphere (unducted) are
called "fugitive" emissions and must also be measured.  If measurements are
made in the atmosphere around an industrialized area where more than one source
contributes to the atmospheric burden, the measurements are termed "ambient"
measurements.  Methods used in the USA to measure particle size and mass in
situ, in fugitive emissions, and in the ambient are listed in Table 1.

     Manual methods for sampling in situ, fugitive and ambient aerosols are
discussed in this paper.  A second paper includes a discussion of automatic
systems for particle sizing.

               SAMPLING IN PROCESS STREAMS - IN SITU SAMPLING

MASS CONCENTRATION AND MASS EMISSION RATE

     Gravimetric methods using filtration for obtaining samples are used for
determinations of mass concentration and mass emission rates.  Samples are
obtained by withdrawing measured gas volumes from the process stream for equal
                                    240

-------
    TABLE 1.  METHODS AVAILABLE FOR MEASURING PARTICULATE SIZE AND MASS
     MASS
         SIZE
                                   AMBIENT
Filters
   Hi-Vol
   Others
Piezoelectric
Nephelometer
8-gauge
                                  FUGITIVE
Filters
   Hi-Vol
   Others
Piezoelectric
Nephelometer
B-gauge
Lidar
                               STACK SAMPLING
Filters
Charge transfer
8-gauge
Peizoelectric
Optical
   Transmissometers
   Lidar
Impactors
   Hi-Vol
   Mega Vol
   Others
Dichotomous Sampler
Diffusion Batteries
Electrical Mobility Analyzers
Optical Counter
Piezoelectric
   Impactor
   Centrifuge
Cyclones
Centrifuge
Filters
   Hi-Vol
   Mega Vol
   Others
Dichotomous Sampler
Diffusion Batteries
Electrical Mobility Analyzers
Optical Counter
Piezoelectric
   Impactor
   Centrifuge
Cyclones
Fugitive Assessment
   Sampling Train (FAST)
Centrifuge
Elutriators
Impactors
Cyclones
Optical
Electrical Mobility Analyzers
Diffusion Batteries
Surface lonization
                                    241

-------
time intervals at a series of points across the duct.  These  traverse  points
are located at the centers of zones which divide the duct  into  a number  of
zones of equal area.  The number of zones into which the duct is divided de-
pends on the distances to upstream and downstream flow disturbances  and  the
duct dimensions.  All samples are taken under isokinetic conditions.

     One of two general types of sampling systems is used  for these  determina-
tions depending on the test conditions and the purposes for which the  data are
being acquired.  The simpler system, illustrated in Figure 1, utilizes a filter
holder and attached sampling nozzle which are introduced directly into the gas
stream.  The filtration medium may be a flat glass fiber filter, a glass fiber
thimble or an alundum (ceramic) thimble.  The choice depends  on gas  tempera-
ture, the concentration of the particulate matter, and the intended use  of the
data.  A pitot tube and thermocouple located adjacent to the  sampling nozzle
make it possible to continuously monitor the gas velocity  and permit correction
of the sample flowrate as required to maintain isokinetic  sampling conditons.
On those occasions when the velocity field within the duct is stable over long
periods of time separate traverses may be made for determination of velocity
and dust sampling, in which case the pitot tube on the sampling probe may be
omitted.

     Testing for compliance with air pollution regulations is generally  done
with the system shown in Figure 2.  This system, known as the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency's Method 5 sampling train, uses a nozzle and heated probe to
withdraw the sample from the duct to a filter located within a temperature
controlled oven.

     The filter may be followed by either a condenser and moisture absorbent
or by a series of impingers and an absorbent.   A leakless pump is used to pro-
vide the necessary suction downstream of which are located a dry gas meter and
an orifice-type flow meter.  The latter is used for monitoring and setting the
sampling rate during a test.   This system provides for simultaneous determina-
tions of volumetric gas flows within the duct  being tested, mass emission rate,
mass concentration, and moisture content.   The use of appropriate reagents in
                                   242

-------
NJ
•P-
                                         GLASS FIBER THIMBLE FILTER
                                         HOLDER AND PROBE(HEATED)
SAMPLING
NOZZLE
V^
U^'
LJ 	


"^-^ ) ) 	 1 	



CONDENSER







DRYER

CHECK
WAI WC

-f>~-
                                                     DRY TEST METER
                                                VACUUM GAGE
                                                                    AIR-TIGHT PUMP
                            Figure 1.  American Society  For Testing and Materials' Particulate
                                       Sampling Train.

-------
                                      IMPINGER TRAIN OPTIONAL:
                                      MAY BE REPLACED BY AN
                                      EQUIVALENT CONDENSER
HEATED PROBE
                         AREA    FILTER HOLDER
                                               THERMOMETER
CHECK
VALVE
           MANOMETER    DRY TEST METER   AIR TIGHT PUMP
 Figure 2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Method  5 Particulate
           Sampling Train.
                               244

-------
the impinger portion of  the  train permits  simultaneous  determination of one
or more vapor phase components  of the  flue gas  as well  (e.g.,  SO3,  SOa).   The
probe connecting the nozzle  and filter housing  must  be  glass lined  or,  if  longer
than 2.5m,.may be stainless  steel or Incalloy.  With the  exception  of tests of
fossil fuel utility boilers  the temperatures may be  raised  to  165°C to  prevent
or minimize the addition of  sulfuric acid  condensate to the particulate catch.
Sampling rates range from  20 &pm to 200  &pm.

PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS

     The methods most widely used in the U.S.A. for  the determination of par-
ticle size distributions of  industrial flue gas particulate matter  are  based
on inertial separation.  The separators  include cascade impactors,  cyclone
separators, and other forms  of  air elutriators, including the Bahco  "micro-
particle classifier."  Because  of the  lack of resolution in the fine  particle
end of the size spectrum and the problems  inherent in the redispersion  of
collected aerosols, the  use  of  laboratory  devices such  as the Bahco are gener-
ally being discarded in  favor of other devices which perform the size separa-
tion during the sampling operation.

     The cascade impactor  is  the device most commonly used  at this  time for
determining particle size  distributions.   In the devices, an aerosol  sample
is withdrawn isokinetically  from the gas stream and passed  sequentially
through a series of impingement  stages.  Each succeeding stage operates  at
higher jet velocities than the previous  stage thereby removing successively
smaller particles at each  stage.  Determinations of the amount of particulate
matter collected on each stage is then made either by gravimetric or  chemical
analysis.  The particles size range spanned by an impactor  is usually from
about 0.50 ym to 10 jam.  The  number of stages ranges from about 6 to  13 and
flowrates range from about 0.6 Aprn to  30 £pm.  Prototypes of impactors  pro-
viding size distribution information to diameters as small  as 0.02 ym have
been constructed and successfully tested at industrial  sites.  Figures  3 and
4 show two of the more popular conventional (0.5 ym to  10 ym) impactors used
in the U.S.A.
                                    245

-------
NOZZLE
        T
        t
                                             PRECOLLECTION
                                             CYCLONE
                                              JET STAGE
                                              (7 TOTAL)
                                              COLLECTION
                                              PLATE
                                              SPRING
                                                  0700-14.1
    Figure  3.  Modified Brink Model BMS-11  Cascade Impactor.
                          246

-------
              JET STAGE  O-RING
COLLECTION PLATE
                                                      INLET
                                         7           \
                  FILTER HOLDER
COLLECTION
PLATE (7 TOTAL)
JET STAGE
(7 TOTAL)

   0700-14.2
   Figure  4.  University of Washington Mark III Source Test  Cascade
               Impactor.
                                  247

-------
     The cyclone separator is a second type of inertial separator which  is
in fairly wide use at the present time.  Small cyclones have been demonstrated
to provide rather sharp particle size selection characteristics as illustrated
in Figure 5.  This shows calibration data obtained using monodisperse aerosols
for a "cascade cyclone" designed and constructed by Southern Research Institute
for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  The system operates at a  nominal
flowrate of 28 Apm and provides particle size information from about 0.3 ym to
7.0 ym.  Figure 6 illustrates the cyclone system.  Cyclonic type collectors are
particularly useful when sampling gas streams having high dust concentrations,
which tend to lead to rapid overloading of impactors, and when large samples
are needed for chemical or toxicological studies.  They may also be a valuable
tool for determining size distributions in high temperature process streams
(600°C to 1100°C) such as those associated with coal gasifiers and fluidized
bed combustors for combined cycle electrical generating stations.  Cascade im-
pactors may not be suitable for high temperature studies because of a lack of
a suitable substrate on which to collect the particles.  Small cyclonic  sepa-
rators are also frequently used as precollectors upstream of cascade impactors
to eliminate rapid overloading of the first impaction stage.  Figure 3 shows
one application of a cyclone precollector.

     A three-stage "cascade cyclone" operating at a flowrate of 140 s£pm is in
routine use today as a part of the Source Assessment Sampling System (SASS).
The SASS, illustrated in Figure 7, is used for providing semiquantitative
information on the form, nature, and composition of pollutants emitted from
industrial processes for the purpose of assessing their potential impact on
the environment.  The system provides size segregated samples of particulate
matter in four size ranges (greater than 10 ym,  3 ym to 10 ym, 1 ym to 3 ym,
and smaller than 1 ym), usually in sufficient quantities for chemical analysis
and for toxicological studies to determine their potential impact on human
health and terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.  In addition to the particulate
samples, the system also provides samples of organic and inorganic vapors for
similar analyses.

     Optical and electron microscopy are also used occasionally for determining
particle size distributions,  but difficulties in obtaining unagglomerated
                                    248

-------
   100    ,    . „,  .
          I    I pi  I   I
    90

    80
>   70L-

1   60
S   50
I   -
lit
8   ,
    10
     0.2  0.3  0.40.50.60.8 1.0      2    3  4  5 6  8 10       20
                   PARTICLE DIAMETER, micrometers

                  • FIRST STAGE CYCLONE
                  • SECOND STAGE CYCLONE
                  £ THIRD STAGE CYCLONE
                  V FOURTH STAGE CYCLONE
                  O FIFTH STAGE CYCLONE


 Figure 5.  Laboratory Calibration for the Five Stage Series
            Cyclone System.   (472 cm3/sec, particle density—1.0
            gin/cm ) .
                            249

-------
                                CYCLONE 1
            CYCLONE 4
CYCLONE 5
                                        CYCLONE 2
                                                           CYCLONE 3
OUTLET
                                                           INLET NOZZLE
             Figure 6.  Five Stage Series Cyclone System.
                                    250

-------
ro
ui
I-1
                                   HEATER

                                 CONTROLLER
                                                                      FILTER
                                                                                   GAS COOLER
                                                                   CONDENSATE

                                                                   COLLECTOR
                                                                                   COLLECTOR
                                  DRY GAS METER
                                  ORIFICE METER
                              CENTRALIZED TEMPERATURE
                               AND PRESSURE READOUT
                                  CONTROL MODULE
-1*1-


<>
                                          1MPINGER

                                          T.C.
                                                         10 CFM VACUUM PUMP
                                      Figure  7.  Schematic of the Source Assessment Sampling System.

-------
samples at suitable surface densities on the collection media, while still
collecting a truly representative sample make the use of microscopy infrequent.

     Details of particle size distributions from about 0.01 ym to about 0.5 ym
(ultrafine particles) are desired or needed occasionally, but far less frequently
than for the larger particles.  Electron microscopy is sometimes used to pro-
vide information on the ultrafine particulate size distribution.  Here again,
difficulties in obtaining suitable representative, uncontaminated, unagglomerated
samples make this an infrequently chosen method.  The methods most frequently
used for the determination of the concentrations and size distributions of ultra-
fine particles are diffusional and electrical mobility analyses.

     Diffusional methods generally use condensation nuclei counters for measure-
ment of particle concentrations and diffustion batteries for providing the
necessary particle size discrimination.   The condensation nuclei counter, il-
lustrated in Figure 8, operates by causing a sample of the aerosol being meas-
ured to become supersaturated in the concentration of some condensible vapor—
usually water or alcohol.  The supersaturated vapor will condense on any par-
ticles present in the sample having diameters larger than some critical diam-
eter which is determined by the particle solubility and the amount of super-
saturation achieved.   This critical diameter is typically about 0.002 urn.
The condensation of the vapor results in the formation of a rather homogeneous,
monodisperse fog containing one fog droplet for every particle in the sample
which had a diameter  larger than the critical nucleation diameter.   Light
scattering techniques are then used to determine the concentration of the fog
droplets and hence the original concentration of the particles whose diameters
were larger than the  critical size.   Size distributions are then determined by
measuring the concentrations of a sample gas stream upstream and downstream of
a series of tubes, narrow parallel rectangular channels,  or screens, for which
losses resulting from particle diffusion to the internal surfaces can be pre-
dicted as functions of particle size.  Figure 9 illustrates a typical dif-
fusion battery of the parallel rectangular channel type and penetration curves
for a particular set  of flow conditions.   The condensation nuclei counters
require samples which are essentially at ambient pressure and temperature and
                                       252

-------
                    PHOTO DETECTOR

                          A
  HUMIDIFIER
                      CHAMBER
                      LIGHT STOP
                                 ICOMPARATO^  _f     I
SAMPLE
& HOLD
                                           -TTIMER 2k
                                  | TRIGGER \- -ITIMER 3(.
OUTPUT
DIGITAL
 PANEL
 METER
                                                             -JCOUNTERJ—* RANGE

                                                               3630-249
Figure  8.  Diagram of a condensation  nuclei counter.   After  Haberl and
            Fusco.
                                         253

-------
   Figure  9a.  Parallel plate diffusion battery.
 20
         0.01
                     PARTICLE DIAMETER, Aim
Figure  9b.  Parallel plate diffusion  battery penetration curves for
             monodisperse aerosols  (12 channels,  0.1 x 10 x 48 cm)."*
                                254

-------
which have much lower particle concentrations  than  those typically found in
industrial flue gases.  Therefore extractive sampling is required followed
by extensive dilution and sample conditioning  to remove undesirable conden-
sable vapors.  A schematic diagram of a complete system used for such analyses
by Southern Research Institute is shown in Figure 10.  Dilutions from 10:-1 to
4000:1 can be provided with the system.  Diffusional analyses typically pro-
vide data over the size range from about 0.01  ym to 0.2 ym.

                         SAMPLING FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

SAMPLING STRATEGIES

     Because they are not confined to a duct,  or any particular area,
fugitive emissions are more difficult  to characterize than ducted emissions.
The boundaries and velocity of the plume must  be determined, and temporal
variations and dilution must be taken into account.  An important part of
current research and development programs is the development of sampling
strategies.

     Measurements of fugitive aerosols may be  made near the source, where
essentially no dilution has occurred; in the air surrounding the source, where
only limited dilution has occurred; or upwind and downwind of the source where
dilution is essentially complete.  Measurement methods used in each applica-
tion are called quasi-stack, roof monitor, and upwind-downwind, respectively.

     Figure 11 is a schematic showing the quasi-stack technique for sampling
fugitive emissions.  In this technique, the emissions are captured at their
source in a temporary hood, and transmitted by means of an exhaust blower,
through a duct where conventional, in situ sampling methods are used to
measure the particulate concentration and the velocity of the gas.  The emis-
sion rate of the pollutants can be calculated  from these data.

     The quasi-stack method is the most accurate technique for measuring
fugitive emissions.  Almost all of the emissions are captured with little
dilution.   Unfortunately, it may be difficult  or impossible to apply in
                                          255

-------
ro
                                                                DUMP
                                                               BLEED
                                                                                        TIME
                                                                                        AVERAGING
                                                                                        CHAMBER
                                                                             DILUTION DEVICE
                                                                 CHARGE NEUTRALIZER
       PROCESS EXHAUST LINE


       CHARGE NEUTRALIZER

                  CYCLONE

ORIFICE WITH BALL AND SOCKET
   JOINTS FOR QUICK RELEASE

                                             SOX ABSORBERS (OPTIONAL)-
                                                   HEATED INSULATED BOX


                                         RECIRCULATED CLEAN, DRY, DILUTION AIR

                                                                               FILTER   BLEED NO. 2
                                   MANOMETER
                                                                                                   COOLING COIL
                                                                                                         3630-036
                                                                                                    PRESSURE
                                                                                                    BALANCING
                                                                                                    LINE
                                                                                                                         BLEED NO. 1
                                            Figure 10.   Sample Extraction-Dilution System (BEDS).1*

-------
                                                           EXHAUST
       U	3DMIN.	frj          U	3DMIN.	»-j
                                  MEASUREMENT
/
HOOD
D —
I AIR FLOW
\ PITOT

E
DUCT
3E
3
GAS
SAMPI PR
SOURCE
                         PARTICLE
                         SAMPLER
                                                    CONTROL
                                                    VALVE
                                                             BLOWER
BYPASS
AIR
 Figure 11.   Schematic of  a quasi-stack sampling arrangement.
                             257

-------
cases where the emissions from a source cannot be isolated, where the physical
arrangement will not permit  its  installation, where the character of the  emis-
sions may be changed, or where the process operation might be interrupted.

     Figure 12 illustrates the roof monitor method for sampling fugitive
emissions.  This method is applicable to methods or processes within buildings
that have a small number of openings to the atmosphere.  The structure of  such
a building serves as a large hood, confining the emissions to a. limited vol-
ume of air (and hence dilution) before transmitting them through  the openings
to the outside.

     As in the quasi-stack method, the particulate concentration and gas
velocity are measured and used to calculate the emission rate.  In the roof
monitor method, the emission rate represents the combined strength of all
the sources within the building.

     The roof monitor method is less accurate than the quasi-stack method
because of the higher dilution ratio and multiplicity of sources and exhaust
openings.  On the other hand, it  can be applied to almost any process that
operates indoors without interrupting the normal plant operations.

     Although it is the least accurate of the three sampling techniques,  the
upwind-downwind method can be applied to any source of fugitive emissions.
The particulate emission rate from a source is determined by taking the dif-
ference between particulate concentrations measured in the atmosphere by  a
network of samplers located upwind and downwind from a source.  The samplers
are normally arranged in a network near the ground,  but in some applications
have been attached to masts to form a two-dimensional,  vertical array on  the
downwind side of the source.   The data are used as input into dispersion  models
to estimate the strength of the source.

SAMPLING INSTRUMENTS

     In using the quasi-stack technique to monitor fugitive emissions,  the
concentration of particles is generally high enough to allow the use of
                                      258

-------
                                     CUPOLA
    VOLTMETER
TOGAS
                             TRAVERSE LINE =
                PULLEY
             DETAIL A
                           GASEOUS EMISSION
                           SAMPLE LINE
                                       POWER
                                       LINE
                                              HI-VOL
DETAIL B
   Figure  12.  Schematic of a roof monitor  traversing sampler
                arrangement.
                                 259

-------
stack sampling instruments as described above.  However, for roof monitor
sampling and upwind-downwind sampling, the aerosol is diluted and it  is
desirable to use high volume samplers.

     Figure 13 illustrates the high volume filter sampler that is used exten-
sively in the USA to measure particulate concentrations.  The sampler is
enclosed in an aluminum enclosure to prevent rain and large particles from
falling onto the filter.  A blower is used to draw a gas volume of approx-
imately 1130 £pm through a glass fiber filter (20.3 x 25.4 cm).

     If a measure of the particle-size distribution is desired, cascade
impactors are available that fit directly over the Hi-Vol filter, using
the same blower and flow control system, to yield the additional data.  Three
models of cascade impactors for use with the Hi-Vol are illustrated in
Figure 14.

     A number of multiple jet impactors  that operate at flowrates on the
order of 30 £pm are also available for fugitive and ambient sampling.

     Figure 15 is a schematic illustrating the operating principle of the
     •
dichotomous sampler, or virtual impactor,that has recently been developed
for sampling fugitive and ambient aerosols.   This instrument samples at a
flowrate of 50 Jlpm.  The separation of particles having aerodynamic diameters
of 2.5 ym and larger from smaller particles  is done by impingement into a
dead air space, or virtual surface.   In order to optimize the performance of
the instrument, it has been found desirable  to have a small flow from the
stagnant volume.   The main advantage of the  dichotomous sampler is that it
can be used to collect large samples without overloading.

     A Fugitive Air Sampling Train (FAST)  has been designed to utilize com-
mercially available equipment to obtain a  500 milligram sample of particulate
matter and a 15 milligram sample of  organic  vapors in an 8-hour sampling period
at locations where the pollutant concentration levels are about 200 micrograms
per cubic meter.   The prototype unit has been constructed to contain the sampl-
ing devices in a single unit, as shown in  Figure 16,  about 2x1x1 meters in
                                      260

-------
  AIR FLOW
                                           "FILTER
                                           -BLOWER
                                           •CONTROLS
Figure 13.   The standard high volume  particle sampler.
                              261

-------
                                                 COLLECTION
                                                 PAPERS
/I
1
1
\
iX
i !
?
\ \
*\ <
1 .— I
h
t
~°°^~T
\ i
\ PARTICLE
SLOT DEPOSIT
Figure 14a.  The Sierra  Instruments Hi-Volume cascade impactor.
                                                 \
 \
IMPACTION
PLATE
                                                FILTER
Figure 14b.   The BGI Hi-Volume  cascade impactor.
                                                         AIR FLOW
                                      JET PLATE
                                    GASKET'
                                                                 PARTICLE DEPOSIT
                                         JET PLATE     GLASS FIBER SUBSTRATE
Figure  14c.   The Andersen  2000 Hi-Volume cascade  impactor.
                                 262

-------
                         INTAKE
                         (50 Spm)
                  TER A
               (2.5 Spm)
FILTER B
(47.5 8pm)
Figure  15.  A schematic of the dichotomous  sampler.
                              263

-------
    LOUVER
    INLET
IMPACTOR STAGE
TO MAIN
VACUUM BLOWER
                                                         CYCLONE
                                                         XAD-2
                                                         MODULE
         	 "	j——IM—
   TO VACUUM PUMP    |	
Figure 16.   Fugitive air  sampling train assembly.
                              264

-------
size.  This sampling unit contains a single stage cascade impactor to collect
about 90% of all particles larger than 15 ym, a cyclone separator to collect
about 50% of the remaining particles larger than 3 ym, and a glass fiber filter
to collect more than 99% of the particles still entrained in the sampling
stream.  The particulate sampling stream flowrate of about 300 m3/hr is pro-
vided by a separately packaged Roots-type vacuum blower.  A side stream of
about 8 m3/hr is taken from the main stream below the filter by a separately
mounted vacuum pump and drawn through a canister of XAD-2 adsorbent resin to
extract organic vapors.  The component arrangement is shown schematically in
Figure 17.

                          SAMPLING AMBIENT EMISSIONS

     Sampling ambient aerosols is done with the same type of instruments
as those used in sampling dilute fugitive emissions.  A large network of
Hi-Vol samplers is used to continuously monitor the total suspended partic-
ulate (TSP) burden in the USA.

     Cascade impactors, dichotomous samplers, and the FAST, are all used as
part of research studies or efforts to characterize urban aerosols in more
detail.
                                      265

-------
                        CYCLONE
INLET
                         CYCLONE
                                      OUTLET C
                                      T.C.
VACUUM
PUMP
                                                                   EXHAUST
        Figure  17-   Fugitive air sampling train components,
                                      266

-------
                                  REFERENCES

1.  American Society for Testing and Materials
    Standard Method for Sampling Stacks for Particulate Matter.  Designation
    D2928-71, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, 1977.

2.  Federal Register.
    Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources: Revision to
    Reference Methods 1-8.  42(160):  41753-51789,1977.

3.  Smith, W. B., and R. R. Wilson, Jr.
    Development and Laboratory Evaluation of a Five-Stage Cyclone System.
    Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC. 66 pp,  1978.
    EPA-600/7-78-008

4.  Smith, W. B., K. M. Gushing, and J. D. McCain
    Procedures Manual for Electrostatic Precipitator Evaluation.
    Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC.  430 pp,  1977.
    EAP-600/7-77-059

5.  Haberl, J. B., and S. J. Fusco
    Condensation Nuclei Counters:  Theory and Principles of Operation.
    General Electric Technical Information Series, No. 70 POD 12, 1970.

6.  Smith, W. B., P. R. Cavanaugh, and R. R. Wilson.
    Technical Manual.  A Survey of Equipment and Methods for Particulate
    Sampling in Industrial Process Streams.        >:
    Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park, N.C.   281 pp, 1978.
    EPA-600/7-78-043

7.  Helming, E. M.,. Compiler
    Symposium on Fugitive Emissions Measurement and Control.
    TRC,  EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC., 1976.
    EPA-600/2-76-246
                                         267

-------
                   D.L. Zelikson, N.G. Bulgakova

      PRESENT-DAY TENDENCIES IN AEROSOL DISPERSION ANALYSIS
      Improving methods for protecting the atmosphere from industrial
emissions is based on the reliability of results from aero-mechanical
and physio-chemical measurement. Measurement is  strictly the basis
of practically all aspects of environmental protection since it al-
lows quantitative evaluation of efficiency of protection and of end
results - the attainment of sanitary norms. The leading role of mea-
surement in supplying technical process with the means of gas-clean-
ing may be realized only means of advanced  development of concrete
types of measuring techniques and of its basis, metrology.
      Raising the question of lead development in_measurement tech-
nology should above all accentuate research in an equipment oriented
direction, deciding types of measurement directly necessary  for re-
liable evaluation  of gas-cleaning efficiency- Dispersion analysis
and a survey of possible means of its development is the purpose of
this report. An outline of literature  (1-4) of various schemes of
classifying'"methods for measuring aerosol particle diameter attests
to the lack of a single common opinion on questions of selecting
classifying features. Sufficient]^ arbitrary features are usually
used applicable to this narrow "problem. Disregarding attempts to
set up a substantial classification model because of its complexity
and the fact that it falls outside the limits of the given topic
it is necessary as a consequence to select one basic type of disper-
sion analysis - dynamic dispersion analysis. Classification of mea-
surement methods with regard to "dynamic features" is not found in
the literature. At the same time, dynamic measurement type comprises
a wide area of aerosol dispersion analyses to which in part relate
more  known  methods  of  inertial  precipitation  and   sedimenta-
tion.
      Dynamic dipsersion analysis uses a fundamental  property of
particles - the presence of mass and inertia - and is realized
by utilizing the effect of various forces on the suspended parti-
cle.  Under the influence of these forces, particles acquire a giv^n
motion, therefore the problem of dynamic analysis is reduced to cor-
rect  measurement of this motion's parameters.
      From a metrological point of view, dynamic analysis is close
                                   268

-------
to absolute measurements  more  preferable  in  result  reliability
when the magnitude  of  the measured  value  is found in agreement with
the estimation of the  given  value's conception.
      Prom determination  of  dynamic analysis follow basic classi-
fication features:
      - the nature  of  the acting  forces;
      - types of particle motion;
      - methods of  measuring parameters of motion.
An enlarged classification is  introduced  in  the table.  Detailed
classification is connected  with  clarification of  concrete methods
of force interaction with the  particles and   with   each  measure-
ment method.
      The classification  provides five types of motion:
      - eguilibrial, when the  particle is found at  rest or is
moving evenly and in a straight line;
      - curvilineal, if when under  the influence of applied forces
the particle trajectory deviates  in relation to its inertia;
      - rotary motion  has significance for non-spherical particles„
mainly for those of elongated  form  and,   obviously,  it  is  almost
th*. sole form of motion allowing   evaluation  of   the  particle's
form;
      - oscillatory, i.e.  back-antf-forth motion, whose amplitude  and
frequency dtermines the particle  mass;
      -impulse motion  which has been practically unused  until now and
has a conditional character.
      Active forces may be divided  by their  nature  into aerodynamic,
acoustic, electromagnetic, and distinct from the others, optical.
      In the field  of  aerodynamic forces, the particle participates
in any of the listed types of  motion. In  sedimentation methods,
counterbalancing  gravitational and centrifugal forces, other than  aero-
dynamic, act upon the  particle, which causes equilibrial motion.
Aerosol stream flow against  a  barrier such as walls in cyclone
analysers and impactors or against  a counter flow  of pure gas in
so-called virtual impactors  (5) is  charaterized by the particle's
curvilinear tra j ectory.
      Aerosol oradient  flov;  in a boundary layer or with stream
vortex limits particle revolution. The  submersed supersonic stream has
periodic  structure and  and the  stream velocity  flow axis  perio-
dically changes from sonic to  higher.  The  spatial modulation of

                                 269

-------
DYNAMIC DISPERSION ANALYSIS OF AEROSOLS

EQUILIBRIAL


CURVILINEAR

ROTARY



OSCILLATORY


IMPULSE

































^

















1
1















1

i
1
•
1
1










•
•
•
•















1


I
>
V

\









METHODS



'!•'
:
|:









OF















"








N
\
V



t

••



|

I









I
•
i



•
•
•
•







•
•
•















' k








*
1
1
(

1
•
1
I 1
'.
I •






1
'

1 •
* *
| »
T













i.











1
1
»
!:














i V 1
1"
]
1
s-
i
i




i


I
L




l
;i
!i
I'
i

»i
'
i
1


















MEASUREMENT
g
H
H
o
£3 O
O
s!
«
Si










USTIC
o
o
<











o
w
3
H
|
1
3
H
EH
&
O
CJ
H
«
H
1
H

y
«
                                             ACTIVE FORCES
                                                    AERODYNAMIC
                                              t.' •  ] ACOUSTIC
                                               I-	1 ELECTROMAGNETIC
                                               !•• • I OPTICAL

-------
velocity results in particle  separation (6) . The  shock wave transmits
impulse motion to the particles.
      In the acoustic standing wave, the particles, moving in loop
motion, form an  eguilibrial spatial lattice(7), whose  period of
origin is a function of dispersion composition. Acoustically linear
effects, accompanied by directed  flows, perpendicular  to the aero-
sol stream, may  be used for fractional precipitation of particles
moving curvilinearly. The travelling sonic wave   draws particles into
oscillation and  revolution. The latter motion occurs due to the
presence of velocity gradients in the wave  (7). Sonic  radio pulse
or video pulse   has an effect on  the particle that is  analogous
to .a shock wave.
      Electrical, magnetic and optical forces influence the parti-
cle identically  in equilibrial or curvilinear motion.  In the first
case, these forces counterbalance gravitational and/or aerodynamic
forces, and in the second, the appearance of phoresis  is used,  act-
ing perpendicularly to the aerosol stream (8) . Revolution  of elongated
particles may be carried  out by electro- or  photophoresis. The  spe-
cific action of  the electromagnetic field appears in mass-specto-
mcury. Mass-spectral analyzers used for high-dispersion charged
aerosols separate particles according to curvilinear trajectories
(9). The rotary  electromagnetic field of the multi-phase . flow
holds wide possibilities  for particle rotation (10). Spherical  par-
ticle oscillation in the  plane condenser's variable field is used
for the most exact diameter measurements. Electrical discharge is
the source of impulse movement.
      In the standing optical wave are oscillating subatomic char-
ged particles, the ions that form the  spatial lattice analogous to
the acoustic lattice.  Irradiation  of particles by a high-intensity
laser source  resulting in a piercing of the dispersion medium aids particle
visualization (11) and may be conditionally  related to impulse
types, accompanied by transfer to the  second aggregate state.
      Methods of measuring movement parameters are based on
partial usage of active field energies or on registration of
the results of their influence.
      Mechanical measurement methods reduce  to determination
of mass of the particles  settled  from  the aerosol,  the rate of
their settling or revolution, the path travelled by the parti-
cles or the time "taken to cover    a given distance, and the

                                271

-------
 amplitude  of  oscillations  etc.  in various  combinations of types
 of motions and  active  forces  aiven  above.  Aerodynamical  measure-
 ment methods  preclude  those using aerosol  flow parameter regi-
 stration as a function of  dispersion phase concentration. This
 hydraulic  pressure variation of filters and other hydraulic sys-
 tems, in particularly, in  conjunction with  changes  in   the
 viscosity  of the dual-phase turbulent flow. Acoustic measurement
 methods include recording  absorption or dispersion doses, which
 includes energy diffracted by particles of thetsonic-'field. Mea-
 surement of the floppier effect of frequency in relation  to  par-
 ticle speed is  possible, as well as recording sound pressure
 during particle impact.
      Electrical discharge/ transfered by particles directly to the
collector electrode or induced, is  measured in the electrical meth-
ods. For measurement of mass of settling,  tuning fork or piezoreso-
nance weights have been developed in which oscillation frequency of
the resonance contour is set in relation to the amount of settling.
The piezoelectrical effect is used  also in pressure converters re=
cording impulses during single particle impacts against the sensory
element surface  (12). Measurement of electrical beam absorption in
the aerosol  "flow, magnetic and dielectric  permeability  dielec-
trical loss coeeficient, etc. is  possible. Optical measurement me-
thods present the widest possibilities. Equipment based upon these
methods are universal,  frequently automated, probeless means of
measurement introducing the least interference in the measurement
process and having maximum accuracy and sensitivity. Cinematogra-
phic, photographic and visual recording of movement parameters -or
fixation of particle position is related to these methods. Light  absorp-
tion, scattering and difraction, polarization charactersistic vari-
ations, emission frequency Doppler  effect and charactersitic illu-
mination of exploding particles are used in this equipment.
      Radiometric methods rival optical measurement. These  methods
include absorption, scattering and  difraction of emissions, inher-
 ent emission of radioactive aerosols, and Doppler signal modula-
 tion down to the use of the Messbauer effect in special cases.
       The considered methods of measurement are used for recording
 all tyoes of particle movement in different combinations of active
 forces in wide ranges of fractional concentrations and  dimensions
                                 272

-------
 particles of various forms. In aerosol measurement technology and
 industrial gas cleaning, particle  size in  the  range  of  5-6  orders  '
 of magnitude from 1  nanometer  at concentrations  also in the range
 of 5-6 orders of  magnitude  from 1  microgram/m  are of interest,  and
in experimental studies from one particle in the measured  volume. The maximally
attained* accuracy  of  particle measurement on the  order of 1  micron
          10    (13).  Dynamic analysis methods of  aerosol dispersed
 composition altogether meet the  above  demands  and  provide to a
 considerable  degree  the possibility for automating analysis in
 various  conditions of use.
      Two ways of of developing aerosol measurement techniques are
 possible. The first calls for creating universal means of measure-
 ment  favorable for use  in any, even extreme, .conditions.  Ac-
 cording  to the second,  units that have been developed are special-
 ized  according to their branch of industry or according to gas-
 cleaning  or dust removal systems.- Universal equipment is more expen-
 sive, complex in its design and  maintenance,  requires more quali-
   t
 fied  operating personel  during installation at experimental sites,
 but then is automated in a  large degree and therefore simple in
 operation under conditions  of sufficient reliability. Specialized
 equipment is  distinguished  by the simplicity of its design and
 mounting but  practically excludes the  possibility of changing
 the study site.  Apparently,  the technology of measurement in the
 area  of dispersion analysis should be  developed with determined
 relationship  of these types of equipment with regard to the
 necessity of  establishing calibration  means to ensure accuracy.
                BIBLIOGRAPHY

 l.Klimenko, A.P. Methods  and Equipment for Measuring Dust Concentration,
 Moscow, "Khimiia",  1978.
 2. Methods, Equipment,  and Systems for Monitoring the Industrial Envir-
 onment ; Interinstitutional Collection, Leningrad, LETI, 1976.
 3. Larchenko, V.I.,  Filippov, V.P.,  Kulenev, Y.P., Modern Methods  for
 Controlinq Aerosol  Concentration ; Survey Information TS-4 "Analytic
 Equipment and -Equipment for Scientific Investigation", Moscow, TsNIITEI
 equipment construction, 1977.
                                 273

-------
4. Soprunyuk, P.M., Pau, A.A., Semen, N.P., New Dust Monitoring Equip-
ment ; Survey Information TS-4 "Analytic Equipment and Equipment for
Scientific Investigation", Moscow, TsNIITEI equipment construction, 1977
5. A Method for Measuring Particle Diameter, Japanese patent 113DO
(COIN 15/02) No.52-22560, 1977.
6. Alkhimov, A.P., Papyrin, A.N., Predein, A.L., Soloukhin, R.I.,
Experimental Study of the Speed Lag Effect of Fine Particles in
a Supersonic Gas Flow, PMFT Journal, 1977, No.4.
7. Mednikov, E.P., Acoustical Coagulation in Aerosol Settling,
Moscow, USSR Academy of Sciences, 1963.
8. Kutukov,V.B.-, Ostrovskii, Y.K., Yalamov, Y.I., A Method for
Separating Aerosol Particles from Gas Flow, USSR Author's Certificate,
Patent no.558200, COIN 21/22, 1977.
9. Susoev, A.A., Chupakhin, M.S., Introduction to Mass-Spectometry,
Moscow, Atomizdat, 1977.
10. Tolstoi, N.A., Spartakov, A.A., Trusov, A.A., Electrooptical
Properties of Lyophobic Colloids, "Colloid Journal", 1966, 28, No.5,
p. 735.
11. Zakharchenko, S.V., Kolomiets, S.M., Skripkin, A.M., Breakdown
of Dispersion Medium By Laser Emission,"PMFT Journal", 1977, 3, No.
24, p.1339-1343.
12. Kozelkina, E.V., Kozelkin, V.V., Otroshko, N.G., Methods of Deter-
mining Solid Particle Concentration in Gas Suspension Flows, "Factory
Laboratory", 1971, No.3, 307-308.
13. Ashkin, A., Recent Experiments with Optical Levitation, "Optical
Communications", 1976, 18, No.l, 190-191.
                                 274

-------
        INSTRUMENTS FOR AUTOMATICALLY MONITORING
             PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS
                  W.  M.  Farthing
                   W.B. Smith

            Southern Research Institute
              2000 Ninth Avenue South
             Birmingham, Alabama 35205

                  W.  B. Kuykendal
    Industrial  Environmental Research Laboratory
          Environmental Protection Agency
         Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved
 for publication by the U. S. EPA.)
                       275

-------
                   INSTRUMENTS FOR AUTOMATICALLY MONITORING
                        PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS
                                 INTRODUCTION

      Although the majority of size distribution measurements are still made
using manual techniques, there is a clear need for automatic systems with
real-time data output.  Examples of such applications are:  monitoring processes
with periodic particle generation, process control, and optimizing control
device performance.

      The ideal measurement method is one which yields particle-size data con-
veniently, without perturbing the sample.  Also, it is usually desirable to
measure the diameter of the particles in terms of their aerodynamic behavior
so that an estimate can be made of potential health effects.  Some hybrid
systems have been developed wherein the particles are size-segregated by im-
paction, with optical;piezoelectric, and $-particle monitor sensors after each
stage; but, the greatest emphasis is now on the development of optical systems.
The optical systems appear to offer greater convenience, speed,  and reliability,
but the accuracy will ultimately depend upon some knowledge of the optical
properties of the aerosol being measured, and solving the problem of relating
optical measurements to aerodynamic behavior.

      In studies of process streams, the particle concentration, size range,
and composition may present experimental difficulties, as well as the corro-
siveness and temperature of the gas.

      This paper includes descriptions of particle measuring systems now in
regular use in the U.S.A.,  and some prototype systems that have  been recently
developed for in situ applications.
                                     276

-------
                           SYSTEMS  NOW IN REGULAR USE l

CASCADE IMPACTORS WITH  PIEZOELECTRIC  CRYSTAL  SENSORS

      Piezoelectricity  is  a  property  of  certain crystals,  such  as quartz,
which involves  the production  of an electrical  charge  on certain faces of  the
crystal when  the crystal becomes mechanically stressed.  The  converse process
also occurs;  that is, a piezoelectric crystal  becomes mechanically stressed
where an electrical  charge is  placed  on  certain faces.  This  two-way capability
is responsible  for the  ability of  a piezoelectric  crystal  to  cause an oscillating
electric circuit to  oscillate  at the  natural  vibrational frequency of the  crystal.
When foreign  material,  such  as aerosol particles,  adheres  to  the surface of a
vibrating piezoelectric crystal, the  natural  frequency of  vibration of the
crystal decreases.   The magnitude  of  the frequency change  is  directly propor-
tional to the mass of the  added material.

      Carpenter and  Brenchly and Chuan have developed  and  tested multiple-stage
cascade impactors with  piezoelectric  crystals on each  stage to monitor the rate
and amount of mass collected.   Chuan's impactor is now sold commercially by
Berkeley Controls, Inc. (2700  Du Pont Drive,Irvine,  CA 92714).  Chuan's
impactor has  ten stages, with  the  cut points  reported  to be from 0.05 to
about 25 ym.  Because of the extreme  sensitivity of the instrument (and upper
limit on mass accumulation), it is  more  suitable for ambient  than stack work,
where sample  extraction and  dilution  would be required.  The  impactor must be
disassembled, and each  crystal cleaned before the  limits of the linear range
are reached.  In a typical urban atmosphere,  this  limit is reached in about
two hours.  When interfaced  with a  programmable calculator, the system will
print out the measured  size  distribution at chosen time intervals.  The
piezoelectric impactor  is  shown in  Figure 1.

ELECTRICAL MOBILITY ANALYZER

      Figure  2  illustrates the relationship between the diameter and electrical
mobility of small aerosol  particles.   If particles  larger  than  those of minimum
mobility are  removed from  the  sample,  the remaining  particles exhibit a monotonically
                                         277

-------
   10-6
 *  10-7
 0
   10-8
           0
            0
         a  o
             Q
                 D D
                                     O E - 5.0 x 105 V/m
                                        Nt - 8.0 x 1011 sec/m3

                                     D E - 1.5 x 105 V/m
                                        Nt - 3.2 x 1012 sec/m3

                                        SHELLAC AEROSOL K = 3.2
0.0      0.2      0.4       0.6      0.8       1.0
                      PARTICLE DIAMETER, pm
                                                            1.2
1.4
                                                               3630-251
Figure  2.   Particle mobility as a function  of  diameter for  shellac
            aerosol particles charged in a positive ion field.   K
            is the dielectric constant of the aerosol particles.
                                     278

-------
 decreasing mobility with increasing diameter.   Several aerosol spectrometers,
 or mobility  analyzers,  have been demonstrated  that employ the diameter-
 mobility  relationship to classify particles according to their size,  and Figure
 3 illustrates  the principle on which these devices operate.   Particles  are
 charged under  conditions of homogeneous electric field and ion concentration,
 and  then  passed  into the spectrometer.   Clean  air flows down the  length of
 the  device and a transverse electric field is  applied.   From a knowledge of
 the  system geometry and operating conditions,  the mobility is derived for any
 position  of  deposition  on the grounded  electrode.  The particle diameter is
 then readily calculated from a knowledge of the electric charge and mobility.

      Difficulties with mobility analyzers are associated primarily with charg-
 ing  the particles to a  known value with a minimum of  loss by precipitation and
 obtaining accurate analyses of the quantity of particles in  each  size range.
 The  latter may be done  gravimetrically,  optically,  or electrically.

      The concept described above has been used by  Whitby, Liu, et al,  at the
 University of  Minnesota,  to develop a series of models  of the Electrical Aerosol
 Analyzer(EAA).   A commercial version of  the University  of Minnesota devices is
 now  marketed by  Thermosysterns,  Inc., as  the Model 3030  (Figure 4).  The EAA is
 designed  to  measure the size distribution of particles  in the range from
 0.0032 to 1.0  ym diameter.   The concentration  range for best operation  is 1 to
 1000 yg/m3,  and  thus  dilution is required for  most  industrial gas aerosols.

      The EAA  is  operated in the following manner.  As  a vacuum pump  draws
 the  aerosol  through the analyzer (see Figure 4),  a  corona generated at  a high
 voltage wire within the charging section  gives  the  sample a  positive  electrical
 charge.   The charged  aerosol flows  from  the charger to  the analyzer section as
 an annular cylinder of  aerosol  surrounding a cone of  clean air.  A metal rod,
 to which  a variable,  negative voltage can be applied, passes  axially  through
 the  center of  the analyzer  tube.  Particles  smaller than a certain size  (with
highest electrical  mobility) are  drawn to  the  collecting  rod  when the voltage
corresponding  to that size  is on  the rod.   Larger particles  pass through the
analyzer  tube and are collected by a filter.  The electrical  charges  on these
particles drain off through  an electrometer; giving a measure of current.
                                        279

-------
CHARGED PARTICLES
 CLEAN AIR
 LAMINAR FLOW
                     fc
A
                                                                    \
                                                                        \
             SMALLER PARTICLES OF
             HIGH ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
                   LARGER PARTICLES OF
                   LOW ELECTRICAL MOBILITY
1
                                                                              3630-252
                  Figure  3.   The  electric mobility  principle.
                                          280

-------
                                                                                                                    CONTROL MODULE
                                                                                                                    ANAL*Zen nutria I
                                                                                                                      DAT* RCAO COMMAND -
                                                                                                                     CTCLE STMT I
                                                                                                                     CVCLC KKT COMMAND -

                                                                                                              	ACROMX. flOWMITiR RIAOOUT
                                                                                                              	CHAHJt* CURRENT MUWUT
                                                                                                              —	CMAdOtd VOLTMC MADOUT
                                                                                                              AUTOMATIC HIGH VOLTAOC COHTWIL AMD MAOOUT
                                                                                                              OfCTKOMCTCR IANALrl£R CUMEMTI WACOUT
                                                                                                                   •TOTAL fLWKTfK KAOOIT
                                                                                                                            TO VACUUM
to
00
                                        Figure 4.   Flow schematic and  electronic block diagram  of  the Electrical
                                                      Aerosol Analyzer.

-------
      A step increase in rod voltage will cause particles of a  larger  size to
be collected by the rod with a resulting decrease in electrometer  current.
This decrease in current is related to the additional number of particles  be-
ing collected.  A total of eleven voltage steps divide the 0.0032  to 1.0
micron size range of the instrument into ten equal logarithmic  size intervals.
Different size intervals can be programmed by means of an optional plug-in
memory card.

      The electrical aerosol analyzer can be operated either automatically or
manually.  In the automatic mode, the analyzer steps through the entire size
range.  For size and concentration monitoring over an extended period of time,
the analyzer may be intermittently triggered by an external timer.  The stand-
ard readout consists of a digital display within the control circuit module,
although a chart recorder output is available.  It is almost always advanta-
geous to use a strip chart recorder to record the data.  This allows the
operator to identify a stable reading that may be superimposed on source varia-
tions and also gives a permanent record of the raw data.   The EAA requires only
two minutes to perform a complete size distribution analysis, which generally
makes it advantageous to use, especially on stable sources.

OPTICAL PARTICLE COUNTERS

      Figure 5 is a schematic diagram illustrating the principle of operation
for optical particle counters.   A dilute aerosol stream intersects the focus
of a light beam to form an optical "view volume."  The photodetector is located
so that no light reaches its sensitive cathode except that scattered by par-
ticles in the view volume.   Thus, each particle that scatters light with enough
intensity will generate a current pulse at the photodetector, and the amplitude
of the pulse can be related to  the particle diameter.   Optical particle counters
yield real-time information on  particle size and concentration.

      In an optical particle counter,  the intensity of the scattered light and
the amplitude of the resulting  current pulse depend on the viewing angle,  par-
ticle refractive index,  particle shape,  and particle diameter.   Different view-
ing angles and optical geometries are  chosen to optimize  some aspect of the
                                       282

-------
                                  LIGHT TRAP
LAMP
                                                  SAMPLE AEROSOL
                                   TO PUMP
                                                         PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                                               3630-243
        Figure  5.   Schematic  of an optical  single particle  counter.
                                    283

-------
counter performance.  For example, the use of near forward scattering will
minimize the dependence of the response on the particle refractive index, but
with a severe loss of resolution near 1 ym diameter.  The use of right angle
scattering smooths out the response curve, but the intensity is more dependent
on the particle refractive index.

      Figure 6 illustrates some of the optical configurations that are found
in commercial particle counters.  The pertinent geometric and operating constants
of the counters are summarized in Table 1.

      The commercial optical counters that are available now were designed for
laboratory work and have concentration limits of a few hundred particles per
cubic centimeter.  The lower size limit is nominally about 0.3 ym diameter.
For use in studies of industrial aerosols, dilution of the sample is required
and the useful upper limit in particle size has been limited by losses in the
dilution system to about 2.0 ym diameter.   In addition, the particle diameter
that is measured is not aerodynamic,  and some assumptions must be made in order
to compare optical with aerodynamic data.   However, it is possible to "calibrate"
an optical counter, on a particulate source,  to yield aerodynamic data.   This
is done by using special calibration impactors, or settling chambers.

DIFFUSION BATTERIES WITH CONDENSATION NUCLEI COUNTERS

      Diffusion batteries with condensation nuclei counters have been standard
equipment for measuring the size distribution of submicrometer particles for
many years.  Data acquisition with these systems, however, has been tedious
and time consuming.  Recently, Knutson and Sinclair developed and demonstrated
an automatic diffusional sizing system.2 Figure 7 shows their system.  The
aerosol is drawn through a 60JI tank to damp short-term fluctuations and into
the miniature, screen-type diffusion battery.  A motor driven valve having
15 ports is used to switch from port to port on the diffusion battery and to
sample filtered air.  The aerosol concentration at the inlet and outlet of
the diffusion battery is measured using a continuous-flow condensation nuclei
counter which has alcohol as a working fluid.  The data are recorded on punched
tape for later analysis by computer.   Knutson and Sinclair's system has been
                                        284

-------
CALIBRATOR
                                 CLIMET
                                         02*
                                                                 SCATTtRING
                                                                 FHOTOOETECTOR
                                                     CURVED MIRROR
                                                     gam REFLECTIVITY
                                                                «0mm F.L.
                                                                CYUNOER LENS
                                                              HE-NE 6mW LASER
                                                    REFERENCE
                                                    PHOTOOETECTOR
                                                    MODULE
                                                             PMSLAS-200
                                                                                  5 mm F.L.
                                                                                  PARABOLIC MIRROR
                                                                                  90« REFLECTIVITY

                                                                                O" B1NO SEAL
                                                                                              DUMP WINDOW
                                                                                             AEHODYNAMICALLV
                                                                                             FOCUSING INLET
                                                           W DIAGONAL FLAT
                                                           M + % REFLECTIVITY
!	£ SHEATH AIR
                                                                                      V SAMPLE AIR
                                                      02b
         COLLECTION    PUPIL
 UGHT    LENS         LENS
 TRAF
                            FHOTOMULTIFUER
                                                                                              FHOTOMULTIFLIER
                             ROYCO 220
                                                           ROYCO226
                                        02c
                                                      02d
                                  PHOTOMULTIFUER
                                  TUBE,
CONDENSER LENSES
                                                                                            PHOTOMULTIPLIER
                                                         LIGHT
                                                         TRAF
                                                               VOLUME
                            ROYCO 248
                                                          8 AND L 40-1
                                        02*
                                                       02f
      Figure  6.   Optical  configurations  for six  commercial particle
                      counters.
                                                  285

-------
                                                             TABLE  1.
                     CHARACTERISTICS OF  COMMERCIAL,  OPTICAL,  PARTICLE COUNTERS
Bausch & Lorab Model 40-1
  820 Linden Avel
  Rochester, NY 14625

Climet Models 201, 208
  Climet Inst. Co.
  1620 W. Colton Ave.
  Badlands, CA 92373
•Model LAS-200
  Particle Measuring Systems
  1855 S.  57th Ct.
  Boulder, CO 80301
                                   Illuminating Cone
                                    Half Angle, y
13°
15
               Light Trap Half  Collecting Aperture  Inclination Between
                  Angle, a        Half Angle, 3     Illuminating And
                                                   Viewing
                            Collecting Cone Axis, i|>  Volume
33°
                    35
53"
                                     90
                                                        0°
                                                                       0.5
                                                                       0.5
                                                              Sampling
                                                                Rate
170 cn'/"oln
                                                                                 7,080


NJ
OO
CT>





Climet Model 150
Royco Model 218
Royco Inat.
41 Jefferson Dr.
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Royco Model 220
Royco Model 245
Royco Model 225
Tech Ecology Model 200
Tech Ecology, Inc.
645 N. Mary Ave.
Sunnyvalle, CA 94086
Tech Ecology Model 208
Particle Measurement Systems
12
5
24
5
5
5
5
0.5
18
11
-
16
7
8
10
35
28
30
24
25
25
20
20
120
0
0
90
0
0
0
0
0
0.4
0.25
2.63
4.0
2.0
0.46
2.5
0.003
472
283
2,830
28,300
283 or 2,830
283
2,830
120 or 1,200
•632.8 mm laser ilium., all others are white light.

-------
                                                              ROTARY
                                                              15-PORT VALVE
                               AEROSOL
                               IN
NJ
OO
                                     4 Ipiti  J LJ
                             SINCLAIR
                             NUCLEUS
                             COUNTER
                                                                                              TO PUMP
                                              SINCLAIR
                                              DIFFUSION
                                              BATTERY
                       STEP AND
                       HOME
                       SIGNALS
4 Ipm TO OTHER
INSTRUMENTS
                                                                          CONVERT
                                                                          SIGNAL
                                         601
                                         BALLAST
                                         TANK
                 TIMING AND
                 CONTROL
                 CIRCUIT
                                ANALOG TO
                                DIGITAL
                                CONVERTER
                                        Figure 7.  Block Diagram of aerosol measurement system.

-------
used to obtain over 1000 size spectra of urban aerosols.  The diffusion
battery and rotary switch are now sold commercially by Thermo-Systerns,  Inc.,
St. Paul, Minnesota.

SAMPLE EXTRACTION-DILUTION SYSTEMS FOR PROCESS STREAMS

      The majority of instruments and systems for measuring particle-size
distributions are designed to measure aerosols at conditions near ambient
air with respect to temperature, gas composition, and pressure.  Further-
more, the instruments are limited to aerosol concentrations much lower  than
those typically found in process streams.  Therefore, some means of extract-
ing samples, conditioning them, and diluting them, is required for measure-
ments in process streams.

      Figure 8 shows one sample extraction-dilution system (SEDS) that
has been used by Ensor to measure aerosol properties in process streams.1*
It uses an in-stack impactor to remove particles larger than about 2.7 pm
and a diffusional dryer for removing moisture, before the sample enters the
dilution system.  Dilution is done by a three-stage process employing
venturi flow meters to measure the sample flowrate and orifice meters to
measure the flowrate of the dilution air.  Flow control is accomplished by
manipulating the dilution air control valves.  The dilution can be adjusted
from a factor of 20:1 to 1000:1.  Particle sizing can be done using the
electrical aerosol analyzer or diffusional systems.

      Figure 9 is a block diagram of the sample extraction-dilution system
developed by Southern Research Institute.3  The sample is removed from the
flue by means of a heated probe which is connected to an oven by means of a
heated, flexible hose.  In the oven the sample gas flows through a cyclone,
an orifice for metering sample flow, and an optional SO... absorber assembly.
                                                       A
Charge neutralization is done in the cone of the diluter by two 500 yc
polonium-210 strips mounted as shown.

      The sample gas enters the dilution chamber at the apex of a perforated
cone into which clean, dry air is pumped through the perforations,  creating
a highly turbulent mixing zone.   At a downstream point after adequate mixing
                                         288

-------
                     HEAT TRACED
                     SAMPLE LINE
    SOURCE
r
   AEROSOIl
'J
          DIFFUSIONAL
          DRYER
1
MODEL 1502
CASCADE
IMPACTOR
PRECUTTER
                                                     ENCLOSED
                                                   /PACKAGE
                                                   PI
                                                                          76-096
        T1, T2  DIAL THERMOMETERS
        01-03   ORIFICE METERS
        V1-V4  VENTURI METERS
       CV1-CV6 DILUTION AIR CONTROL VALVES
       SV1    SELECTOR VALVE
       PI. P2  PRESSURE GAGES
           Figure  8.   Meterology Research, Inc.  - SEDS.

-------
to
VO
o
                                                               DUMP
                                                                                       TIME
                                                                                       AVERAGING
                                                                                       CHAMBER
                                        =J>^ BLEED         DILUTION DEVICE

                                               CHARGE NEUTRALIZER
       PROCESS EXHAUST LINE


       CHARGE NEUTRALIZER

                  CYCLONE

ORIFICE WITH BALL AND SOCKET
   JOINTS FOR QUICK RELEASE
                                                          -ft-.-:-— --.: LI -:
                                             SOX ABSORBERS (OPTIONAL)
n
innv —I
                                                   HfcATED INSULATED BOX


                                         RECIRCULATED CLEAN, DRY, DILUTION AIR
                                                                                       BLEED NO. 2
                                   MANOMETER
                                                                                                  COOLING COIL
                                                                                                        3630-036
                                                                                                                    PRESSURE
                                                                                                                    BALANCING
                                                                                                                    LINE
                                                      BLEED NO. 1
                                           Figure 9.  Southern Research Institute  SEDS.

-------
has occurred,  the  dilution sample is  extracted  and conveyed to  the  sizing
instrument.  The diluted sample  passes  through  a diffusional dryer  where
any remaining  moisture  is removed.  The major drying  action is  accomplished
by using dilution  air which has  been  passed  through an  ice  bath condenser.
The sample then passes  through an optional time averaging chamber and into
the sizing instrument.   The instrument  exhaust  lines  are returned to the
diluter to maintain  a minimal pressure  change across  the instruments.
Further drying of  this  recycled  air is  accomplished by  passing  this instru-
ment exhaust gas through an absorption  dryer.

      Changing the sample air flow and  the dilution air flow causes changes
in the dilution ratio<.    Sample  air and dilution air  flowrates  are  controlled
by two bleed valves  on  the dilution air pump, one upstream  of the pump  (#1)
and one downstream (#2).   Manipulation  of these valves  changes  the  internal
pressure of the diluter  which, in turn, sets the sampling rate.  As the
pressure in the diluter  is reduced, the sample  flowrate is  increased.

      In practice, the operation of these valves changes the dilution air
flow only slightly (approximately ±10%) for a many-fold change  in sample
flow, or backflush condition, to the maximum flow value attainable  with any
particular sample  metering orifice.

      Particle sizing is  done using optical particle  counters,  the  electrical
aerosol analyzer,  and diffusional systems.

                   NEW SYSTEMS FOR AUTOMATIC PARTICLE SIZING

      A variety of new systems has been developed  for particle  sizing work,
some for in situ applications to  process streams.  Most of  the  systems employ
light scattering from particles  as their basic  analytic principle.  In this
section some of the new instruments are described.  None of  the units de-
scribed here are in widespread commercial use,  and  their performance may
not have been fully evaluated.
                                          291

-------
 INTENSITY RATIO  AT TWO  ANGLES

       Hodkinson5 was  the  first  to  point  out  that the ratio of the light
 intensity scattered by  particles into  two  small angles is  relatively in-
 sensitive to  the particles'  index  of refraction.

       Shofner et al,6 Gravatt7  and Chan8 have  developed prototype systems  for
 particle  sizing  which are based on the intensity ratio concept of Hodkinson.
 Figure 10 is a schematic of Shofner's system  which is called the "PILLS-IV".
 The  intensities  of the  scattered light puses at the  angles 61  and 82   are
 normalized to the  reference  pulse  at 6 » 0 for synchronization and to
 account for fluctuations  in  intensity  of the laser source.   The optics and
 sensors are kept clean  and cool by the use of  a purge air  system.

       The laser  used in this system is a semiconductor junction diode  (X -
 0.9  ym) .   The useful size range for particle sizing  is from 0.2 to 3.0 ym
 although  the  ratio analysis  is  abandoned at  radii less than 0.7 ym and the
 magnitude of  scattered  intensity is employed.   Shofner states  that the view
 volume of his system is approximately  2 x  10~7  cm3.   The upper concentration
 limit  for single particle counters  is  determined  by  the requirement that the
 probability of more than  one particle  appearing  in the view volume of  a given
 time be much  less  than  unity.   For  Shofnerfs system  this would set the concentra-
 tion limit at approximately  106 particles/cm3,  a  value much higher than for
 conventional  single particle counters.

       Kuykendal9 and Farthing10 have done  tests to evaluate  the performance
 of the PILLS  IV  and compared its response to other  instruments.   The results
 of these  tests indicate that further refinement will be required to achieve
 an acceptable level of  accuracy.

 OPEN CAVITY LASER

      An  optical particle sizing device developed by R. G. Knollenberg1*'  12
 for atmospheric application might be applicable to industrial  emission measure-
ments.   The device  is,  in some  respects,  similar  to  conventional near  forward
 scattering optical  single particle  counters except that the  sensing zone is
                                       292

-------
10
M)
CO
               CONTROL     LASER AND
               ELECTRONICS  OPTICS
                                                           OPTICS'
DETECTOR,
AMPLIFIER
                                                                                                 SIZE
                                                                                                 ANALYSIS
                                                                                                 CIRCUIT*
                                   READ-OUT
                                        SAMPLING
                                        VOLUME
                                      p(d)
                      *• DESIGN - ESC PROPRIETARY

                      +• DIGITAL  PRINT-OUT
                       PAPER OR MAGNETIC TAPE
                       CRT HISTOGRAM
                       LED DISPLAY OF COUNTS
                       MINI-COMPUTER INPUT
                       RATE METER
                                                          TYPICAL SIZE RANGE-0.2-3.0Mm
                                    Figure  10.   The PILLS IV optical Particle counter.  After Shofner.'

-------
contained within an open cavity laser as illustrated in Figure 11.  This
configuration results in very high illumination levels,, permitting  the
detection of particles smaller than those sized by most light-scattering
instruments, and has been used in vacuum applications for sizing particles
in the range from 0.1 to 30 ym.

      An interesting characteristic of laser cavity scattering is the fact
that the particle or particles in the beam effects the power incident upon
it.  This is due to the detuning effect of the laser because of the particles'
presence, which is a function of the particle size.  However, the scattering
is normalized with the reference detector signal which is proportional to
the actual intensity incident upon a particle.  As with other particle
counters which determine from the magnitude of scattered power, the inferred
particle size from a measurement depends upon the refractive index.

      The open cavity laser spectrometer is available commercially from
Particle Measurement Systems, Boulder, Colorado.

SCATTERING AT FORWARD ANGLES FROM A COLLECTION OF PARTICLES

      If a sufficient number of moments of the size distribution can be
obtained, measurements of optical parameters of a collection of particles are,
of course, more desirable than sequential single particle analysis.  The
latter is usually more restricted by concentration and particle size limits
and more complicated mechanically.

      Wertheimer and Wilcock13 developed an approximate technique based upon
diffraction theory to determine the second,  third, and fourth moments of the
size distribution.  The technique utilizes three masks of different shapes
to spatially filter the detected signal.   The optical system is shown in
Figure 12 and the three masks in Figure 13.   With the a2  mask the detected
signal from a single particle is proportional to the second power of the
particle radius.   Similarly with the a3 (a1*)  mask the detected signal is pro-
portional to the thrid (fourth)  power of  a..   For many such particles in the
field of view of the detector then the three detected signals are proportional
                                       294

-------
Scattering
Signal
Photodetector
Module
                                                             Curved
                                                             Mirror
                                                             0%T
  t
Spike
Filter
               He-Ne Hybrid Laser
Particle
Plane
Reference
Photodetector
Module
        Note:  Mirrors are reversed for large particle size ranges.
       Figure 11.   Schematic of open cavity laser  active  scattering
                     particle counter.   After Knollenberg.1l
                                          295

-------
                                                             Lens 2
                     Fraunhofer Plane
                     Rotating Spatial Filter
                            Lens 1
N>
VD
CTi
Particles  on
Microscope Slide
                                                                                         Detector
                                       Spatial Filter
                                       and Collimator
                                                                                 Chart Recorder
                             Figure 12.  Optical system used  to verify the response of the Fraunhofer plate
                                        filter.   (After Wertheimer and Wilcock.13)

-------
K)
                           a  Region
                            Fraunhofer  Plane
                            Mask
                            Rotating  Disk
                                                                           a3 Region
                                                                                            (A)
                                                                              a1* Region
                                                                                          Detector
                                                                                                 (B)
                                                                            Lens 2
                                                                  Fraunhofer   Plane
                                                                  and Fixed Sector Disk
                                        Lens  1
                      Figure 13.  (A)  Schematic diagram of Fraunhofer plane mask with three response regions.
                                 (B)  Instrument configuration for the three  region mask.  (After Wertheimer
                                 and  Wilcock.13)

-------
to the second, third, and fourth moments of the distribution.  These signals
give the volume mean radius, the area mean radius, and the standard deviation
of the area distribution.

      The authors of this technique demonstrated its usefulness using parti-
cles from 4 to 83 ym in diameter.  Since then the method has been incorporated
into a commercial sizing system still being evaluated.  From consideration of
the principle upon which this method is based, it is sensitive to refractive
index to the same degree as forward-scatter particle counters.

      Figure 14 illustrates an optical particle counter that has been designed
by R. Knollenberg for real-time, in situ particle sizing in process streams.2
The instrument covers a particle size range of 0.3 to 10 ym with 60'channels
of resolution.  The counter uses small angle light scattering, and the un-
certainty in sizing spherical particles is due to variations in the detected
particle's index of refraction.  Sizing errors of ±20% are possible,  with
±10% expected to be more common.  The concentration range for accurate meas-
urements limited by coincidence counting is 5 x 101* particles/cm .  The main
effect of higher concentrations is said to be a decrease in the effective
sizing range.  An optical velocimeter is also included in the design.   The
prototype design allows temperatures up to 250°C and gas velocities to 30m/sec.
The results of an initial in situ test at a coal-fired power plant were reason-
able.  The opacity calculated from the measured particle-size distribution
was about 15%, while the measured opacity was 17%.   The calculated mass load-
ing was 0.01 to 0.02 g/m3 with a volume median diameter of 1.3 ym.

      Wertheimer et al13 are developing another portable light scattering
instrument for in situ particle sizing.   This device measures the flux scat-
tered from an ensemble of particles at three small angles relative to  the
forward direction, 4°,  8°, and 11°,  and between 80°-100°.   Each measurement
is performed at two wavelengths, 0.45 and 0.9 ym,  and the large angle  scat-
tering is measured at two orthogonal polarizations.   The instrument relates
the small angle signals dominated by Fraunhofer diffraction to the volume of
particles in three size ranges, centered at 1.0,  3.5, and 7.0 ym.  For the
lower end of the size distribution, the differences in the two 90° signals,
at two orthogonal polarizations, obtained with the 0.9 and 0.45 ym wavelengths
                                   298

-------
IS3
V£>
\O
                 STAINLESS STEEL BOOM
                                                  REFERENCE DETECTOR
                                                               LASER MODEL 80-5T
                                                               (COHERENT RADIATION)
                                                                                              FIBERGLASS INSULATION
                                      HIGH REFLECTIVITY FLAT
                                      MIRROR (2)
          HIGH VOLTAGE
          LASER LEAD _
          SIGNAL
          CABLES
                                                                                                                                                          PURGE AIR
                     -z__—-t              ^    ra=in4*"iSf—— =       'i~I==^==:            =^in^ ^gfe^ll'^r
INPUT
WATER
UNE
                     STAINLESS
                     STEEL INSULATION
                     RETAINER AND COVER
                                                                                                                                                                       HEATER
                                                                                                                                                                 HIGH REFLECTIVITY
                                                                                                                                                                 MIRROR 7.5mm
                                                                                                                                                                 RADIUS
                                 PHOTO DETECTOR
                                 ASSEMBLY
BEAM
SPUTTER
                                                                                                                              LOW LOSS AH COATED
                                                                                                                              WINDOW
                            Figure  14.   Sketch  of  the Knollenberg,  in situ  particle counter.

-------
is related to the volume of particles in a size range centered about 0.4 ym
and 0.2 ym, respectively.  The size range, mass loading, and temperature
ranges are 0.1 to 10 ym, 4 to 400 ppb by volume, and 0° to 260°C.

      These principles have been incorporated into a prototype, portable
stack monitor.  The probe is 1.5 meter long and 9 cm in diameter, optical
signals are carried through fiber optics cables contained in the probe.
An arc source and silica photodetectors are outside the stack at the end of
the probe, while a digital microprocessor is used to analyze the data.   The
microprocessor, air purge system, lamp power supply, and printer are housed
separately from the probe.

      Theoretical and experimental programs are continuing to investigate
various approaches to using light scattering as an analytical tool for  par-
ticle-size analysis.  As progress is made it is anticipated that the data
can be acquired and reduced more conveniently,  quickly,  and accurately.
                                  300

-------
                                  REFERENCES

1.  Smith, W. B., P. R. Cavanaugh, and R. R. Wilson
    Technical Manual:  A Survey of Equipment and Methods for Particulate
    Sampling in Industrial Process Streams.
    Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park,  NC,  1978. 281 pp.
    EPA-600/7-78-043

2.  Smith, W. B., Editor
    Proceedings:  Advances in Particle Sampling and Measurement.
    Southern Research Institute, held in Asheville, NC, 1978.   1979,  389 pp.
    EPA-600/7-79-065

3.  Ragland, J. R., J. D. McCain, and W. B. Smith
    Design, Construct, and Test a Field Usable, Prototype System for  Sizing
    Particles Smaller than 0.5 Micrometers Diameter.
    Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park,  NC,  1978. 320 pp.

4.  Ensor, D. S., R. G. Hooper, and R. W. Scheck
    Determination of the Fractional Efficiency, Opacity Characteristics
    Engineering and Economic Aspects of a Fabric Filter Operating  on  a
    Utility Boiler.
    EPRI-FP-297, Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, Calif., 1976.
    220 pp.

5.  Hodkinson, J. R.
    The Optical Measurement of Aerosols.
    Aero. Sci., pp. 287-357, 1966.

6.  Shofner, F. M., G. Kreikebaum, H. W. Schmitt, and B. E.  Barnhart
    In Situ, Continuous Measurement of Particle Size Distribution  and Mass
    Concentration using Electro-Optical Instrumentation.
    Presented at the 5th Annual Industrial Air Pollution Control Conference,
    Knoxville, TN, April, 1975.

7.  Gravatt, C. C.
    Real Time Measurement of the Size Distribution of Particulate  Matter  by
    a Light Scattering Method
    J. of APCA 23(12): 1035-1038, 1973

8.  Chan, P. W.
    Optical Measurements of Smoke Particle Size Generated by Electric Arcs.
    Colo. State University, EPA, Washington, D.C., 1974, 49 pp.
    EPA-650/2-74-034

9.  Kuykendal, W. B., and C. H. Gooding
    New Techniques for Particle Size Measurements.
    Presented at the Workshop on Sampling, Analysis, and Monitoring of Stack
    Emissions, Oct. 2-3, 1975, Dallas Texas, pp. 183-208.
                                   301

-------
10.  Farthing, W. E., and W. B.  Smith
     Evaluation of the PILLS IV.
     Southern Research Institute, EPA,  Research Triangle Park, NC.,  1978.
     51 pp.
     EPA-600/7-78-130

11.  Knollenberg, R. G.
     Active Scattering Aerosol Spectrometry.
     Proceedings of Seminar on Aerosol  Measurement,  National Bureau of
     Standards, Washington, D.C., 1974.

12.  Particle Measuring Systems,  Inc.
     Classical Scattering Aerosol Spectrometer Probe Model CSASP-100.,
     Boulder, Colo., 1976.  2 pp.

13.  Wertheimer, A. L., and W. L. Wilcock
     Light Scattering Measurements of Particle Distributions.
     Appl. Optics 15(6):  1616-1620,  1976.
                                   302

-------
      METHODS AND DEVICES FOR MEASURING INDUSTRIAL GASES'
                         DEW POINT
      Measuring the dew point of industrial gases has great  sig-
nificance both in industrial processes as well as in gas clean-
ing. For example, operative 'monitorina ofrthe dew point is necessa-
ry in the coal industry for retrieval of rare elements from i-.
coal during its burning in systems equipped with filter bags
made from "nitron" fabric. The work of these systems is impos-
sible without dew point monitoring due to the high sensitivity of
the fabric to concentrating  sulfuric acid. Continuous "monitoring of
the dew point is also necessary in coal-enriching plants for
efficient control of corrosion in the  elements  of  the  gas-clean-
ing equipment.
      In many branches of the industry, drying proceeds accor-
ding to the temperature of the waste    gases. Continuous  monitor-
ing of the dew point allows -control  of the drying process with
regard to    the degree of the stack gases' moisture  content,
which, apparently, is  significantly more accurate than controlling
the exhaust gases by  temperature.
      It has been established that corrosion most markedly ap-
pears when the  surface temperature is  close to the exhaust gases'
dew point temperature  for gases containing  803.
      Implemetation of dew point operative  monitoring permits  the
introduction of efficient corrosion control means  such as, for
example, slightly raising exhaust gas  temperature, burning fuel
with  a  low excess air ratio and  introduction  of  an admixtures
neutralizina SO-?.
                                 303

-------
        Chemical methods for determining the SO, concentration are complicated
and cumbersome, and are  therefore  unusable  for  operational moni-
toring, whereas the method of  evaluating 803 content in stack
gas according to dew point temperature, which  is  highly sensi-
tive even to insignificant changes of 803  concentration,  is
very simple and quick-responding.
      Dew point temperature measurement consists  of simulta-
neously measuring  two values,  one of  which allows fixing  the
moment when condensation begins,  and  the other determnies the
temperature of the condensation surface at the moment of  its
moistening.
      Measurement  of the condensation surface's temperature
may be done by the usual monitoring and measuring devices
working as a unit  with  a thermocouple, thermosensitive resistor,
and thermistor, depending upon the range of dew point measure-
ments and the unit's accuracy  and speed requirements.
      According to the  prir.-iple  of fixation of the moment
of dew precipitaion on  condensation surface, the  "'direct'
method of dew point measurement"   and correspondingly, the
hygrometer's "dew  point" it is possible to make classifi-
cations in the following manner  (1):
      1. Optical,  where occurence of  the condensate film
is judged according to variations of the optical proper-
ties of a polished condensational surface  at the  moment
that dew precipitates on it  (2,3);
      2. Electrical, where changes in the  electrical pro-
perties of a section of the condensational surface,  for ex-
ample,  conductivity, capacitance, dielectric permeability,
serve as the basis for this method.
      3. Electrochemical, based on the occurence  of galvanic
                            304

-------
electromotive force during condensation of electrolyte
vapor in the inter-electrode space, which is at that time
the condensational surface;
      4. Thermal, using temperature difference between the
cooler and condensational surface, occuring  at the moment of
condensation;
      5. Hygroscopic, based on physical regularities of absorb-
tion and release of water by a salt-saturated aoueous solution.
      6. Radioactive, based on differences in the dispersion
characteristic of particles in the presence or absence of
condensate.
      Analysis of possibilities and expediency for using the
methods of measurement named above for purposes of continu-
ous automatic monitoring of gas dew point temperature shows
that use of the optical method is essentially limited
because of the gas dust content.
      The "thermal and hygroscopic methods cannot be
adapted for monitoring hot gases with complicated variable
chemical composition.
      The electrical  (conductometrie)  method,  using changes
of  ohmic  resistance  between   two  electrodes,  received
at  the  condensation  surface,   had  the   most  widespread
distribution.
      The basis of this method gave rise to several domestic
designs of equipment.
      Research has shown that the  electrical method princi-
pally allows measurement of dew  point of hot,  multi-component,
gas mixtures, however it is not  useful  for  work  in  a dusty
environment  (dust shorts out its contacts).
                               305

-------
      The most expedient means for measuring the dew point
of hot dusty gases is the electrochemical method of   fix-
 ing the moment of condensation. However, at the  present time,
 series-produced equipment is  not available.
      Dew point hygrometers are also classified according
to their method of cooling the condensing element.
      Presently, the following methods of cooling have aained
 use:
      1. Thermoelectric, based on the Peltier effect;
      2.Gas expansion, for example, of C02»  freon, etc;
      3. Liquid nitrogen, propane or other coolants,  for
 example, solid CO.;
      4. Cooling by use of the vortex effect of power energy
separation. The complexity of accurately feeding the cooling
agent lowers the operational characteristics and practically
excludes the possibility of fully automating cooling by
various cooling agents.
      Gas expansion methodology is also sufficiently  compli-
cated, since it demands  cumbersome equipment for increasing
 pressure on the expanded gas.
      It is more reasonable to use the vortex effect of
 compressed gas power_ separation for cooling. A  self-evacua-
 ting tube with slit-type over-speed diffusor, providing,  by
 comparison with vortex tubes  of different design, deep refri-
 geration is often used. This  allows measurement of the dew
 point within a +20- -60°C range with a -2°C error.
      Using thermoelectrica! units based on the Peltier effect
152,  from the point of view of automation, the most conven-
ient method for cooling  limited volumes. Multistage
                               306

-------
thermopiles produce significant  (up  to  50-70°C)  tempera-
ture drops  (fig.l.). This method of  refrigerating conden-
sing   elements is the most widely used one  in  the USSR  (3,6).
      Indirect methods are  used for  determining dew  points,
when the  dew  point in  determined by  calculation on the basis
of the moisture and pressure  of the  studied  gas (4,5).
      Recently, infrared methods for determining dew  point
have become widely used, due  to  their increased sensitivity
and quick response.
      An automatic infrared hygrometer, the  IFO-459,  is pro-
duced in the  USSR  (7). This is  a dual-frequency absorption
modulation  (25 hertz) unit with  compensation in the'-optical-canal.
It works within a wave length range  of  1.4-2.1  u using in-
terference light filters. A lead-sulfur sensory element is
used as a  photodetector.-This  unitj.is-iused..in various'.bran-
ches: of lindus try during dew point  determination, in  determin-
ing moisture  content in gases and  in preparing  industrial
air for drying. The unit's high sensitivity  and quick response
in all ranges   of water steam concentration are its advanta-
ges.
      Dew point characteristics for  hygrometers used in  the
USSR are  represented in table 1.
      For increasing hygrometer accuracy and operational stability, the
differential  and compensational methods are  often used.  This
is done,  for  example, when  two  photodetectors,  reacting corre-
spondingly  to the  light stream  reflected from and scattered
by the condensation    surface,  are used,  which  provides  auto-
matic error compensation  against contamination  of the conden-
sinq element  surface.
                             307

-------
        Under  temperatures  lower  than  -30°C,  exact determina-
  tion of phase  condition of  the  condensate ,  which is often
  not considered and  therefore  introduces  additional errors
  in determining dew  point, is  especially  important (8).  It is
  necessary under these  temperatures to  consider the different
  values of water vapor cressure^ver water and over ice (fig.
  2). This  feature of water steam determines  to a great extent
  the metrological characteristics of  dew  point hygrometers
  in the negative temperature range in as  much as, for example,
  temperature  difference reaches  5°C   at a saturation temn#»rature
  levelC7f3k<*fc£**£-60°C. ice  formation always  passes through a
 liquid phase  formation  stage As  an example, we can cite  the photoelect
  system for stabilizing  the thickness  of the condensate.  Thanks to
  this system, it is possible to obtain a diagramic record (fig. 3) of t
 mirror tempera tureen determining the phase diagram of the condensate
 and  formation of the  solid  ph?»se  in  the negative  temperature dew point
 range forr slow changing~moisture content of the  gas under analysis
 (the sloping nature of the curve).                  The points
 (1)  correspond to dew point temperature at the moment of conden-
 sate precipitation in the liquid phase, and points  (2) correspond
 to the frost point settled  temperature at water vapor saturation
 over  a constant  ice layer.   Any states between these two points
 are characterized by by the  presence of the condensate's mixed
 phase.  The absence  of  temperature difference 'between the points
1 and  2 (i.e. the absence Tjfara   "peak" in the diagrammatic record)  in-
 dicates the existence  on the mirror of a condensate liquid phase on the
surface during the entire period of observation, which occurs at
temperatures above -30°C.
                                 308

-------
      Difficulties  in  determining dew point at temperatures  higher
than  100°C  are commonly  known  (1).  In this  temperature  range
absorption-type  automatic  hygrometers without  sampling
using seirdLfconductor-emitters  can be   widely  applied.
The latter are characterized by lew cost, reliability,  compactness,
working convenience, possibility for  modulating emission by
feed  current,    large dynamnic  range for re-tuning out-put
capacity, long   period of  service (104 hrs.),  small  size
of emitting area (less than 1mm2),  feasibility of coverage with
the aid of  selection of  composition of semi-conductive  material
of wide spectral range (0.56-20  microns), relatively large
out-put capacity (l.Omilliwatts-10  watts)  (9).  It is also
necessary to consider  the  appearance  of new types of semi-con-
ductor lasers working  at room  temperature.  Multi-wave matrices
of semi-conductor emitters that  may significantly simplify hygro-
meter design, especially for dual-frequency hygrometers, find a
special place in use.  Their hj.gh response  ("10 newton .seconds)
allows operation in impulse conditions or with use  of high
frequency narrow-band  modulation (  30megahertz), which  may
significantly increase the signal-noise ratio.
      The absorptional optical method for determining dew point
without  sampling  may  be accomplished in  the unit whose
lay-out is  shown in fig.4.
      In this instrument the amount of water vapor  in the  gases
is determined by comparison with *a  standard  amount in the cali-
brating cell. Also  measuring pressure in the gas conduit by con-
version exactly .'determines  its  dew-point.  The  optics are protected
from  pollution by traditional  means used for optical dust measure-
ment.
                                  309

-------
       It is necessary to note the common  features  of optical
absorptional hygrometers without sampling: quick  response,
due to using quick-response optic-electronic  elements;  high measure-
ment exactness from the system's lack of sampling.
       Water vapor molecule concentration  value,  measured by the
optical  absorption  method is described by the  following expression:

                                 o.- 2
          n" *     j. 
-------
              	*	•	i
                                      measuring head
              Fig? 1

Dew-point hydrometer -with -thermoelectric cooling.
1. Copper rod.  2;. nichrome spiral. 3. metal mirror.  4. resis-
tance thermometer.  5. thermocouple.  6. thermopile.  7. radiator.
8,9. lenses.  10,ll.photoresistors.  12. light source.  13. eyepiece.
14. magnifier.  15,18. rectifiers.  16. chamber.  17. rotameter.
19. microampermeter.  20. dew point register.  21. control elements.
                                                     *
22. thermopile supply unit.
                              311

-------
               i  i  i  I i  i
- " 	 r- ; — r-v 	 f 	 _ e
' l /
• 4. ! /
7
/


                i   j YW  \  i
                                       •    i
                                              -2
            Fig.2. Dependence of water vapor pressure
on  temperature.

            1. over water
            2. over ice
                                312

-------
o •
vo j
JJ
•H
O
o
rH
0)
           cooling
            eating
cooling
 eating
            oolina
           heating
        r- cooling
         -30 -3) -fG O^C

  Fig.3. Diagrammatic record of mirror  temperature.


  1.  Corrsponds  to  dew  point temperature at the
  nioiaent .oi condensate  release  in the fluid phase.

  2.  Corresponds to justained frost point temperature
  during wa-cer_vapor saturation under a constant ice
                313

-------
 Pig. 4.  Unit diagram - dew point hygrometer without sampling.

 1,11. reflectors.
 2. calibrating tray.
 3. gas duct.
 4. pumping generator.
 5.- semi-conductor, emitter.
 6. modulator.
 7. beam splitter.
 8. recorder.
 9. amplifying unit.
10. photoreceptor.
                              314

-------
IU'UC-J>LH J'CU' ' of dew
• 1 point iMMHuri'rrnt t
| J "C 	
V'i* 1 double licnm fj.in rx|MMr< *c l_ _i'irar.inuri'mi-nt , mil
0- i m Kirn ! C.« ! k.i's j
! ! v ! ! _ 	
^2 0.5-6 i 50 0,0o'10~3
i O.* - 30 * * tO
IT M> - 150 "' 52m'/hr
4 BtcAm 2 w /hr
3i» 30 - 100
m
iH
en
i 0.5 1-2 >/m»n 2
                    slnqlv  bc.im
m-if 1 -c-ondiu-t lv«
thormooliTK'nt
- 20 *  + 20
100
1-3  I/Mm
3-5
iro-4'.l
                           t loril
                     option!  (tenuity

                      0.002
                      0.05
                      0.2
                                                                                        451
                                                                                                                                                     continuous

-------
                 BIBLIOGRAPHY

 1.  Berliner,  M.A.,  Moisture Measurement,  Moscow, Energiia, 1973.
 2.  Merkulov,  A.P.,  Kolyshev, N.D.,  Netsetaev,  V.A., Karshin,
 A.I.,  "Basic  Results of the Development and Testing of Dew
 Point  Hygrometers with Vortex Cooling", in "Equipment and Means
 of Automation",  1974, no.10, p.21.
 3.  Dew Point  Hygrometer M-116.  Prospectus of the Achievements
 of the Soviet Economy.
 4.  Automatic  Psychrometric APG-203  Hygrometer. Information leaflet
 no. 215-76,  Interdisciplinary information, TsNIITEI Institute of
 Instrument Building, 1976.
 5.  APV-201-type Psychrometric Automatic Moisture-Gage, Prospectus
 of the Achievements of the Soviet Economy, TsNIITEI Institute of
 Instrument Building, 1977.
 6.  Karpov, A.K.  et  al., "The Automatic Dew Point Hygrometer
 GA-1", in the collection "Industrial and Plant Processing of
 Natural Gas", Moscow, 1976, p.63-72.
 7.  Togulev, V.P., Ustimov, IU.N., Gross,  L.G., Petrov, IU.A.,
"Automatic Infrared  Hygrometer11,  "OMP", 1977, no.3, p.25.
 8.  Petukhov,  V.P.,."Determination of the Condensate's Phase
 State  in Automatic  "Dew Point" Hygrometers", "Measurement
 Technique",  1977,  no.l, p.72."
 9.  Maniurov,  A.I.,  "Perspectives on the Use of Semi-Conductor
 Emitting Diodes Made From Solid Solutions for the Quantitative
Evaluation of Harmful Contaminants", in the interinstitutional
collection "Ecology  and Work Safety  in Radioelectronics", Moscow,
1977-
10. Zuev, V.E., Propagation of Visible and Infrared Waves in
the Atmosphere, Moscow, "Sov. Radio", 1970.
                               316

-------
            DESIGN OF AN IMPROVED IMPACTOR
                   W.B. Smith
                  K.M. Gushing
            Southern Research Institute
              2000 Ninth Avenue South
             Birmingham,  Alabama 35205

                   D,B. Harris
          t
   Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
          Environmental Protection Agency
        Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711
(This document has been reviewed and approved
 for publication by the U. S.  EPA.)
                       317

-------
                DESIGN OF AN IMPROVED IMPACTOR

     Over the past ten years cascade impactors have become
commonly used measurement devices for the determination of
particulate size distributions of industrial effluents.  Data
obtained with impactors are used to characterize particulate
emissions from sources, to determine the performance of particu-
late control devices, and in the selection and design of control
devices for specific sources.
     Figures 1 and 2 show schematic diagrams of five commercial
cascade impactors which are commonly used in stack sampling.l' z' 3'"'s'6'7
Particle separation by size interval takes place within these
impactors by passing the sample gas stream sequentially through
a series of dry impingement type inertial classifiers.  The classi-
fiers operate by impingement of the aerosol stream in an air jet
against a plate, causing the air in each jet to sharply change
direction and flow around the plate.  (See Figure 3)   Because of
inertia, some particles cannot follow the flow streamlines and are
deposited on the collection plate.   Each cascaded impingement
stage in the series operates at a higher impingement velocity
(or as a higher energy separator)  than the previous stage.  Thus
finer and finer particles are removed by the various stages as the
sample gas stream proceeds through the impactor.  An absolute fil-
ter is usually positioned after the final impaction stage to
collect all remaining particulate.
     Recently many researchers have undertaken investigations
to better characterize cascade impaction operation.  Both the
development of better theories of operation8'9'10'11  and the
explicit calibration of existing commercial and prototype de-
vices12'13'11* has led to a better understanding of the interpre-
tation and accuracy of cascade impactor data.  The basic
                                318

-------
                       INLET J6T
                       STAGE NO. 1
                                           ^RECOLLECTION
                                           CYCLONE
                         FILTER

                         MPACTOR BASE
                                                 JET ITAGE
                                                 (7 TOTAL!
                                                COLLECTION
                                                PLATE
          MRI MODEL 1502
                                                            MODIFIED BRINK
                      INLET
                                                                  COLLECTION
                                                                  PLATE 17 TOTAL)
      COLLECTION PLATE
                                                                 FILTER HOLDER
                              UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON MARK III
Figure 1.   Schematics  of three  commercial  cascade  impactors
                                       319

-------
  INLET CONE
              SIERRA MODEL 220
                                                       JET STAGE 19 TOTAL)
                                             ANDERSON MARK III
Figure 2.   Schematics of two  commercial cascade  impactors.




                                   320

-------
                                             PATH OF
                                            I SMALL PARTICLE

                                               3630-230
Figure  3.   Schematic diagram,  operation of  cascade impactor
                                  321

-------
limitation of cascade impactors is that they provide data with
only relatively low resolution and do not permit the exact  re-
construction of the aerosol being sampled, even over the limited
range of sizes normally covered by most impactors  (approximately
0.5 to 10.0 microns).  Improved methods of data reduction may
reduce the reconstruction error.
     The theory of the impaction process has been developed by
several researchers to a state where the efficiency, E, of  im-
paction can be estimated as a function of the particle size
(D ) , Reynolds Number (Re), the jet diameter or width  (D. ,W),
  XT                                                     J
the jet to plate distance (S) , and the jet throat length (T) .
(Marple9 specifically uses the dimensionless reduced quantities
(S/D. ,S/W) and (T/D.,T/W) when considering the jet to plate
distance and the jet throat length, respectively.)
                      E = E (Dp, Re, S/Dj, T/Dj)
     It is common practice to relate the particle diameter, D ,
to the square root of the inertial impaction parameter (/\JJ) ,
which is the ratio of the particle stopping distance (S,)  to the
jet diameter or width (D. or W) .  Thus,
 or
                        * -
where   C = Slip Correction Factor,
       VQ = Jet Velocity (cm/sec) ,
        U = Gas Viscosity (poise) ,
       p  = Particle Density (gm/cm ) , and
       D. = Jet Diameter (cm).
     The square root of the inertial impaction parameter,
is used in impaction theories as a dimensionless quantity pro-
portional to particle diameter,
                                322

-------
                              -D
                                 P   18  |i  D..

     The  inertial  irapaction  parameter  is useful  in graphing  impac-
tor calibration  data  because information from  all stages of  an
impactor  can be  placed  on  a  single  graph, and  under many circum-
stances would, in  theory,  lie along a  common curve.  The value of
/ijJ at 50% collection  efficiency, /1JJT7, defines the impaction stage
D50, which  is the  particle diameter for  which  half of  the particles
are collected and  half  are passed to the next  stage.   For data
reduction purposes the  Dso is used  as  the effective stage cut
diameter.
     Recently Marple9 has  been able to calculate theoretical im-
paction efficiency curves  for several  values of  the jet to plate
distance, jet Reynolds  Number,  and  jet throat  length.  Figure 4
shows the results  of  these calculations  for both round and rec-
tangular  jet impactors.  Using the  data  from Figure 4, a design
chart for round  jet cascade  impactor can be formulated as shown
in Figure 5.
     Several basic problems  have become  areas  of concern for re-
searchers developing  new cascade impactors, as well as users of
current commercial devices.   Several of  these  problems are dis-
cussed below:
1.  Non Ideal Size Discrimination - Ideally each stage of a  cascade
impactor  would remove all  particles larger than  a critical size
and pass  to the  next  stage everything  smaller  than that size.
In reality  the fractional  efficiency curve for stage collection
is a smoothly varying function which passes through the 50%  effi-
ciency point at  a  particle size designated as  the stage cut  point
or D50.   Log normal approximations  to  stage efficiency curves
generally have standard deviations  on  the order  of 1.3.  The
overlapping stage  efficiency curves result in  particles of one
particular size  being collected on  several impaction stages.
This drastically complicates the data  analysis procedure and the
recovery  of a reliable particle size distribution.
                                 323

-------
                  100


                9?  80
                tu
                >
                u
                   60
                UJ
                -  40
                u.
                   20
S/Dj(T/Dj=1/2)
                      Round
                      	i
                           — — — Rectangular
                            i     l     i
                         0.1
                              0.2   0.3
                                        0.4
                       0.5   0.6
                                                       0.7
                                                            0.8
                         (a) EFFECT OF JET TO PLATE DISTANCE (Re=3.000)
                                                            0.8
                                        VT"
                           (b) EFFECT OF JET REYNOLDS NUMBER (T/W=1)
                                                            0.8
                            (c) EFFECT OF THROAT LENGTH (Re=3,000)
Figure 4.   Theoretical  stage  collection  efficiency versus
             for  round and  rectangular jet cascade  impactors
             (After Marple.9)
                                    324

-------
I
cf
ui
oe
         W - Jet Diameter
         Re - Reynolds Number
         C - Cunningham Slip Correction
            Particle Aerodynamic Dia.
             at 50% Cut Point
                          10°
   101
10° L
                                                                     50  100
                              NUMBER OF ROUND JETS PER STAGE, n
                                                                            500 1000

                                                                           3630-232
Figure 5.   Design chart  for  round impactors  (Dso  = aerodynamic
              diameter  at 50% cut point.)   After  Marple.
                                         325

-------
2.  Particle Bounce and Reentrainment - In an ideal impactor re-
moval at each stage would become 100% at a certain size and remain
constant for all larger particles.  However, recent data12'1" has
shown most stage collection curves approach but never reach 100%,
and roll over after a certain size and become less efficient for
larger sizes.  The fact that the particles do bounce and become
reentrained can be attributed to several reasons including the
type of collection surface, the nature of the particle, the jet
velocity, and jet air flow interference on the collection surface.
Each of these mechanisms contribute to particles not being cap-
tured initially and to subsequent particle reentrainment.   This
is evident in the calibration data shown in Figure 6 for an
Andersen Mark III Cascade Impactor.  Research has shown that these
problems can be minimized by the use of collection substrates16
(glass fiber mats or thin grease layers), the lowering of  stage
jet velocities, and the careful arrangement of multiple jets
to reduce interference effects which cause blow off of the cap-
tured particles and their subsequent reentrainment.  Because the
collection of fine particles requires high jet velocities, lower-
ing of jet velocities to improve capture efficiency reduces the
size resolution of the device.  Usually an attempt is made to
reduce the jet velocities on the upper stages where particle
bounce and reentrainment is more severe and causes a greater
deformation of the recovered size distribution.   The improvement
of operation resulting from more jets and/or smaller jets  is
also bounded by the physical limits of placing many jets on a
small jet plate and the ensuing increase in machining and  tool-
ing costs.
3.  Wall Loss - Particle loss to the internal walls of impac-
tors is an unavoidable situation which can be minimized by re-
ducing surface area.  Maintenance of proper flow streamlines
and avoiding abrupt bends in the particle paths are also nece-
ssary.  Particle wall loss is also attributable to settling and
                                 326

-------
      u
      tu
      g
      u
      tu
      _i

      8
99.8



 99

 98


 95

 90


 80

 70

 60

 50

 40

 30

 20


 10

  5


  2

  1

 0.5
                       I  I
              I   TT
         0.2
           0.03
                   STAGE   SYMBOL
                                               I   I  I
        0.05  0.08 0.1
0.2
0.4   0.6 0.8 1.0
                            2.0
Figure  6.  Stage collection efficiency versus /\|> for Andersen
            Mark  III Stack  Sampler. (Flow rate =  14.2 1pm,
            particle density = 1.00  gm/cm3, temperature =  20°C)
                                 327

-------
particle bounce, Van der Waal's forces, and, to a smaller degree,
diffusion.  Frequently particle bounce results in a dust pattern
forming on the underside of the jet plates.  This type of wall
loss is an indication of poor impactor design, stage overloading,
or high jet velocities.  Recent wall loss data12 for commercial
cascade impactors is shown in Figure 7.
     Based on the current knowledge of impactor theory and the
result of field and laboratory testing of currently available
commercial and prototype cascade impactors, high and low flow
rate impactors are being designed and fabricated that attempt
to conform to our criteria for optimized cascade impactors list-
ed in Table 1.  An optimized cascade impactor can be defined as
one which is designed to operate both in a laboratory or field
environment in such a way that the effects of particle bounce,
particle reentrainment, wall loss, overlapping stage collection
efficiency curves, etc. are minimized.  Mechanical reliability
and case of operation are also considered in this design program.
     Design parameters for 0.1, 0.5, and 2.0 ACFM, optimized,
cascade impactors have been generated by a special computer
program written at Southern Research Institute.  Six impaction
stages with cut points of 9.6, 4.8, 2.4, 1.2, 0.6, and 0.3 mi-
crometers aerodynamic diameter were chosen as a design goal for
these cascade impactors.  The actual theoretical stage D50's as
calculated by the computer program were very close to the desired
stage cut points, but varied slightly to limit the number of holes
per stage and to allow the use of standard drill sizes.  The
final design parameters are presented in Tables 2, 3, and 4.
An assembly drawing of the 0.5 ACFM impactor is shown in Figure
8.
     A prototype of the 0.5 ACFM optimized cascade impactor is
currently being fabricated by Southern Research Institute for
calibration and testing purposes.
                                328

-------
  2
  O
IV
60

50

40

30
20

10
5 ^
1 1 1
—

—

—

••••»
_
a
	 o
u * $
* *

1
0.5
0.2
w
—
—
•••••»
III
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 d>
ff -
O
V A —
V A 0
oo —
A A
0 0 ""
D —
*
• __
.a • A . 9

a
^^^m
—
__
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
                    1.5
                              PARTICLE DIAMETER, micrometers
                                                                            20
O  ANDERSEN MARK Ml STACK SAMPLER. NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
D  MODIFIED BRINK MODEL BMS-II CASCADE IMPACTOR.  GLASS FIBER SUBSTRATES.  NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
A  MODIFIED BRINK MODEL BMS-II CASCADE IMPACTOR.  GREASED COLLECTION PLATES. NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
V  MRI MODEL 1502 INERTIAL CASCADE IMPACTOR. NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
O  SIERRA MODEL 226 SOURCE CASCADE IMPACTOR. 14LPM. NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
•  SIERRA MODEL 226 SOURCE CASCADE IMPACTOR. 7LPM. ISOKINETIC SAMPLING
A  U. of W. MARK III SOURCE TEST CASCADE IMPACTOR.  NONISOKINETIC SAMPLING.
  Figure 7.    Recent  cascade impactor  particle  wall  loss  data.
                 After Gushing, et al.12
                                            329

-------
             TABLE 1.  CRITERIA FOR IMPACTOR DESIGN

1.  The jet Reynolds number should be between 100 and 3000.
2.  The jet velocity should be 10 times greater than the settl-
    ing velocity of particles having the stage Dso.
3.  The jet velocity should be less than 110 m/sec.
4.  The jet diameter should not be smaller than can be attained
    by conventional machining technology.
5.  The ratio of the jet-plate spacing and the jet diameter or
    width (S/W)  should lie between 1 and 3.
6.  The ratio of the jet throat length to the jet diameter  (T/W)
    should be approximately equal to unity.
7.  The jet entires should be streamlined or countersunk.
                                   330

-------
co
                                                 TABLE  2

                        0.1 ACFM OPTIMIZED CASCADE IMPACTOR DESIGN  SPECIFICATIONS
Impactor Sampling Rate =0.1 ACFM

Stage D50 - Design Goal (ym)

Jet Inlet Pressure (atm)
(Ambient=0.987 atm)

Best Jet Drill Diameter (cm)

Number of Jets on this Stage

Actual Jet Reynolds Number

Jet Velocity  (m/sec)

Actual Square Root of Stokes #

Cunningham Correction Factor

Computed Stage D50
                                           Gas Temperature  =  204.0°C    Particle  Density =1.0 gm/cc

                                              9.6       4.8       2.4         1.2       0.6        0.3
0.987
0.47
1
362.6
2.72
0.478
1.017
9.474
0.986
0.30
1
568.0
6.68
0.476
1.034
4.776
0.985
0.19
1
895.3
16.65
0.475
1.070
2.359
0.975
0.098
2
859.2
31.29
0.475
1.145
1.195
0.953
0.0254
31
209.0
30.05
0.480
1.297
0.589
0.921
0.0254
19
396.9
71.05
0.477
1.777
0.297

-------
CO
Co
                                            TABLE 3

                    0.5 ACFM OPTIMIZED CASCADE IMPACTOR DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS



Impactor Sampling Rate =0.5 ACFM      Gas Temperature = 204.0°C   Particle Density = 1.0 gm/cc

Stage D50 - Design Goal (pro)             9.6      4.8      2.4        1.2     0.6        0.3

Jet Inlet Pressure (atm)                0.987    0.986    0.981      0.970    0.931     0.901
(Ambient=0.987 atm)

Best Jet Drill Diameter (cm)            0.794    0.518    0.206      0.107    0.025     0.016

Number of Jets on this Stage              114          8      155       235

Actual Jet Reynolds Number              1073.6   1643.4   1030.1     981.5    204.4     206.9

Jet Velocity (m/sec)                     4.77     11.19    17.75      32.99    30.05     49.95

Actual Square Root of Stokes #          0.474    0.471    0.474      0.474    0.480     0.480

Cunningham Correction Factor            1.017    1.035    1.070 '     1.146    1.304     1.707

Computed Stage Dso (pm)                 9.221    4.797    2.372      1.212    0.588     0.316

-------
co
CO
CO
                                            TABLE 4


                    2.0 ACFM OPTIMIZED CASCADE IMPACTOR DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS



Impactor Sampling Rate =2.0 ACFM      Gas Temperature = 204.0°C   Particle Density = 1.0 gm/cc


Stage Dso - Design Goal (ym)             9.6      4.8      2.4        1.2      0.6       0.3


Jet Inlet Pressure (atm)                0.987    0.986    0.983      0.973    0.934     0.849
(Ambient=0.987 atm)


Best Jet Drill Diameter (cm)            0.794    0.404    0.206      0.107    0.045     0.022


Number of Jets on this Stage              4        8        17         32     119       355


Actual Jet Reynolds Number              1073.6   1054.1   971.0      984.3    602.5     375.6


Jet Velocity  (m/sec)                    4.77     9.21     16.71      32.99    49.88     69.95


Actual Square Root of Stokes #          0.474    0.474    0.474      0.474    0.476     0.478


Cunningham Correction Factor            1.017    1.035    1.070      1.145    1.324     1.844


Computed Stage D50 (ym)                 9.221    4.694    2.448      1.212    0.598     0.300

-------
                                                               J-^y^j./ J&f
                                                               zf't 9f>3  .r^A-r1
                                                                  sounra BUKH~L
                                                                      M, AlAMHA ISMS
                                                                 '. ? *•'-* fy/wr~J -3'*w'f'S'
                                                                       ftTj-0 ^ s/
Figure 8.  Assembly drawing of the 0.5  ACFM,  six-stage,

            optimized  cascade  impactor.

-------
                              REFERENCES


 1.  Andersen  A.  A.
     A  Sampler For Respiratory Health  Hazard  Assessment.
     Amer.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J.,  pp.  160-165,  1966.

 2.  Brink,  J.  A., Jr.
     Cascade Impactor For  Adiabatic  Measurements.
     Ind. And  Eng. Chem.,  50(4),  pp. 645-648,  1958.

 3.  Jackson,  B., and D. Ensor
     Preliminary Calibration Of  The  M.R.I.  Inertial Impactor
     Meteorology Research,  Inc.,  M.R.I. Research & Development,
     10 pp., 1974.

 4.  Lundgren,  D. A.
     An Aerosol  Sampler For  Determination Of  Particle Concentration
     As A Function Of Size And Time.
     J. of  APCA,  17(4), pp.  225-259, 1967.

 5.  May, K. R.
     A Cascade Impactor With Moving  Slides.
     A.M.A.  Archives  Of Ind.  Health, 1956,  Vol. 13, pp. 481-188.

 6.  Pilat,  M.  J., D. S. Ensor,  and  J. C. Bosch
     Cascade Impactor For  Sizing  Particulates  In Emission Sources.
     Amer.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J.,  32(8), pp.  508-511, 1971.

 7.  Willeke,  K.
     Performance  Of The Slotted  Impactor.
     Amer.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J.,  36(9), 683-391, 1975.

 8.  Cohen,  J. J., and D.  N.  Montan
     Theoretical  Considerations,  Design, And Evaluation Of A Cascade
     Impactor.
     Amer.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J., pp.  95-104, 1976.

 9.  Marple, V. A.
     A Fundamental Study Of  Inertial Impactors.
     Dissertation, Univ. of Minn., University Microfilms, High
     Wycomb, England, 1970,  243 pp.

10.  Mercer, T. T. , and R. G.  Stafford
     Impaction From Round Jets.
     Ann. Occup. Hyg., 12, pp. 41-48, 1969.

11.  Ranz, W. E., and J. B. Wong
     Impaction Of Dust And Smoke  Particles On  Surface And Body
     Collectors.
     Ind.  And Eng. Chem., 44(6),  pp. 1371-1381, 1952.
                                 335

-------
12.  Gushing, K. M.,  G. E. Lacey, J. D. McCain, and W. B. Smith
     Particulate Sizing Techniques For Control Device Evaluation:
     Cascade Impactor Calibrations.
     Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC,
     1976, 94 pp.
     EPA-600/2-76-280

13.  Dzubay, T. G., L. E. Hines, and R. K. Stevens
     Particle Bounce Errors In Cascade Impactors.
     Atmos. Environ.  10, pp. 229-234, 1974.

14.  Rao, A. K.
     An Experimental Study Of Inertial Impactors.
     Dissertation, Univ. of Minnesota, 1975, 194 pp.

15.  Marple, V. A., and K. Willeke
     Impactor Design.
     Atmos. Environ., 10, pp. 891-896, 1976.

16.  Felix, L. G., G. I. Clinard, G. E. Lacey, and J. D.  McCain
     Inertial Cascade Impactor Substrate Media For Flue Gas
     Sampling.
     Southern Research Institute, EPA, Research Triangle Park, NC,
     1977, 89 pp.
     EPA-600/7-77-060
                                   336

-------
                                 TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Inunctions on the reverse before completing)
 • REPORT NO
 EPA-600/9-85-011
           2.
                                       3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE    "	
 Third U. S. /U. S.S. R.  Symposium on Particulate
  Control*
                                       5. REPORT DATE
                                       April 1985
                                                        6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 7. AUTHOR(S)

 Miscellaneous
                                       8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

NA
                                       10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
                                                        11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
                                                        NA (Inhouse)
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 EPA, Office of Research and Development
 Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                                       13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
                                       Proceedings; September 1979
                                       14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
                                         EPA/600/13
 is. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES AEERL project officer is Jaroslaw Pekar, Mail Drop 60,  919/541-
 3995. (*) Symposium held in Suzdal, U. S. S. R., September 10-12,  1979.
 16. ABSTRACT
           The proceedings document the Third U. S. /U. S. S. R. Symposium on Parti-
 culate Control,  September 10-12, 1979, in Suzdal,  U. S.S.R.  Papers covered such
 topics as: predicting back-corona formation and fly ash resistivity, improved elec-
 trostatic precipitator (ESP) mathematical modeling,  calculating effects of back coro-
 na in wire-duct ESPs, chemical conditioning of flue gas before an ESP on a 500-MW
 power  unit,  sodium conditioning tests with EPA's mobile ESP,  fly ash dielectric
 properties and critical current density,  general industrial application of precipitating
 electrodes for  ESPs, performance analysis of a hot-side ESP, dynamics and strength
 of corona electrodes in industrial ESPs,  ESPs for use at high temperatures and high
 pressures, cleaning hot aspirated air from sinter machines and clinker coolers,
 ESP modeling with the TI-59 calculator,  removing fly ash at electric power stations,
 particle collection by granular bed filters and dry scrubbers, filter materials for
 cleaning gases and possible areas of their application, high temperature ceramic
 filters,  measuring the size of finely dispersed particles less than 0. 3 micrometer
 for process gases,  particle measurement in the U. S., aerosol dispersion analysis,
 automatic  monitoring of particle-size distributions,  measuring the dew point of
 process emissions, and designing an improved  impactor.
 7.
                              KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                 DESCRIPTORS
                                           b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
                                                   c.  COSATI Field/Group
 Pollution
 Particles
 Dust
 Aerosols
 Coronas
 Fly Ash
Mathematical Models
Electrostatic Precipita-
  tor s
Flue Gases
Measurement
Ceramics
Pollution Control
Stationary Sources
Particulate Matter
Russia
Back Corona
13B
14G
11G
07D
20 C
21B
12 A

131

14B
11B
 Z. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 Release to Public
                          19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                           Unclassified
                         21. NO. OF PAGES
                            343
                          20. SECURITY CLASS (Thispage)
                           Unclassified
                         22.'PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (9-73)
                                          337

-------